|6 Powerful Solfeggio Frequencies that Raise Your Vibration
Posted: 24 Jun 2018 01:32 PM PDT
June 24, 2018 Karma Yoga Daily
Sound is one of the purest forms of energy in existence. Sound inspires us, uplifts us, helps us to communicate, express ourselves, and even heal at a deep level.
What are Solfeggio Frequencies?
The Solfeggio Frequencies are a series of 6 electromagnetic musical tones that the Gregorian Monks were said to use when they chanted in meditation. Rediscovered in 1974 by Dr. Joseph Puleo, the Solfeggio Frequencies are said to deeply penetrate the conscious and subconscious mind, stimulating inner healing. Dr. Puleo was intuitively led to rediscover these healing frequencies in the Book of Numbers (a book in the Hebrew Bible), using a numerological technique to decipher the six repeating codes he found. The result was the rediscovery of the Solfeggio Frequencies.
Each of the syllables that describe the Solfeggio Frequencies were taken from the first stanza of the medieval hymn to St. John the Baptist:
The literal translation from Latin is: “So that your servants may, with loosened voices, resound the wonders of your deeds, clean the guilt from our stained lips, O Saint John.” (Source.)
6 Powerful Solfeggio Frequencies that Raise Your Vibration
The Solfeggio Frequencies were said to be used in over 150 Gregorian chants, and are said to increasingly raise your vibration when listened to. Each Solfeggio tone helps to peel back layers of negativity and energy blockages, helping you to experience emotional and spiritual release.
1. UT – 396 Hz
The 396 Hz Solfeggio Frequency helps those who struggle with feelings such as guilt, fear, and grief. This tone is highly grounding and cleansing. I also highly recommend trying out binaural beats as a form of healing, such as this track that helps to remove anxiety.
2. RE – 417 Hz
This sound frequency helps you to clear negativity and removes subconscious blockages in the form of limiting core beliefs, toxic thinking patterns, and harmful habits. The 417 Hz tone is primarily about facilitating change and connecting you back with the Divine Source. Binaural beats is another form of music therapy that can help with clearing negativity (check out this track).
3. MI – 528 Hz
The “MI” tone is often thought of as the “love frequency.” This sound vibration is also said to be central to creation and is thought to restore inner equilibrium, increase awareness, repair DNA, and stimulate transformation.
4. FA – 639 Hz
This sound vibration increases understanding, tolerance, interpersonal harmony, and empathy. As such the “FA” tone is said to strengthen relationships, family connection, and unity with others. If you’re struggling in your work or personal relationships, this sound frequency may help you create more harmony. If you’re interested in attracting and manifesting more love, this binaural beats meditation is also a wonderful tool.
5. SOL – 741 Hz
SOL is the frequency which is said to help detox the body from all types of pollutants (viral, fungal, bacterial, electromagnetic). This sound vibration is also said to be useful when trying to solve problems as it will increase mental clarity. If you’re struggling with chronic aches and pains, you might also like to look into binaural beats, which is another form of music healing (see this track).
6. LA – 852 Hz
The “LA” sound frequency awakens your intuition and helps you return to spiritual balance. This tone also helps you to see through illusions and discover the highest truth, aiding you in communicating more openly with Spirit. For more assistance in connecting with universal consciousness, check out this mind-expanding music.
Using Solfeggio Frequencies
When listening to the above Solfeggio Frequencies, it helps to pay mindful attention to your body and any emotions that arise within you. How do you feel? What thoughts or repressed urges (if any) rise to the surface? Which sounds make you feel light and which ones disturb you?
Also by this author:
About the author:
Thanks to: https://karmayogadaily.com
|7 Ways To Raise Your Vibration And Eliminate What Blocks Your Abundance
Posted: 24 Jun 2018 01:25 PM PDT
7 Ways To Raise Your Vibration And Eliminate What Blocks Your Abundance
Our world is currently undergoing an energetic shift that leads us to become new beings, more conscious of our true selves and our way of living.
Because we’re still in the beginning stages of this shift, nothing can guide us more accurately than our inner guidance.
This can often be seen as having the urge to retreat and recalibrate yourself because the fears of not doing enough or not making money are starting to haunt you.
You may feel uncomfortable, but you have to face your own shadows as an integral part of going with the shift.
You need to get past the blockages and claim abundance to be able to fully give the gift that you have for humanity.
To be able to do this you need to face your inner shadows and remove inner blockages. Abundance is all about releasing your fears and raising your vibration.
When your vibration is functioning at its best, you see past the fears and have everything that you need in this lifetime.
7 Ways To Raise Your Vibration By Eliminating Your Abundance Blocks:
1. State clearly what you want.
The Universe will only give you what you want if you’re clear about it.
If you’re not clear about what you want, The Universe responds to that same vibration, and that’s the main reason why so many people can’t have what they specifically want.
Be positive and present as you send your desires to The Universe.
2. Use visualization techniques.
Visualize yourself to be in a place where all your needs are met.
See yourself sharing what you have with others, exchanging your energies, and basking in abundance on a day to day basis.
By visualizing your desires you are showing yourself that you are abundant enough to see your desires.
3. Release yourself from self limiting beliefs.
Most of our negative or self limiting beliefs are passed on to us by our parents who were also unaware of what they were doing. Dig into your inner self and look for the self limiting beliefs that are hiding somewhere.
Cut the ties by writing to your parents or the person who inculcated in your mind those beliefs. Tell them you’re cutting off the tie from them.
Specify how it affected you and why you want to release yourself from that belief.
4. Practice meditation.
A meditation practice helps clarify your thoughts. Through it, you’re able to distinguish the negative from the positive thoughts.
Whenever a fearful thought pops up, meditation helps you to become aware that it’s only a thought and not a reality. And that you have the power to choose whether you continue to believe in it or not.
Changing the flow of your thought is possible as you progress in your meditation practice.
5. Be willing to take a risk.
The key to living a conscious existence is by following what your soul longs to do. Usually, this is an area that is unfamiliar to you.
Go beyond your comfort zone and explore other areas of your life or other ideas that you feel where your soul truly fits in whether it’s a teaching endeavor or artistic pursuits.
Join others who do the same thing. You don’t have to do it quickly. Do it gradually until you stabilize yourself in that area.
6. Get a formal training.
If changing your perspective is a struggle to you, you can opt for intensive thought reprogramming, like hypnotherapy or neuro linguistic programming.
These pieces of training can help you create new associations in your brain and eliminate the old thought patterns.
Finding someone who can energetically remove your blocks is always a smart thing as they are professionals in that aspect of healing.
7. Seek higher guidance.
Each of us is being being helped by a spirit guide, some call them guardian angels and higher beings. Seek out their help and ask them to show you the right way.
You can ask the Divine or God or The Universe for assistance in your journey. Connect to the light every morning and feel this light in your heart.
Express gratitude before bed and after you wake up to open your heart and raise your vibration. Being grateful is probably the best thing you can do to remove blocks.
Thanks to: https://www.riseearth.com
|How to Increase Serotonin Levels Without Causing Serotonin Syndrome
Posted: 24 Jun 2018 01:23 PM PDT
Think of your state of mind and wellbeing right now or in any moment of your life, good or bad. How much do you think it’s affected by what’s happening inside your body or brain? Although the answer cannot be quantified in precise terms, it is a well known fact that our emotional and mental states are to a large extent affected by the balances and imbalances of hormones or neurotransmitters in our brain and body which in turn affect how we perceive and react to what’s happening around us. One important neurotransmitter that affects our mental wellbeing and overall mood is serotonin.
What Does Serotonin Do?
Too much worrying or Panic attacks
Agressive or violent behaviour
Crave sweets or starches
Irritable bowel syndrome
How to Increase Serotonin Levels Naturally
Some Serotonin Syndrome Symptoms:
Serotonin syndrome symptoms can occur after a few hours of ingesting a new drug or increasing the dose of a drug you’re already taking. Signs and serotonin syndrome symptoms include:
Acute serotonin syndrome can be life-threatening so please make sure to seek medical help in the unlikely case you ever experience one of the following signs and symptoms:
Thanks to: http://soulhiker.com
|Q: THE STORM IS REAL – Resignations, Sealed Indictments & Pedo Arrests
Posted: 22 Jun 2018 02:43 PM PDT
|The Messias Machine Uses Centrifugal Forces & Gravity’s Natural Uphill Flow to Harness Free-Energy
Posted: 22 Jun 2018 01:42 PM PDT
The Messias Machine Uses Centrifugal Forces & Gravity’s Natural Uphill Flow to Harness Free-Energy
06/21/2018 By Stillness in the Storm
(True Disclosure) The Messias Machine was invented by Al-Masih Daruish Al-Khooss. Mr Al-Khooss was born in Syria in 1926 and thoughout his life, worked as a farmer, a tile layer and a shoemaker. Very little is known about the early development of the device.
by Staff Writer, June 15th, 2018
The principle of the energy transformer is ingeniously simple and does not require a complicated technical specification. The motion principle is the upward transport of fluids through rotation.
Thanks to Justin at: https://stillnessinthestorm.com
|This is the Patent for a Human Teleportation Machine
Posted: 22 Jun 2018 01:40 PM PDT
Posted: 25 Jun 2018 03:13 PM PDT
By Cosmic Convergence Research Group –
Jun 25, 2018
Why does the Illuminati win all the wars?
Why do the globalists always seem to outmaneuver the patriots?
How does Deep State forever keep the white hats on the defensive?
There are several reasons why the global battlefield is tilted considerably in favor of the bad guys. But one of them reigns supreme, and is always taken advantage of by the Illuminati.
A psychopath will do anything, anytime, anywhere to win.
They have no scruples and therefore have no constraints
on their utterly reckless behavior. Because they completely
lack empathy, they care not about the extreme pain and
suffering they cause others. They lack the capacity to even
consider the horrendous consequences of their actions.
Hence, they feel unrestrained to commit any wrong, any
crime, or any shocking atrocity in order to achieve their
objectives. For them, the end always justifies the means…
no matter how barbaric or repugnant their actions are.
On the other hand, people of conscience are significantly
limited in what they might do in the attainment of their
goals. They will not deliberately perpetrate evil deeds.
Unlike psychopaths, they do not perform actions to win;
rather, they act out of righteousness for the greater good
Given this enormous gap between them, the psychopaths
have a much wider range of possibilities with which to
carry out their nefarious agenda(a). They routinely conduct
false flag attacks on innocents and black operations on
unsuspecting countries for example. The righteous can
only watch with incredulity and pick up the pieces after
each and every highly calculated assault on humanity.
Herein lies the vast difference between the forces of light
and the forces of darkness: the manner by which a
psychopath controls his/her world and the way that the
righteous often conform to that distorted world. Were
a label to describe this highly dysfunctional relationship,
one might call it global Stockholm syndrome. This is
why the wicked always seem to have the upper hand.
A psychopath knows that the best defense is an extremely
unpredictable and aggressive offense. This is why they
always appear to come out on top while good and decent
people forever finish last.
Bottom Line: A psychopath will do and/or say anything
to get what they want. Conversely, upright human beings
usually attempt to follow the golden rule. Given this chasm
between their respective behavioral patterns, is it any
wonder that psychopaths rule the world in 2018?
Cabal of psychopaths
What we’re really dealing with here — on planet Earth — is an incorrigible and criminal cabal of clinically insane psychopaths. These are the people who literally run the world. They also own and operate on every square inch of the planet.
Only with this factual understanding can anyone come close to correctly comprehending the true nature of the ongoing war being waged against humanity 24/7.
“THERE IS ONLY ONE WAY TO EFFECTIVELY DEAL WITH
A CRIMINALLY INSANE PSYCHOPATH—YOU DON’T!”
What makes the preceding advice so very wise, important and true?
Psychopaths cannot be beat at their game. They are consummate liars, racketeers and con men. They have perfected the art of criminal one-upsmanship and are cutthroat to the extreme. Because they are so completely deceitful, it’s difficult to believe that someone will lie about everything all the time, and they do.
Without conscience and totally unprincipled, psychopaths live in a world of sheer lawlessness. Whenever laws do present an obstacle to their wrongdoing, they are simply broken. As for treachery, they are always looking for victims to abuse and betray.
Everyone is prey in the world of a psychopath… … …until they are confronted by a greater psychopath than themselves. This is when they are willing to collude with other likeminded psychos to advance a mutually advantageous scheme such as the Greater Israel project.
These are just a few reason why it’s prudent never to deal with a known psychopath. After they have stolen everything you own, they will rip off your arms and beat you over the head with them claiming an act of self-defense all the while. Does anyone ever want to deal with the likes of these sinister villains. You cannot defeat them so why expose yourself to their perfidy.
Groupings of psychopaths mutually reinforce each other’s psychopathy in such a way that they take each other on a downward spiral of evil intentions and odious deeds. There is nothing they will not do to outdo each other’s malevolence. NOTHING!
A good example of this is how the Sicilian mafia came to be so vicious. The top mafioso got to the top of the heap by his extreme cruelty and criminality that no one else dared to do or challenge. Fear became the primary control mechanism of the capo di tutti capi of the Cosa Nostra. In this way, all the capo’s underlings and henchmen are compelled to strictly follow orders or risk a fate much worse than death.
What’s the point?
that is much more vicious than the Cosa Nostra. The KHAZARIAN
MAFIA: You Don’t Know, What You Don’t Know!
The real problem that the United States of America is now facing is that the U.S. Federal Government has been hijacked by a gang of criminally insane psychopaths.
This worsening predicament has translated into a major problem for the rest of the world because the USA was supposed to be the self-proclaimed global policeman. Even the FBI and DOJ have gone completely rogue (actually occurred many decades ago) and become the muscle for this international crime syndicate—the Khazarian mafia. As an extremely unfortunate consequence, the nation has become a planetary pariah.
The only country that says they like the USA is Israel. Talk about Fric and Frac. Tel Aviv tells Washington where to invade, and the U.S. military shows up right on time…no questions asked.
Then there’s Great Britain using their former colony to fight every other war in the realm, many of those also prosecuted in the Middle East.
Psychopathic politicians also populate the highest levels of the French, German, Canadian, Australian, Spanish, Japanese, Saudi Arabian, and Belgian governments, as well as many others.
Rule of law
Although very few are really aware of this worldwide predicament, the rule of law has morphed into the rule of the jungle. The pervasive psychopathic leadership is just very proficient at hiding this grim reality.
In so doing, the baddest of the bad guys are able to effectively run their tyrannies wherever and whenever they choose to. Despotic monarchies such as Saudi Arabia are quite obvious as is the apartheid Modern State of Israel. Countries like the United States and United Kingdom are a lot more disguised as fake democracies which also do their darnedest to display the rule of law…which is actually the rule of the jungle.
This is precisely why the US government is currently embroiled in a massive, monstrous and unparalleled constitutional crisis. The Swamp inside the Beltway is being ever-so-slowly drained as the swamp creatures are being forced into rearing their ugly heads.
But how did it ever get to be this way in the “the land of the free and the home of the brave”?
Answer: The insidious P O N E R I Z A T I O N of American government
The best way to truly apprehend the cause of the decline of this once great nation is to understand the deliberate, stealthy and slow-motion ponerization of the US government, Corporate America and civil society. The following exposé clearly spells out how this profoundly conspiratorial process took place over many decades.
There is now even a detailed breakdown of the key historical events and exact timeline which delineate how the American psychopathocracy was quite purposefully shoehorned into place. Only by understanding the past via this critical history can a psychopath-free American future be possible. As follows:
There is no better example of the crazies running the asylum than SPYGATE. We’re talking about the craziest psychopaths within the American psychopathocracy who were willing to do just about anything to, first, fix a U.S. presidential election in favor of Hillary Clinton and, then, to execute a soft coup against the Trump administration.
The very same psychopaths are still out there fomenting a violent coup d’état against President Trump, although they are being much more careful with their seditious implementation plans. This has never happened before, at least not in broad daylight. Yes, General Smedley Butler exposed a coup plot in 1933 but it was shut down post-haste.
In fact, rogue elements within the U.S. Intelligence Community, and there are many, have been working triple time to overthrow Trump. Retired intel officials and other spooks have been especially aggressive in their encouragement of a mutiny in the West Wing. Traitors such as John Brennan, James Clapper, Michael Hayden and Michael Morrell have acted with apparent impunity as they promote regime change in Washington. See: Former CIA Director Incites An Insurgency Against Trump
Of course, this is what SPYGATE was all about. The leaders of the FBI, DOJ and CIA conspired to rig the 2016 election, and then used the mainstream media to sabotage President-elect Trump’s transition, and now attempt to impeach him via false charges conjured up by the Special Counsel Robert Mueller. Even DOJ IG Michael Horowitz is abetting the ongoing schemes of this treasonous cabal.
That the final IG Report was actually A Complete and Total Whitewash by Deep StateAgent Michael Horowitz shows just how dangerous this sordid political saga is to the power elite. The establishment knows that SPYGATE has the potential to expose the entire underbelly of the National Security State. This will in turn reveal to the American people that the 17 agencies which comprise the Intel Community are only there to protect the elites, not the U.S. citizenry.
(Source: SPYGATE GOES NUCLEAR)
And SPYGATE is only the most recent example how the naked rule of the jungle replaced the rule of law in America. When the FBI, DOJ and CIA are all caught up in a criminal conspiracy of epic proportions followed by a massive, monolithic cover-up, you know the whole SYSTEM is broken. This is what inevitably happens when governmental and societal leadership have been so thoroughly ponerized. Which is why mankind is currently experiencing the Twilight Of The Psychopaths.
KEY POINT: When even MSM news outlets are publishing articles under the title: Washington, D.C.: the Psychopath Capital of America, you know
We the People are up to our eyes in alligators. It’s truly no coincidence they call
it The Swamp; Washington, D.C. was originally built on reclaimed swampland.
Particularly for those with a short memory, try to remember the following sage advice.
There’s only one way to deal with a psychopath:
you don’t deal with them.
If you must, then they must be crushed completely
so that they can never rear their ugly heads again.
Given this stark reality, it ought to be abundantly clear that there is only one way forward for the American people. Likewise, there is only one way to restore the American Republic.
The body politic must coalesce around this present existential imperative.
For this to occur, a sufficient number of patriots must resolve to take back the country from those who have outright stolen it.
How might this manifest in 2018?
Deep State must be exposed in its entirety and removed from the affairs of this nation.
This cannot be done without a critical mass of the U.S. citizenry lighting their torches and picking up their pitchforks. The psychopaths simply will not go without a fight.
Remember folks, in 2018, just like torches used to light up the path so does truth disseminated on the Internet. Likewise, the pitchforks of old have been transformed into Facebook pages, Twitter accounts and YouTube videos.
Let’s go get ’em … before they get US!
State of the Nation
June 24, 2018
KHAZARIAN MAFIA: Hellbent On A One World Government At Any Cost
Thanks to: http://cosmiconvergence.com
Posted: 25 Jun 2018 12:18 PM PDT
The Story of Q — Who is this Anonymous Online Poster?
06/24/2018 By Stillness in the Storm Leave a Comment
([b]Ted Mann) [/b]Who is the anonymous online poster claiming to be a high-level administration official? And can he or she bring us some much-needed truth in an era of fake news?
Related Q: The Storm is Real — Resignations, Sealed Indictments & Pedo Arrests (Video)
Source – [b]Tablet Mag[/b]
by [b]Ted Mann, June 19th, 2018[/b]
I’ve been a writer and producer of television and movies working in Hollywood for over 30 years. One of my recent jobs was on the TV series Homeland, where I was involved in creating the season just concluded. The season was about information warfare. It’s a little-discussed subject, and it took a lot of research to find out exactly what this protean form of conflict is all about. The past season of Homeland offers a pretty good primer in some of the basic techniques and counter techniques.
In the course of my duties I happened to be loitering in a corner of the net frequented by cyber mercenaries, some of whom were likely also associated with state intelligence agencies, as well as a good number of neo-Nazis and anonymous individuals who post pictures of their genitals. That’s how you win Emmys.
Last October, I was in this anonymous digital casbah when something entirely ordinary happened. A poster dropped some “bombshell” intelligence. This anonymous entity called himself “Q” short for Q clearance patriot, and became known as Qanon, or Q-anon. A Q clearance is the highest security clearance issued by the Department of Energy. It’s basically a go-anywhere, talk to anyone, look at anything pass.
“Anons,” as the anonymous contributors to these forums are called, are often misfits. Some are autistic, or identify as such. These autists pride themselves on their ability to discriminate, to see things normal people miss, and on never being deceived. So there was no way they were buying Q.
On the chans, the cluster of websites known as 4chan and 8chan, there’s something called a LARP, which stands for Live Action Role Play. Anonymous imposters are common as dirt, and the autists thrive on ripping their pretense to shreds. So they set on Q like termites on fresh pine.
Buy Book Killing the Deep State: The Fight to Save President Trump
Q was supposedly a Trump confidant, working inside the administration. He had access to the man himself and to the most sensitive intelligence on key fronts. His posts were framed as dispatches from the shadow war between the establishment and Trump, the intended audience for which was the weird, huge pro-Trump digital community which definitely does not get its news from ThinkProgress, or the New York Times, or even Fox News. You might think of it as Twitter for the great unwashed.
Yet where Twitter is a single “micro-blogging” advertising platform controlled by a man named Jack Dorsey who presents himself as having left-leaning celebrity-friendly politics, the underground community that Q was targeting does not have a single, shiny, brand-name home. Instead, it lives on a variety of bulletin boards, Facebook pages, etc. which host long forensic chains, and serve as assembly and distribution points for photo-hieroglyphic memes, which help knit this community together.
For some, this new form of information—or misinformation, or propaganda, or distributed reality-building, or whatever you want to call it—functions as the expression of a counter-aesthetic to the self-flattering collective reality that is manufactured for and by liberal arts college graduates on websites like Vox. For others, it is a political technology that allows for bottom-up distributed participation in building out story-lines, whose direct purpose is often to counter the story-lines that are broadcast by digital news organizations, often at the behest of professional political operatives, whether government or ex-government officials or hired guns like Fusion GPS. For others, perhaps many millions of them, it is a worm-hole into an X Files-like counter-truth which they believe to be real, which includes phenomena like Pizzagate or warnings about secret pedophile rape camps in the Arizona desert.
Q-anon’s appearance caused considerable debate among the autists, and many “sperged out” before the matter was settled. Now, nine months and hundreds of proofs later, many believe that Q anon was exactly who he (or she) claimed.
Q started dropping “truth bombs” sometimes two and three times a day. The autists would go crazy spotting connections and digging up evidence publicly available on the Internet. They were building a parallel construction, following Q’s crumbs to uncover rich lodes of evidence, which they processed and assembled into distributable forms, some of which were posted on 4chan. The individuals, institutions, and shadowy nation state actors being targeted by these memes, many of them heavily researched, struck back. Automated computer processes started posting child pornography, pictures of corpses, intermingled with user posts filled with hateful filth, turning the forum into a garbage dump. Q then led the autists out of 4 chan like a latter-day Brigham Young to another website called “the Great Awakening.”
When this second location was compromised, Q led another exodus, this one to a site protected from hostiles (how, and by whom, are surely fascinating questions to contemplate). The website is still populated with misfits and infested with whatever kinds of political operatives and spies, or people posing as such, but the collective research goes on, and the computerized attacks have been neutralized.
Do you know about predictive modelling in computers? I didn’t. I’m a writer, a generalist, not a scientist, but I watched a few training videos on the subject. Large technology companies and government intelligence agencies do predictive modeling using the machine learning language R with ‘caret’(CLassification and REgression Training.) In the same way autistic people easily spot connections that normal people miss, machine learning sees causality that even autistic people are not able to process. Q and his colleagues appear to have used these techniques to model contingencies and to guide the development of their plan, while providing their followers with tactical guidance and updated predictions with data continually updated from reality.
Buy Book The Russia Hoax: The Illicit Scheme to Clear Hillary Clinton and Frame Donald Trump
To build such a machine, Q needed services unavailable on the market at any price. He needed a few hundred intelligent, autistically-inclined people of disparate talents to network together. Try hiring those, and if you have 20 million you’re prepared to spend, how are you going to manage them?
I believe that Q had this figured out, too. You can’t bully an autist, and they are not primarily motivated by money. The same way an autist can’t stand something like magazines left in disorder on a coffee table, they can’t stand living with obvious contradictions and lies. So, they are highly motivated truth-seekers. I think most of us are, to the degree that we have time; but where do you find it? The truth is a needle and out there are a thousand haystacks. Q knew that if he could convince the autists he was who he claimed, they would work night and day for him.
When the president made his trip to Singapore, Q had a special present for the autists. It was a photograph taken from the window of a plane, below clouds, with a bit of a mountain poking through. So what? Autistic photo analysts geo-located the photograph in an hour. It was taken on ascent out of Pyongyang airport, and suggested Air Force One had made and unscheduled stop. The president met the little rocket man and closed the deal, last November.
Skeptical? I don’t blame you. Q says they have done the same deal with Iran. That there is going to be peace there too. Peace throughout the Mideast. So let’s wait and see. The world today is full of lies, which we politely call disinformation.
There’s a lot more to the Q anon story, but you’d never believe me if I told you now. Think of it as a dream. A world without war, a world of tremendous abundance powered by non-linear technology, a cure for cancer, the restoration of civility, kindness and humor to the long-suffering peoples of the earth, God only knows.
About The Author
Ted Mann is an Emmy award-winning writer who worked on NYPD Blue, Deadwood, Hatfield McCoy and, currently, Homeland.
Buy Book The Shadows of Power: The Council on Foreign Relations and the American Decline
found on Operation Disclosure
Thanks to: https://stillnessinthestorm.com
Posted: 25 Jun 2018 09:27 AM PDT
Bombshell accusation: Hillary never had a State Department email address; all emails were sent to her at her private unsecured email
by Jon Rappoport
June 25, 2018
Many people have been led to believe Hillary had two separate email accounts. One was a traditional, secure, State Department address, where she received most of her classified information; the other was her personal, sloppily run, wide open, unsecured email, where she received some classified information. But wait.
Paul Sperry (NY Post) has the explosive story. Or, rather, he had it on January 31, 2016. That’s when it was published. What happened to it?
Sperry/2016: “The State Department is lying when it says it didn’t know until it was too late that Hillary Clinton was improperly using personal emails and a private server to conduct official business — because it never set up an agency email address for her in the first place, the department’s former top watchdog says.”
“’This was all planned in advance’ to skirt rules governing federal records management, said Howard J. Krongard, who served as the agency’s [State Department] inspector general from 2005 to 2008.”
“The Harvard-educated lawyer points out that, from Day One, Clinton was never assigned and never used a state.gov email address like previous secretaries.”
“’That’s a change in the standard. It tells me that this was premeditated. And this eliminates claims by the State Department that they were unaware of her private email server until later,’ Krongard said in an exclusive interview. ‘How else was she supposed to do business without [an official State Department] email?’”
“He also points to the unusual absence of a permanent [State Department] inspector general during Clinton’s entire 2009-2013 term at the department. He said the 5½-year vacancy was unprecedented.”
“’This is a major gap. In fact, it’s without precedent,’ he said. ‘It’s the longest period any department has gone without an IG’.”
“Inspectors general serve an essential and unique role in the federal government by independently investigating agency waste, fraud and abuse. Their oversight also covers violations of communications security procedures.”
“’It’s clear she did not want to be subject to internal investigations,’ Krongard said. An email audit would have easily uncovered the secret information flowing from classified government networks to the private unprotected system she set up in her New York home.”
“He says ‘the key’ to the FBI’s investigation of Emailgate is determining how highly sensitive state secrets in the classified network, known as SIPRNet, ended up in Clinton’s personal emails.”
“’The starting point of the investigation is the material going through SIPRNet. She couldn’t function without the information coming over SIPRNet,’ Krongard said. ‘How did she get it on her home server? It can’t just jump from one system to the other. Someone had to move it, copy it. The question is who did that?’”
“As The Post first reported, the FBI is investigating whether Clinton’s deputies copied top-secret information from the department’s classified network to its unclassified network where it was sent to Hillary’s unsecured, unencrypted email account.”
I did a bit of further searching, and came across a nugget buried in a CNN article, dated 3/3/15, “Team Clinton: ‘Nothing nefarious’ at State,” by Dan Merica and Laura Koran. Here it is:
“On Tuesday, Marie Harf, a deputy State Department spokeswoman, said… ’While Secretary Clinton did not have a classified email system, she did have multiple other ways of communicating in a classified manner, including assistants printing documents for her, secure phone calls, and secure video conferences,’ Harf added.”
Did you catch the key phrase? WHILE SECRETARY CLINTON DID NOT HAVE A CLASSIFIED EMAIL SYSTEM.
What does that indicate? It appears to confirm that Clinton NEVER had a secured, protected, official State Department email address. Therefore, despite denials, she must have been conducting classified government business through her own unsecured email account.
Was this issue ever brought up during interviews the FBI conducted with Hillary? If so, what were her responses?
For example, did she say, “Back off and ease up, boys, we’re all in this together”? Did she say, “We all know I’m trying to shield the Clinton Foundation operations and money”?
She never had an official State Department email account? She conducted all her classified email communication on her unsecured home server? There was no permanent inspector general at the State Department during her tenure as Secretary of State? The State Department lied when it said it only discovered her private email account late in the game?
She’s clean as a whistle. Nothing to see here. Don’t worry, be happy.
Thanks to: https://jonrappoport.wordpress.com
Posted: 25 Jun 2018 09:22 AM PDT
June 24, 2018
by Anne Manning, Colorado State University
Colorado State University polymer chemists have taken another step toward a future of high-performance, biorenewable, biodegradable plastics.
Publishing in Nature Communications, the team led by Professor of Chemistry Eugene Chen describes chemical synthesis of a polymer called bacterial poly(3-hydroxybutyrate) – or P3HB. The compound shows early promise as a substitute for petroleum plastics in major industrial uses.
P3HB is a biomaterial, typically produced by bacteria, algae and other microorganisms, and is used in some biomedical applications. Its high production costs and limited volumes render the material impractical in more widespread commodity applications, however.
The team, which includes the paper’s first author and research scientist Xiaoyan Tang, used a starting material called succinate, an ester form of succinic acid. This acid is produced via fermentation of glucose and is first on the U.S. Department of Energy’s list of top 12 biomass-derived compounds best positioned to replace petroleum-derived chemicals.
The researchers’ new chemical synthesis route produces P3HB that’s similar in performance to bacterial P3HB, but their route is faster and offers potential for larger-scale, cost-effective production for commodity plastic applications. This new route is enabled by a class of powerful new catalysts they have designed and synthesized. They have filed a provisional patent through CSU Ventures for the new technology.
Explore further: Recyclable bioplastics cooled down, cooked up in chem lab
More information: Xiaoyan Tang et al. Chemical synthesis of perfectly isotactic and high melting bacterial poly(3-hydroxybutyrate) from bio-sourced racemic cyclic diolide, Nature Communications (2018). DOI: 10.1038/s41467-018-04734-3
Journal reference: Nature Communications Provided by: Colorado State University
Thanks to zIKY at: http://awakeandaware.ca
Posted: 25 Jun 2018 08:05 AM PDT
To watch ‘The Money Masters‘ documentary, please scroll at the bottom of this article. To learn more about the current debt situation and the people behind it, please continue reading…
In the US, we see untold millions suffering from the impact of mass foreclosures and unemployment; in Greece, Spain, Portugal, Ireland, and Italy, stringent austerity measures are imposed upon the whole population; all coupled with major banking collapses in Iceland, the UK and the US, and indecent bail-outs of “too-big-to-fail” bankers (Newspeak for too powerful to fail).
No doubt, the bulk of the responsibility for these debacles falls squarely on the shoulders of caretaker governments in these countries that are subordinated to Money Power interests and objectives. In country after country, that comes together with embedded corruption, particularly evident today in the UK, Italy and the US.
As we assess some of the key components of today’s Global Financial, Currency and Banking Model in this article, readers will hopefully get a better understanding as to why we are all in such a crisis, and that it will tend to get much worse in the months and years to come.
Foundations of a Failed and False Model
Hiding behind the mask of false “laws” allegedly governing “globalised markets and economies,” this Financial Model has allowed a small group of people to amass and wield huge and overwhelming power over markets, corporations, industries, governments and the global media. The irresponsible and criminal consequences of their actions are now clear for all to see.
The “Model” we will briefly describe, falls within the framework of a much vaster Global Power System that is grossly unjust and was conceived and designed from the lofty heights of private geopolitical and geo-economic1 planning centres that function to promote the Global Power Elite’s agenda as they prepare their “New World Order” – again, Newspeak for a Coming World Government.2
Specifically, we are talking about key think tanks like the Council on Foreign Relations, the Trilateral Commission, the Bilderberg Group, and other similar entities such as the Cato Institute (Monetary Issues), American Enterprise Institute and the Project for a New American Century that conform an intricate, solid, tight and very powerful network, engineering and managing New World Order interests, goals and objectives.
Writing from the stance of an Argentine citizen, I admit we have some “advantages” over the citizens of industrialised countries as the US, UK, European Union, Japan or Australia, in that over the last few decades we have had direct experience of successive catastrophic national crises emanating from inflation, hyper-inflation, systemic banking collapse, currency revamps, sovereign debt bond mega-swaps, military coups and lost wars…
Finance vs the Economy
The Financial system (i.e., a basically unreal Virtual, symbolic and parasitic world), increasingly functions in a direction that is contrary to the interest of the Real Economy (i.e., the Real and concrete world of work, production, manufacturing, creativity, toil, effort and sacrifice done by real people).
Over the past decades, Finance and the Economy have gone their totally separate and antagonistic ways, and no longer function in a healthy and balanced relationship that prioritises the Common Good of We the People.
This huge conflict between the two can be seen, amongst other places, in today’s Financial and Economic System, whose main support lies in the Debt Paradigm, i.e., that nothing can be done unless you first have credit, financing and loans to do it. Thus, the Real Economy becomes dependent on and distorted by the objectives, interests and fluctuations of Virtual Finance.3
The Real Economy should be financed with genuine funds; however with time, the Global Banking Elite succeeded in getting one Sovereign Nation-State after another to give up its inalienable function of supplying the correct quantity of National Currency as the primary financial instrument to finance the Real Economy.
That requires decided action through Policies centred on promoting the Common Good of We The People in each country, and securing the National Interest against the perils posed by internal and external adversaries.
Thus, we can better understand why the financial “law” that requires central banks to always be totally “independent” of Government and the State has become a veritable dogma. This is just another way of ensuring that central banking should always be fully subordinated to the interests of the private banking over-world – both locally in each country, as well as globally.
We find this to prevail in all countries: Argentina, Brazil, Japan, Mexico, the European Union and in just about every other country that adopts so-called “Western” financial practice.
Perhaps the best (or rather, the worst) example of this is the United States where the Federal Reserve System is a privately controlled institution outright, with around 97% of its shares being owned by the member banks themselves (admittedly, it does have a very special stock scheme), even though the bankers running “Fed” do everything they can to make it appear as if it is a “public” entity operated by Government, something that it is definitely not.
One of the Global Banking Over-world’s permanent goals is – and has been – to maintain full control over all central banks in just about every country, in order to be able to control their public currencies.4
This, in turn, allows them to impose a fundamental (for them) condition whereby there is never the right quantity of public currency to satisfy the true demand and needs of the Real Economy. That is when those very same private banks that control central banking come on scene to “satisfy the demand for money” of the Real Economy by artificially generating private bank money out of nothing.
They call it “credits and loans” and offer to supply it to the Real Economy, but with an “added value” (for them): (a) they will charge interest for them (often at usury levels) and, (b) they will create most of that private bank money out of thin air through the fractional lending system.
At a Geo-economic level, this has also served to generate huge and unnecessary public sovereign debts in country after country all over the world. Argentina is a good example, whose Caretaker Governments are systematically ignorant and unwilling to use one of the sovereign state’s key powers: the issuance of high power non-interest generating Public Money (see below for a more detailed definition).
Instead, Argentina has allowed IMF (International Monetary Fund) so-called “recipes” that reflect the global banking cartel’s own interests to be imposed upon it in fundamental matters like what are the proper functions of its Central Bank, sovereign debt, fiscal policy, and other monetary, banking and financial mechanisms, that are thus systematically used against the Common Good of the Argentine People and against the National Interest of the country.
This system and its dreadful results, now and in the past, are so similar in so many other countries – Brazil, Mexico, Greece, Ireland, Iceland, UK, Portugal, Spain, Italy, Indonesia, Hungary, Russia, Ukraine… that it can only reflect a well thought-out and engineered plan, emanating from the highest planning echelons of the Global Power Elite.
Fractional Bank Lending
This banking concept is in use throughout the world’s financial markets, and allows private banks to generate “virtual” Money out of thin air (i.e., scriptural annotations and electronic entries into current and savings accounts, and a vast array of lines of credit), in a ratio that is 8, 10, 30, 50 times or more larger than the actual amount of cash (i.e., public money) held by the bank in its vaults.
In exchange for lending this private “money” created out of nothing, bankers collect interest, demand collateral with intrinsic value and if the debtor defaults they can then foreclose on their property or other assets.
The ratio that exists between the amount of Dollars or Pesos in its vaults and the amount of credit private banks generate is determined by the central banking authority which fixes the fractional lending leverage level (which is why controlling the central bank is so vital strategically for private banker cartels).
This leverage level is a statistical reserve based on actuarial calculations of the portion of account holders who in normal time go to their banks or ATM machines to withdraw their money in cash (i.e., in public money notes).
The key factor here is that this works fine in “normal” times, however “normal” is basically a collective psychology concept intimately linked to what those account holders, and the population at large, perceive regarding the financial system in general and each bank in particular.
So, when for whatever reason, “abnormal” times hit – i.e., every time there are (subtly predictable) periodic crises, bank runs, collapses and panics, which seem to suddenly explode as happened in Argentina in 2001 and as is now happening in the US, UK, Ireland, Greece, Iceland, Portugal, Spain, Italy and a growing number of countries – we see all bank account holders running to their banks to try to get their money out in cash.
That’s when they discover that there is not enough cash in their banks to pay, save for a small fraction of account holders (usually insiders “in the know” or “friends of the bankers”).
For the rest of us mortals “there is no more money left,” which means that they must resort to whatever public insurance scheme may or may not be in place (e.g., in the US, the state-owned Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation that “insures” up to US$250,000 per account holder with taxpayer money).
In countries like Argentina, however, there is no other option but to go out on the streets banging pots and pans against those ominous, solid and firmly closed bronze bank gates and doors. All thanks to the fraudulent fractional bank lending system.
In the US, so called “Commercial Banks” are those that have large portfolios of checking, savings and fixed deposit accounts for people and companies (e.g., such main street names as CitiBank, Bank of America, JPMorganChase, etc.; in Argentina, we have Standard Bank, BBVA, Galicia, HSBC and others).
Commercial Banks operate with fractional lending leverage levels that allow them to lend out “virtual” dollars or pesos for amounts equal to 6, 8 or 10 times the cash actually held in their vaults; these banks are usually more closely supervised by the local monetary authorities of the country.
A different story, however, we had in the US (and still have elsewhere) with so-called global “Investment Banks” (those that make the mega-loans to corporations, major clients and sovereign states), over which there is much less control, so that their leveraging fractional lending ratios are far, far higher.
This greater flexibility is what allowed investment banks in the US to “make loans” by, for example, creating out of thin air 26 “virtual” Dollars for every real Dollar in cash they held in their vaults (i.e., Goldman Sachs), or 30 virtual Dollars (Morgan Stanley), or more than 60 virtual Dollars (Merrill Lynch until just before it folded on 15 Sept 2008), or more than 100 virtual Dollars in the cases of collapsed banks Bear Stearns and Lehman Brothers.5
Private Money vs Public Money
At this point in our review, it is essential to very clearly distinguish between two types of Money or Currency:
Private Money – This is “Virtual” Money created out of thin air by the private banking system. It generates interests on loans, which increases the amount of Private money in (electronic) circulation, and spreads and expands throughout the entire economy. We then perceive this as “inflation.”
In actual fact, the main cause of inflation in the economy is structural to the interest-bearing fractional lending banking system, even among industrialised countries.
The cause of inflation nowadays is not so much the excessive issuance of Public Money by Government as all so-called banking experts would have us believe but, rather, the combined effect of fractional lending and interest on private banking money.
Public Money – This is the only Real Money there is. It is the actual notes issued by the national currency entity holding a monopoly (i.e., the central bank or some such government agency) and, as Public Money, it does not generate interest, and should not be created by anyone other than the State.
Anybody else doing this is a counterfeiter and should end up in jail because counterfeiting Public Money is equivalent to robbing the Real Economy (i.e., “we, the working people”) of their work, toil and production capabilities without contributing anything in return in terms of socially productive work.
The same should apply to private bankers under the present fractional lending system: counterfeiting money (i.e., creating it out of thin air as a ledger entry or electronic blip on a computer screen) is equivalent to robbing the Real Economy of its work and production capacity without contributing any counter-value in terms of work.
Why We Have Financial Crises
A fundamental concept that lies at the very heart of the present Financial Model can be found in the way huge parasitic profits on the one hand, and catastrophic systemic losses on the other, are effectively transferred to specific sectors of the economy, throughout the entire system, beyond borders and public control.
As with all models, the one we suffer today has its own internal logic which, once properly understood, makes that model predictable. The people who designed it know full well that it is governed by grand cycles having specific expansion and contraction stages, and specific timelines.
Thus, they can ensure that in bull market times of growth and gigantic profits (i.e., whilst the system, grows and grows, is relatively stable and generates tons of money out of nothing), all profits are privatised making them flow towards specific institutions, economic sectors, shareholders, speculators, CEO and top management & trader bonuses, “investors”, etc who operate the gears and maintain the whole system properly tuned and working.
However, they also know that – like all roller coaster rides – when you reach the very top, the system turns into a bear market that destabilises, spins out of control, contracts and irremediably collapses, as happened to Argentina in 2001 and to the better part of the world since 2008, then all losses are socialised by making Governments absorb them through the most varied transference mechanisms that dump these huge losses onto the population at large (whether in the form of generalised inflation, catastrophic hyperinflation, banking collapses, bail-outs, tax hikes, debt defaults, forced nationalisations, extreme austerity measures, etc).
The Four-sided Global “Ponzi” Pyramid Scheme
As we know, all good pyramids have four sides, and since the Global Financial System is based on a “Ponzi” Pyramid Scheme, there’s no reason why this particular pyramid should not have four sides as well.
Below is a summary of the Four-side Global “Ponzi” Pyramid Scheme that lies at the core of today’s Financial Model, indicating how these four “sides” function in a coordinated, consistent, and sequential manner.
Side One – Create Public Money Insufficiency. This is achieved, as we explained above, by controlling the National Public entity that issues public money. Its goal is to demonetise the Real Economy so that the latter is forced to seek “alternative funding” for its needs (i.e., so that it has no choice but to resort to private bank loans).
Side Two – Impose Private Banking Fractional Lending Loans. This, as we said, is virtual private money created out of thin air on which bankers charge interest – often at usury levels – thus generating enormous profit for “investors,” creditors and all sorts of entities and individuals who operate as parasites living off other people’s work.
This would never have been the case if each local central bank were to flexibly generate the correct quantity of Public Money necessary to satisfy the needs of the Real Economy in each country and region.
Side Three – Promote a Debt-Based Economic System. In fact, the whole Pyramid Model is based on being able to promote this generalised paradigm that falsely states that what really “moves” the private and public economy is not so much work, creativity, toil and effort of workers, but rather “private investors,” “bank loans” and “credit” – i.e., indebtedness.
With time, this paradigm has replaced the infinitely wiser, sounder, more balanced and solid concept of corporate profit being reinvested and genuine personal savings being the foundation for future prosperity and security. Pretty much the way Henry Ford, Sr. originally grew his most successful company.
Today, however, Debt reigns supreme and this paradigm has become entrenched and embedded into people’s minds thanks to the mainstream media and specialised journals and publications, combined with Ivy League universities’ Economics Departments that have all succeeded in imposing such “politically correct” thinking with respect to financial matters, especially those relating to the proper nature and function of Public Money.
The facts are that this Model generates unnecessary loans so that banking creditors can receive huge profits, which includes promoting uncontrolled, unwarranted and often pathological consumerism, which goes hand in hand with the increasing abandonment of the traditional value of “saving for a rainy day.”
Such debts having political and strategic goals rather than merely financial ones, are usually given a thin layer of “legality” so that they may be imposed by the creditor on the debtor (i.e., in the case of The Merchant of Venice, the bond entered into between Antonio and Shylock giving the latter the legal right to a pound of the former’s flesh; in the case of chronically indebted countries like Argentina, such “legality” is achieved through a complex public debt laundering6 mechanism carried out by successive formally “democratic” Caretaker Governments to this very day).
Side Four – Privatisation of Profits/Socialisation of Losses. Lastly, and knowing full well that, in the long run, the numbers of the entire Cycle of this Model never add up, and that the whole system will inevitably come crashing down, the Model imposes a highly complex and often subtle financial, legal and media engineering that allows privatising profits and socialising losses.
In Argentina, this cycle has become increasingly visible for those who want to see it, because in our country the local “Ponzi” Pyramid Cycle lasts on average 15 to 17 years, i.e., we’ve had successive collapses involving brutal devaluation (1975), hyperinflation (1989) and systemic banking collapse (2001), however in the industrialised world, that cycle was made to last almost 80 years (i.e., three generations spanning from 1929 to 2008).
The fundamental cause of today’s on-going global financial collapse that exerts massive distortions over the Real Economy – and the ensuing social hardship, suffering and violence – is clear: Virtual Finance has usurped a pedestal of supremacy over the Real Economy, which does not legitimately belong to it.
Finance must always be subordinated to, and in the service of, the Real Economy just as the Economy must heed the law and social needs of the Political Model executed by a Sovereign Nation-State (as we back-engineer this entire system, we thus understand why it is necessary for the Global Power Elite to first erode the sovereign Nation-State and to eventually do away with it altogether, in order to achieve its monetary, financial and political ends).
In fact, if we look at matters in their proper perspective, we will see that most national economies are pretty much intact, in spite of having been badly bruised by the financial collapse.
It is Finance that is in the midst of a massive global collapse, as this Model of “Ponzi” Finance has grown into a sort of malignant “cancerous tumour” that has now “metastasised,” threatening to kill the whole economy and social body politic, in just about every country in the world, and certainly in the industrialised countries.
The above comparison of today’s financial system with a malignant tumour is more than a mere metaphor. If we look at the figures, we will immediately be able to see signs of this financial “metastasis.”
For example, The New York Times in their 22 September 2008 edition explains that the main trigger of the financial collapse that had exploded just one week earlier on 15 September was, as we all know, mismanagement and lack of supervision over the “Derivatives” market.
The Times then went on to explain that twenty years earlier, in 1988, there was no derivatives market; by 2002 however, Derivatives had grown into a global 102 trillion Dollar market (that’s 50% more than the Gross Domestic Product of all the countries in the world, the US, EU, Japan and BRICS nations included), and by September 2008, Derivatives had ballooned into a global 531 trillion Dollar market. That’s eight times the GDP of the entire planet!
“Financial Metastasis” at its very worst. Since then, some have estimated this Derivatives global market figure to be in the region of One-Quadrillion Dollars…
Naturally, when that collapse began, the caretaker governments in the US, European Union and elsewhere, immediately sprang into action and implemented “Operation Bail-out” of all the mega-banks, insurance companies, stock exchanges and speculation markets, and their respective operators, controllers and “friends.”
Thus, trillions upon trillions of Dollars, Euros and Pounds were given to Goldman Sachs, Citicorp, Morgan Stanley, AIG, HSBC and other “too big to fail” financial institutions… which is newspeak for “too powerful to fail”, because they hold politicians, political parties and governments in their steel grip.
All of this was paid with taxpayer dollars or, even worse, with uncontrolled and irresponsible issuance of Public Money bank notes and treasury bonds, especially by the Federal Reserve Bank which has, in practice, technically hyper-inflated the US Dollar: “Quantitative Easing” they call it, which is Newspeak for hyperinflation.
So far, however, like the proverbial Naked Emperor, nobody dares to state this openly. At least not until some “uncontrolled” event triggers or unmasks what should by now be obvious to all: Emperor Dollar is totally and completely naked.7
When that happens, we will then see bloody social and civil wars throughout the world and not just in Greece and Argentina.
By then, however, and as always happens, the powerful bankster clique and their well-paid financial and media operators, will be watching the whole hellish spectacle perched in the safety and comfort of their plush boardrooms atop the skyscrapers of New York, London, Frankfurt, Buenos Aires and Sao Paulo…
You can watch ‘The Money Masters‘ documentary below:
By Adrian Salbuchi, NewDawnMagazine.com / Footnotes:
1. The concept of “Geoeconomics” was coined by the New York-based Council on Foreign Relations, through a studies group honouring Maurice Greenberg, the financier who was for decades CEO of American International Group (AIG) which collapsed in 2008 and had strong conflict-of-interest ties with major insurance and reinsurance broker Marsh Group whose CEO was his son Jeffrey. Both father and son were indicted for fraud by then New York Attorney General Elliot Spitzer. Spitzer would later pay a very heavy price for this after becoming Governor of New York State when someone “discovered” his sex escapades which were quickly blown up into a major scandal by The New York Times…
2. We have described the basic Global Power Elite structure, model and objectives in our e-Book The Coming World Government: Tragedy & Hope?, available through www.asalbuchi.com.ar.
3. For more information, see the Third Pillar of the Second Republic Project “Reject the Debt-Based Economy” on www.secondrepublicproject.com.
4. Some notable exceptions: Today: Libya, Iran, Syria, China; In the past: Peron’s Argentina, Germany and Italy in the 30’s and 40’s…. Are we seeing a pattern here?
5. See The New York Times, 22 September 2008
6. See White Paper comparing Debt Laundering mechanisms to Money Laundering mechanisms, lodged under Pillar No 3 “Reject the Debt-Based Economy” of Second Republic Project in www.secondrepublicproject.com.
7. This is more fully described in the author’s book The Coming World Government: Tragedy & Hope?, in the chapter “Death & Resurrection of the US Dollar”. Details on www.asalbuchi.com.ar. Also available upon request by E-mail: email@example.com.
New Dawn Magazine and the respective author.
Thanks to: http://humansarefree.com
|Very bright daylight fireball explodes over Russia, meteorites possible
Posted: 21 Jun 2018 05:07 PM PDT
Very bright daylight fireball explodes over Russia, meteorites possible
Posted by TW on June 21, 2018
A very bright daylight fireball exploded over western Russia during the early morning hours of June 21, 2018. The event lasted several seconds before the object disintegrated in a bright flash.
A very bright daylight fireball exploded over western Russia during the early morning hours of June 21, 2018. The event lasted several seconds before the object disintegrated in a bright flash.
Thanks to: https://watchers.news
Posted: 21 Jun 2018 05:03 PM PDT
There is no denying that Everest has always been seen as a location of wonder and awe. Over the years, countless people have gone as far as risking their lives to venture up the mountain, attempting to conquer the highest point on earth.
Everest is located along the Chinese-Nepalese border, part of the well-known Himalayan mountain range. The mountain is estimated to be more than 60 million years old and has been attracting climbers, tourists, and adventurers since the first attempts to climb the mountain in the early 1900s. There is controversy as to who was actually the first to summit. Mallory and Andrew Irvine made an attempt in 1924, never to return from their expedition, however, some believe they reached the summit prior to their untimely deaths. Others credit Sir Edmund Hillary and his Sherpa Tenzing Norgay for being the first to summit in 1953. Either way, it is estimated that just under 1000 people will attempt to climb the mountain each year.
Unfortunately for many, the number that summit is far lower. Most of those who attempt to climb the mountain will turn around, unsuccessful in their attempts. For a few, the attempt will be the last thing that they do with Everest claiming 240 lives to date. These deaths occur as a result of avalanches, high winds, freezing temperatures, unexpected storms and the impact of such extreme altitudes on the human body.
Despite the risks, tourists flock from all over the globe for the opportunity to add their name to this of those who have climbed this epic mountain. Paying on average $25,000 to $100,000 per person just for the climb, prior to worrying about costs like their own personal climbing gear, it should come as no shock that many of those who show up are the wealthy among us. Now reports are showing that these wealthy tourists are leaving an incredible amount of waste behind for the local Sherpas to address.
How much waste is an incredible amount? It is estimated that over 26,000 pounds of human excrement are removed from the mountain every season. In addition to the disgusting amount of human waste, climbers abandon tents, broken climbing equipment, empty gas canister and other litter all over the camps and slopes. Melting glaciers, a result of global warming, has begun to expose piles of trash that have accumulated for years, dating as far back as the earliest climbers.
The local governments have made an effort to try to cut back on this waste. Five years ago, Nepal began to enforce a new rule, requiring that ever team climbing the mountain pay a $4000 rubbish deposit. The only way that the team receives their deposit back is if each climber on the team brings back a minimum of 18lbs (8kg) of waste. Meanwhile in Tibet, there is no deposit, however ever climber is still expected to return with 18lbs (8kg) of waste, or they will be fined $100 for each kilogram that they fall short of that number.
The results have certainly helped to address the problem with the Sagarmatha Pollution Control Committee (SPCC) reporting that 25 tonnes of trash was brought down on the Nepal side of the mountain in 2017, but this is only a start. Many of the climbers simply don’t care, willingly paying the fines or giving up their deposit rather than being bothered with the cleanup efforts.
Thanks to: warenessact.com
Posted: 21 Jun 2018 01:08 PM PDT
by Tyler Durden
Thu, 06/21/2018 – 13:56
Conspiracy theorists (and conspiracy factists) are running wild as infamously outspoken former Secret Service agent Gary Byrne has filed a Racketeer Influenced and Corrupt Organizations (RICO) suit against what some call the Democrat Deep State.
Defendants in the case include:
CLINTON FOUNDATION, CLINTON-GIUSTRA ENTERPRISE PARTNERSHIP, MEDIA MATTERS FOR AMERICA, CORRECT THE RECORD, AMERICAN BRIDGE 21ST CENTURY, CITIZENS FOR RESPONSIBILITY AND ETHICS IN WASHINGTON, SHAREBLUE, DAVID BROCK, WILLIAM JEFFERSON CLINTON, HILLARY RODHAM CLINTON, GEORGE SOROS, JOHN PODESTA, JONATHAN WACKROW, JAN GILOOLY and CLINTON GLOBAL INITIATIVE.
Quite a rogue’s gallery.
Here’s the summary of Byrne’s case…
For the past decade in which relevant predicate acts were corruptly carried out by the named defendants as “payback” for Plaintiff Gary Byrne’s role in the Clinton impeachment and his status as a “Clinton enemy” (for his temerity in telling the truth concerning obstruction of justice and gross abuse of power), along with their corrupt surrogates and collaborators (referenced individually and collectively as the “Enterprise”), David Brock and William and Hillary Clinton have been synonymous with criminal behavior, malicious baseless attacks (using mainly the illicit and vicious defamatory tactics against perceived political enemies (like Officer Gary Byrne, the Plaintiff here) of those willing to compensate participants like Brock) – and coordinating by mail and wire to violate myriad Federal and State laws in the exploitation of Enterprise nonprofit entities they use for purely partisan purposes.
This Enterprise has taken such attacks to an unprecedented and chilling new level – involving illegal domestic human and electronic surveillance, and tradecraft such as “lures” run at Byrne in order to obstruct the Hillary Clinton e-mail and Clinton Foundation Investigations by the agencies of the Obama government, all against private citizens in order to assist Hillary Clinton become the 45th President of the United States, destroy Gary Byrne, and enrich themselves. According to investigations of the United States Congress, and as anticipated to emerge from numerous ongoing government investigations, Hillary Clinton and certain other Enterprise named and unknown named, and high-level surrogates, colluded with Russian intelligence (SVR and FSB) and a disgraced (and according to a referral from the United States Senate Committee on the Judiciary, a putative criminal) former British intelligence officer (Christopher Steele) to accomplish their illicit and unconstitutional objectives. These Enterprise defendants, surrogates and participants have their opportunity to properly respond before a court they knowingly misled many times using the most powerful counterintelligence tools available. Let them do so now.
Ten years ago, defendant Brock’s malfeasance became more precisely organized in the Enterprise, and thus fully weaponized, as he joined forces with former president William Jefferson Clinton (“William Clinton” or “President Clinton”), Hillary Rodham Clinton and funder George Soros (“Soros”), and at various stages of the illegal Enterprise, the other defendants named here. They, and the Enterprise they formed to control the Democratic Party, took illicit advantage of a previously inviolate structural arrangement (between all three branches of our government) codified in the Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Act (“FISA”) by arranging for payment through smear merchants Fusion GPS to the Russian SVR and FSB and British (former) agent Christopher Steele (“Steele”). To abolish their enemies, in other words, the Enterprise defendants were willing to defy all legal and constitutional dictates – including certain actors within the Obama Department of Justice ineffably misleading Article III colleagues resident in this very Court.
This is sedition, bordering on treason, and patently illegal.
The presiding judge – Paul L. Friedman – is a Bill Clinton appointee.
Of course this is a civil filing, which is something anyone can file for anything, so don’t start the ‘lock her up’ chants quite yet.
Full Docket below:
Thanks to VK for the forward and: https://www.zerohedge.com
Posted: 21 Jun 2018 07:08 AM PDT
June 20, 2018
by Sequoyah Kennedy
The paradox of conspiracy theories is interesting. Once something gets tangled up in the long inter-dimensional reptilian arms of a conspiracy theory, every piece of it will be further proof that something is going on and it will never be free from suspicion. Expect this to be the case with recent news of the strange artwork at the Denver International Airport being taken off the walls. The artwork—and airport at large—has become a touchstone for New World Order, Illuminati, and Secret Society conspiracies of all types. If there was ever a public transportation hub to keep a watchful eye on, it’s the Denver Airport.
According to the Denver Post, the artwork is being taken down and moved to a “secure, clean and climate-controlled fine art storage facility in the metro area” to make room for the $650 million set of renovations and improvements that is scheduled to begin this year. The airport says that the renovations include improving ticketing facilities, updating passenger security screening, and general upkeep and improvements as part of the contract that provides for three decades of improvement to America’s spookiest airport.
If you don’t know anything about the Denver International Airport conspiracy theory, it goes something like this: 1994 the secret societies responsible for the ever-impending and ever-insidious New World Order—including, in a large part, our old pals the Freemasons—built, as part of the airport, miles and miles of secret underground tunnels to be used as an Illuminatiheadquarters when the apocalyptic plan for global population decrease goes down. According to the theory, those wacky and audacious Freemasons filled the airport with little winks and nods to their plan for global human sacrifice, enslavement, and general tyranny.
To be fair, there’s a lot of really hard-to-explain stuff in this particular airport. It’s like a cop pulling over a pickup truck for swerving across lanes, being confronted with a truck bed full of half crushed cans of Pabst Blue Ribbon, and asking the driver “have you been drinking?” It’s entirely possible the guy was just driving home from picking up a bunch of litter and got spooked by a spider on his leg, but it definitely doesn’t look good.
Cases in point: There is a time capsule in the Denver Airport, placed at the dedication ceremony in 1994. On it is a capstone stamped with the Masonic square and compass and an attribution to the (seriously) “New World Airport Commission.” The halls are filled with stone gargoyles. There’s a giant statue of a evil-looking blue horse with red eyes. Then, at long last, there’s the artwork.
“In Peace and Harmony With nature” Photograph provided by Denver International Airport
One famous piece on the wall of the international airport, entitled “Children of the World Dream of Peace,” features (not making this up, I promise) a Nazi in a gas mask waving a scimitar over crying children and dead bodies while a letter from Auschwitz flutters innocuously in the corner. Because that’s exactly what we all want to see before getting on an airplane.
Another features ecological destruction and a dead leopard, more fun for the whole family. Another has all of the children of the world coming together around a strange neon-colored plant, and yet another has all the children of the world handing over their swords, bundled in the flags of their countries, to a central kid who’s hammering them into plowshares. Sir, are you aware there’s about 62 PBR cans rattling around the bed of your truck?
“Children of the World Dream of Peace” Photograph provided by Denver International Airport.
The first five out of the twelve total pieces of artwork to be moved will be taken out of the airport by July 1 as phase on of preparation for the renovations. The remainder will be taken down and moved to the secure storage facility in coming months. Not to worry though, the DIA says that all of the artwork will be placed back where it belongs in 2021 when the project is complete. Which means that we have at least three or four good years left before the powers-that-be do whatever it is they need a big horse statue for.
If you’re unsure how to feel about all this, just channel your inner Alex Jones and give a big, guttural “globalists!” Then shake your fist at the sky exactly twice and get on with your day.
Thanks to zIKY at: http://awakeandaware.ca
Posted: 20 Jun 2018 04:59 PM PDT
Date: June 20, 2018Author: Nwo Report
Elizabeth Holmes, the CEO of medical startup Theranos, who donated big dollar sums to Hillary Clinton’s presidential campaign and was described by Hillary as her “protogé”, has been arrested on billion dollar wire fraud charges and is expected to spend decades in prison.
Holmes, 34, is the “self-made billionaire” head of a company that was valued at $9 billion, which was at the time more than Uber or Spotify. Its Edison platform promised a revolutionary blood test that only required a finger prick as opposed to blood drawn from a vein.
Barack Obama appointed her as a Presidential Ambassador for Global Entrepreneurship. She buddied up closely with Hillary, and raised big money for her doomed presidential run. Bill Clinton interviewed her in an event for the Clinton Global Initiative and told the world Holmes was going to bring “equality” to the healthcare industry. Instead, like the Clinton Foundation, she has been exposed as a total fraud.
The Clinton’s friends just keep getting arrested. The network is being slowly but surely untangled. The corrupt Clinton Foundation, the holy grail of honest investigators, is now in their crosshairs.
Western Journal reports: On Friday, Holmes was indicted on wire fraud charges by federal prosecutors in the Northern District of California. Theranos is very close to being liquidated, basically having lapsed into “Enron 2: Electric Boogaloo.”
As it turned out, Holme’s “revolutionary platform” could barely perform a few of the 240 tests the company had promised, and even then it didn’t perform them well. As Vanity Fair reports, Holmes, 34, could be spending decades in jail, all because the company she started in 2003 after dropping out of Stanford apparently turned out to be little more than a way to spend investors’ dollars, poorly.
“According to the indictment, Holmes and (Theranos COO and president Ramesh) Balwani used advertisements and solicitations to encourage and induce doctors and patients to use Theranos’s blood testing laboratory services, even though the defendants knew Theranos was not capable of consistently producing accurate and reliable results for certain blood tests,” a statement from the U.S. Attorney’s Office read. “The tests performed on Theranos technology, in addition, were likely to contain inaccurate and unreliable results.”
“The indictment alleges that the defendants used a combination of direct communications, marketing materials, statements to the media, financial statements, models, and other information to defraud potential investors. Specifically, the defendants claimed that Theranos developed a revolutionary and proprietary analyzer that the defendants referred to by various names, including as the TSPU, Edison, or minilab. The defendants claimed the analyzer was able to perform a full range of clinical tests using small blood samples drawn from a finger stick. The defendants also represented that the analyzer could produce results that were more accurate and reliable than those yielded by conventional methods — all at a faster speed than previously possible.”
In addition to the criminal indictment, Holmes has already agreed to pay a civil penalty of $500,000 to the Securities and Exchange Commission for fraud in an agreement that mandated she not be able to head a public company for 10 years. (Theranos is a privately held company, although Holmes stepped down as CEO on Friday after her indictment.)
So, how did Elizabeth Holmes sucker so many people? It’s worth noting that this is a bipartisan scandal in many ways. Before he became defense secretary, James Mattis served on Theranos’ board, as did former Reagan administration Secretary of State George Shultz. (Shultz’s grandson was one of the whistleblowers on Theranos’ alleged illegal activity, according to The Wall Street Journal.) According to The New York Times, media mogul Rupert Murdoch and Secretary of Education Betsy DeVos lost huge amounts of money in the enterprise.
However, each of them seemed to have been taken either by the science behind Theranos’ device or the possible applications for it (in the case of Shultz and Mattis) or because it represented a prime investment opportunity (in the case of Murdoch and DeVos).
When it comes to Bill and Hillary Clinton and Obama, however, things get a bit murkier.
It probably won’t surprise you, given that she helmed a Silicon Valley startup, that Holmes was a Clinton donor. Not only that, but Hillary Clinton had planned to host a fundraiser at Theranos until media attention forced her to host it elsewhere. (Even liberals were embarrassed.) The planned $2,700 a head event was to feature Chelsea Clinton, but apparently even the media couldn’t ignore the fact that she was hosting an event at a company that was under federal investigation.
“(The event) is not connected to a specific company or policy, but a chance to talk directly to women in tech,” Clinton’s campaign said at the time, according to the Washington Free Beacon. “We frequently send initial invitations while host committees are still being formed and locations finalized. This was never a health care event and the location wasn’t set. It will not be at Theranos.”
That was hardly the only contact that the Clintons had with her, however. When Bill Clinton interviewed Holmes in 2015 for his Clinton Global Initiative, an arm of the scandal-plagued Clinton Foundation, he noted that she started the company when she was only 19.
“Don’t worry about the future, we’re in good hands,” Clinton said. Holmes, for her part, talked about bringing “equality” to health care.
President Obama went even further than the Clintons in embracing Holmes. In 2015, he invited the CEO to the White House, where he made her a Presidential Ambassador for Global Entrepreneurship. If you’re wondering what a Presidential Ambassador for Global Entrepreneurship does, it’s stuff like this PSA:
So, what’s the overarching point here? Why would Hillary Clinton and the Obama administration get so involved with Holmes? We don’t necessarily impugn their judgment on her company’s viability, inasmuch as almost nobody knew it was a fraud.
On the other hand, they didn’t really seem to care whether it was or not. Hillary Clinton’s campaign wanted to hold a campaign event at Theranos well after it became clear, thanks to The Wall Street Journal’s reporting, that the company was suspected at least of some very shady things.
The fact was that Elizabeth Holmes was a Democrat’s dream.
Here was a young, millennial woman CEO saying all the right things about breaking the glass ceiling and instituting “equality “in health care. So what if her product was promising things that seemed impossible? So what if her company was under investigation? After all, she just brushed it off as the ossified medical establishment coming after her company. She was great copy.
And so, in a way deeper than Theranos’ investors or board members did, they co-signed Holmes’ reputation as the next Steve Jobs. The great thing for the Democrat mind was that the next Jobs came in a package that echoed all of their political prejudices. Or, in a kind of corruption of philosophy and politics that’s worse — and deeper — than financial misdealing, was it that she was the next Steve Jobs because she echoed all of their political preferences?
We’ll probably never know the answer to that chicken-or-egg question. We do know one thing for sure, however:
If only Hillary Clinton and Obama had waited a little while, they’d have figured out they were dealing not with a Steve Jobs but instead a Kenneth Lay.
Thanks to: https://nworeport.me
Would you knowingly inject dangerous heavy metals such as mercury, lead and arsenic into your body? How about carcinogens and endocrine disrupters such as phthalates and hydrocarbons? Chances are that is exactly what you have done if you have a tattoo because those items are commonly found in the inks used for tattoos Read more of this post
Sound is one of the purest forms of energy in existence. Sound inspires us, uplifts us, helps us to communicate, express ourselves, and even heal at a deep level.
Have you ever stopped to consider how amazing it is that everything around you is fundamentally composed of energy that vibrates at different frequencies? Thanks to science Read more of this post
Posted: 29 Jul 2018 09:00 PM PDT
President Trump has become the third president to renew a post-9/11 emergency proclamation, stretching what was supposed to be a temporary state of national emergency after the 2001 terror attacks into its 17th year.
Posted: 29 Jul 2018 09:00 PM PDT
While Democrats and the media love to portray the ultra wealthy as “evil Republicans,” they’re actually overwhelmingly leftists, Democrats, and open borders globalists.
|US diplomats secretly met with Taliban without Afghan government
Posted: 30 Jul 2018 09:00 PM PDT
In a dramatic change to longstanding policy, senior United States diplomats have reportedly held secret meetings with Taliban leaders without the presence –and presumably knowledge– of the Afghan government. For over a decade, the Taliban have refused to negotiate with the Afghan government, which they view as a puppet regime controlled by Washington. They have instead sought to speak directly with the United States, without Kabul’s mediation. In 2015, the United States sought to initiate peace talks with the Taliban in the Qatari capital Doha, but the effort collapsed after the Afghan government denounced it and demanded a seat at the table. The negotiation process has remained dormant since then
|A permanent emergency: Trump becomes third president to renew extraordinary post-9/11 powers
Posted: 29 Jul 2018 09:00 PM PDT
President Trump has become the third president to renew a post-9/11 emergency proclamation, stretching what was supposed to be a temporary state of national emergency after the 2001 terror attacks into its 17th year.
|New video, images released in slaying of President George H.W. Bush’s former doctor
Posted: 29 Jul 2018 09:00 PM PDT
Authorities in Houston have released additional surveillance video and images from their investigation into the brazen fatal shooting of the onetime doctor to former President George H.W. Bush.
|Michigan Declares State Of Emergency After Cancer-Linked Toxin Found In Drinking Water
Posted: 29 Jul 2018 09:00 PM PDT
“This declaration will allow the state to supply additional resources to help with response efforts and ensure the health and safety of residents in Parchment and Cooper Township,” Calley said in a statement, adding “This helps make sure that every resource that is possible is on the table and that we can work as expeditiously together as we possibly can.”
|Leader of al-Qaeda in Syria Continues To Receive Free Pass On You Tube While Americans Who Expose Syrian War Are Censored And Banned
Posted: 29 Jul 2018 09:00 PM PDT
The terrorists continue receiving a free pass while truth revealers continue being censored.
|More than 450 people in Florida ordered to give up guns under new law, report says
Posted: 29 Jul 2018 09:00 PM PDT
Hundreds of gun owners in Florida have been ordered to give up their guns under a new law that took effect after the deadly Parkland shooting in February, according to a report published Monday.
|Trump Takes on the Federal Reserve
Posted: 29 Jul 2018 09:00 PM PDT
For nearly half a century, presidents have refrained from criticizing the “independent” Federal Reserve; but that was before Donald Trump. In response to a question about Fed interest rate policy in a CNBC interview on July 19, 2018, he shocked commentators by stating, “I’m not thrilled. Because we go up and every time you go up they want to raise rates again. . . . I am not happy about it. . . . I don’t like all of this work that we’re putting into the economy and then I see rates going up.” He acknowledged the central bank’s independence, but the point was made: the Fed was hurting the economy with its “Quantitative Tightening” policies and needed to watch its step.
|FIFA World Cup host Qatar ‘used ex-CIA agents to sabotage rival bids’
Posted: 29 Jul 2018 09:00 PM PDT
The government of Qatar, which won the right to host the 2022 FIFA World Cup, hired a high-profile public relations group and a team of former officers of the United States Central Intelligence Agency (CIA) in order to undermine rival bids to host the tournament, according to a British newspaper. In December 2010, Qatar was named as the host of the lucrative tournament, which is held every four years under the auspices of the International Federation of Association Football.
|Mystery as Russia LIQUIDATED almost ALL of its holdings in US Treasury securities during run up to Helsinki summit, in move labeled ‘unprecedented’ by experts
Posted: 29 Jul 2018 09:00 PM PDT
The Russian government has sold off the vast majority of its holdings of US Treasury securities for reasons that remain mysterious, in a dramatic move that experts are calling unprecedented. A US Treasury report released on July 18 shows that Russian holdings of Treasury securities declined by 84 per cent between March and May, down to just $14.9 billion from March holdings of $96.1 billion.
|America’s Richest Billionaires Are Overwhelmingly Leftists, Democrats And Open Borders Globalists
Posted: 29 Jul 2018 09:00 PM PDT
While Democrats and the media love to portray the ultra wealthy as “evil Republicans,” they’re actually overwhelmingly leftists, Democrats, and open borders globalists.
|Sweetheart Deal: Former Vice President Joe Biden’s Niece Avoids Jail Time In Credit Card Scam
Posted: 29 Jul 2018 09:00 PM PDT
Former Vice President Joe Biden’s niece dodged jail time on Thursday after receiving only two years probation when she admitted to committing $110,000 in credit card fraud at a New York City store.
|The $3 Billion Plan to Turn Hoover Dam Into a Giant Battery
Posted: 29 Jul 2018 09:00 PM PDT
Hoover Dam helped transform the American West, harnessing the force of the Colorado River — along with millions of cubic feet of concrete and tens of millions of pounds of steel — to power millions of homes and businesses. It was one of the great engineering feats of the 20th century.
|Federal Air Marshals blow the whistle on TSA “Quiet Skies” traveler surveillance program
Posted: 29 Jul 2018 09:00 PM PDT
The story in the Globe speaks for itself, and is worth reading in full. But lest it be misunderstood, here are some key points about what today’s news reveals, what’s new and what isn’t, and why it’s significant: Is this a fundamentally new type of activity for the TSA or DHS or an expansion of its scope? No, certainly not. For at least ten years Federal Air Marshals have contributed observations of air travelersto the Transportation Information Sharing System, a database shared within and outside the DHS.
Posted: 29 Jul 2018 09:00 PM PDT
The one-party political class fears competition and hates criticism. That’s basically what the Russian election meddling narrative is all about. The latest accusation comes from Oklahoma Sen. James Lankford. He told ABC News the political class has to “be very aware that the Russians are trying to be able to interfere in our elections every other way they can to be able to harvest information and then to be able to use that against our democracy.”
My dear fellow Patriots…
Hmm…I am so very glad to see that word “patriot” being used in such a positive and noble manner, now.
I have been watching as so many truly astounding and soul-shaking events are unfolding, currently. For now, those who recognize the Truth in these events are few, as compared to Read more of this post
The military intelligence source QAnon has dropped another bombshell with the latest round of leaked classified information, which has been released with the tacit approval of the Trump White House. QAnon has revealed that contrary to popular perception and an ongoing criminal investigation led by Special Counsel Robert Mueller, it was senior government officials from theRead more of this post
REVOLVING DOOR: HOW SECURITY CLEARANCES PERPETUATE TOP-LEVEL CORRUPTION IN THE US
President Donald Trump is threatening to take away the security clearances of a number of former senior intelligence and security officers who have been extremely critical of him. Most Americans were unaware that any ex-officials continued to hold clearances after they retired and the controversy has inevitably raised the question why that should be so. Unfortunately, there is no simple answer.
A security clearance is granted to a person but it is also linked to “need to know” in terms of what kind of information should or could be accessed, which means that when you are no longer working as Director of the Central Intelligence Agency you don’t necessarily need to know anything about China’s spying on the United States. Or do you? If you transition into a directorship or staff position of a major intelligence or security contractor, which many retirees do, you might need to retain the qualification for your job, which makes the clearance an essential component in the notorious revolving door whereby government officials transit to the private sector and then directly lobby their former colleagues to keep the flow of cash coming.
At top levels among the beltway bandit companies, where little work is actually done, some make the case that you have to remain “well informed” to function properly. The fact is that many top-level bureaucrats do retain their clearances for those nebulous reasons and also sometimes as a courtesy. Some have even received regular briefings from the CIA and the office of the Director of National intelligence even though they hold no government positions. A few very senior ex-officials have also been recalled by congress or the White House to provide testimony on particular areas of expertise or on past operations, which can legitimately require a clearance, though it such cases one can be granted on a temporary basis to cover a specific issue.
The problem arises when former officials use their clearances as bona fides to enhance their marketability for non-clearance jobs in the media or corporate world, particularly when those individuals are criticizing current government policies and behaving in a partisan fashion regarding specific candidates for office. Donald Trump was especially assailed by former officials John Brennan, James Clapper, Michael Hayden and Michael Morell before the 2016 election, all of whom continue to attack him currently, most particularly for the recent meeting with Russian President Vladimir Putin. During the 2016 campaign, Morell, who openly supported Hillary Clinton and is the designated intelligence on-air contributor for CBS news, deliberately linked the fact that he was ex-CIA Acting Director to his assertion that Trump was somehow an “unwitting agent of the Russian Federation” to establish his credibility. That type of activity should be considered abusive and an exploitation of one’s former office.
Morell left CIA in June 2013 and by November was a senior counselor with Beacon Global Strategies. According to the firm’s website, Beacon Global Strategies is a government and private sector consulting group that specializes in matters of international policy, foreign affairs, national defense, cyber, intelligence, and homeland security. Morell may know little about those issues as they have evolved in the past five years, but citing his clearance gives him credibility for knowledge that he might not really possess and also gives him direct access to former colleagues that he can lobby to obtain government contracts.
Former CIA Director John Brennan, who famously voted for the Communist Party candidate for US president in 1976, has also profited greatly from his government service, becoming rich from his board memberships. He sits on the board of directors of SecureAuth + CORE Security and also on the board of The Analysis Corporation. More important in terms of his public profile, he is the “Intelligence Consultant” for NBC News and MSNBC and appears regularly.
Last week Senator Rand Paul met with President Trump and recommended that Brennan’s security clearance be revoked. He argued that Brennan, Trump’s most aggressive critic, has been using his credentials to provide credibility when he calls meeting with Russia’s president “treasonous” and describes the president as “wholly in the pocket of Putin.” Clearance holders also more generally use their privileged access to “secret information” to leverage speaking and television network pundit fees. In other words, Brennan and the others are using their security clearances to enhance their incomes, monetizing their access to classified information to enhance their value.
It is by no means clear whether Trump will revoke the clearances of Clapper, Brennan, Morell and Hayden. As he is the legal source of all government clearances he has the power to do so. An equitable solution on the clearance issue more generally speaking would be to cancel all security clearances on the day when one leaves government service unless there is a direct and immediate transition to a private sector position that absolutely requires such a qualification. That would be fair to lower level employees seeking a second source of income and it would also eliminate many of those who are merely cashing in on their presumed access. As it is a rational solution it is very unlikely that it will be entertained by either the White House or by Congress.
|Violent eruption at Fuego volcano, Guatemala, at least 62 killed and 300 injured
Posted: 05 Jun 2018 05:10 PM PDT
Violent eruption at Fuego volcano, Guatemala, at least 62 killed and 300 injured
Posted by TW on June 04, 2018
A major eruption started at Guatemalan Fuego volcano around 16:00 UTC (10:00 local time) on June 3, 2018. The eruption ejected volcanic ash up to 10 km (32 800 feet) above sea level and produced massive lava and pyroclastic flows in its most violent eruption in more than 40 years. At least 62 people were killed and 300 injured. The death toll is expected to rise.
So far, the deaths are concentrated in the towns of El Rodeo, Alotenano and San Miguel los Lotes, officials said, adding that rescue operations were suspended until 11:00 UTC, June 4 due to dangerous conditions and inclement weather.
MORE HERE: https://watchers.news/2018/06/04/fuego-volcano-eruption-guatemala-june-2018/?utm_source=feedburner&utm_medium=email&utm_campaign=Feed%3A+adorraeli%2FtsEq+%28The+Watchers+-+watching+the+world+evolve+and+transform%29
Thanks to: https://watchers.news
|Shocking Actions of UK Parliament with Google Executives re: Tommy Robinson
Posted: 05 Jun 2018 04:23 PM PDT
Shocking Actions of UK Parliament with Google Executives re: Tommy Robinson, Impressive Demonstration in Toronto, Canada & Why You Might Hesitate to Vote in Ontario June 7 | Rebel Media
It’s not about the UK. It’s not about Canada. It’s not about America. When people begin singing in the key of “we” rather than “me”—change will happen. It will take all of us to make the changes necessary to stop the runaway train on the way to hell and eventual extinction—if the controllers have their way.
This video begins by showing us the views of several protestors in Toronto, Canada this past weekend who realize what happened in Leeds, UK when Tommy Robinson was illegally arrested for doing what other independent journalists have done: reporting on violent rape gangs. I was suitably impressed with the footage.
Not all the demonstrators interviewed were 100% woke, but they knew a significant amount and it was impressive. It made my Canadian heart swell with pride. We are sick of being told we are racist when we speak out about the activities of various groups who may not be white.
Ontario residents are encouraged to think twice about voting at all tomorrow. Some feel that to vote is to validate the “system”. To vote is to move voluntarily down the cattle chute into the corral, soon to be shuttled off to market—and slaughter. That’s all we are to the New World Order. Cattle. Chattel. Theirs to dispose of as they wish. (they believe)
Why vote on June 7 in Ontario?
Read more at the link below.
Be sure to stick with the video below until the clip (ca. 26 min.) of the UK parliament grilling the Google executive and demanding why they haven’t shut down Tommy Robinson’s YouTube page. Shocking? Not really—if you’re fully awake. The writing has been on the wall for a long time, my friends. The poor “Google guy” is sitting there all alone defending his company.
Thanks to: http://www.starshipearththebigpicture.com
|Take a closer look at life, for every-thing we see around us started as a thought! ~ Alistar Valadez
Posted: 05 Jun 2018 04:15 PM PDT
Take a closer look at life, for every-thing we see around us started as a thought! ~ Alistar Valadez
Spiritual Perspectives / Tuesday, June 5th, 2018
art by Adam Psybe
“Take a closer look at life, for every-thing we see around us started as a thought! Your car, your house, your job, your community, your country, your friends, your name, your computer, your phone, your relationships, they ALL started as a thought. When a new thought arises within us, it is either expanded upon and comes into fruition, or it decays away just like a fading dream slipping through our fingers. We are either watching life pass us by, or we are actively taking part in the co-creation of our life, for it is all about what we pull out from within us. As those who pull out nothing, they decay away faster than the midnight hour, while those who pull out the new, continuously walk the path of expanding their paradigm worldview! We work through this present moment to bring in new visions of inspiration, for life only becomes fantasy if we sit and ‘think’ about it for far too often, as we need to reach out and co-create in this great lesson learning event we call living. As it is said in ancient text, ‘In the beginning was the word, then the word became flesh!’ It really can not get anymore clearer than that, as that ‘word’ was clearly a thought of conscious decision. We need to get out there and expand on our own imagination, to help bring in more new light and energy into this living realm. We all want change and great things in our lives, yet most of us just seek to settle and find a groove, there is enough dust to settle in this world, what we need are more fearless warrior spirits to get out there to shake things up in this realm…so the time has come to REACH for the stars, for the stars will not come down to you!” ~Alistar Valadez…
Posted: 05 Jun 2018 02:54 PM PDT
Children can be remarkably perceptive of their environment, free from the decades of social conditioning that adults suffer from. If you want the truth, ask a child.
I still remember my own time in the public school school system, and the negative impression that I was left with as a kid – that public schools are a barbaric institution of social conditioning set in a “Lord of the Flies” environment of teenage anarchy and adolescent-spawned power struggles where playground bullies and a rigid social hierarchies thive. The public school system is basically prison yard culture for children.
Pink Floyd summed up the situation nearly 40 years ago with their studio album and film, “The Wall.”
I find the article below to be quite eye-opening.
By Joe Jarvis Via The Daily Bell
You know how missionaries used to run around the globe forcing everyone to be a Christian? And in the process, they destroyed native cultures and traditions?
Well, the same thing is happening today with Western “teen culture.” It is being exported around the world with disastrous effects.
Preindustrial societies mostly exhibit a continuum from childhood to adulthood. There is generally no random cut off age where suddenly teens are given rights and expected to become adults. Children seamlessly and gradually integrate into adulthood, with puberty rites being the only major benchmark.
These societies were “free-range parenting” before it was cool. Even toddlers have a large degree of autonomy. The child is allowed to explore, and the mother provides the nurturing, feeding, and love at the child’s initiation. Young children participate in the work of their parents and elders and interact and learn from people of all ages.
Children are raised from infancy alongside adults, instead of being segregated into peer groups of the same age. They slowly learn from adults and take on more responsibilities by emulating what they see.
What do kids see in the USA? A bunch of other kids with whom they have been grouped by government and industry working in tandem. Instead of emulating adults, they act like their peers. They want to dress the same, impress others with their technology, and keep up with the same tv shows.
This creates an artificial sub-culture based on age. And it creates a new market.
As of 2011, teens spend over $200 billion per year. Disney and all its many subsidiaries bring in about $45 billion a year. It is not surprising that these industries now spend several billion dollars each year advertising to teenagers. And the most effective form of advertising is to create a sub-culture through which to sell products.
You can trace the roots of this phenomenon way back to the industrial revolution when social structures got a big shakeup. Kids worked less alongside adults in family work and apprenticeships. Instead, they were shipped off to compulsory public schools. They were grouped by age and sex, and “educated” to be factory workers.
By contrasting Western adolescence with people of the same age in societies that are just recently modernizing, we see that “teen turmoil” is not a natural phenomenon or an issue of hormones. It has been created by Western culture and is now infecting industrializing societies.
Imperializing Teen Culture
According to Robert Epstein in his book Teen 2.0: Saving Our Children and Families from the Torment of Adolescence, exporting this Western teen culture is undermining the social structures of developing nations.
A similar story has played out for Kenyans, Moroccans, Australian aborigines, Canadian Inuits, and many other preindustrial societies recently integrated into Western culture. Their ways of life led to few social problems like unwed pregnancy, the breakdown of the family, drug use, depression, violence, and general teenage angst and rebellious destructive behavior. But that changed upon the introduction of Western television, schooling, and teen culture.
What is it that preindustrial teens are seeing on those television programs? Answer: teens being treated like, and behaving like, irresponsible children.
When teens in preindustrial society are forced to attend Western-style schools, how are they affected? Answer: they’re cut off from adults and from the centrality of adult culture; they’re prevented from working, or at least making work the center of their lives; they become controlled by adults instead of part of adult life; teens, rather than adults, become their role models.
When Western mechanisms delay marriage, what is the outcome? Answer: because marriage is the hallmark of adulthood in virtually all cultures, the delay of marriage also means the delay of adulthood. It’s no coincidence that Tom Smith’s recent survey… showed that Americans now think adulthood begins at age twenty-six; the median age for first marriages in the United States is now 26.8.
Pros and Cons of Western Culture
This is not a pro-tribalism post. I am absolutely not saying that society was better off in a pre-industrial age. This is not a black or white issue. It is not like we have to choose between being ignorantly blissful hunter-gatherers or isolated bitter consumer-robots.
Many cultures have benefited from industrialization in that the standard of living has increased. But industrialization does not have to be imported 20th-century style. Modernization can be introduced without causing the collapse of the old ways of life, which kept social problems to a minimum.
We have the ability to see both extremes, isolate the biggest detrimental factors, and mitigate them.
While the issues are all integrated, the main three problems are:
- Mandatory Western Styled Public Schooling
- The Industry of “Teen Culture”
- The Breakdown of the Family
Public schooling is the most glaring catalyst to the perils of Western teenage culture. It is where the groupings by age begin, and the arena in which teens compare themselves, compete and copy each other. They are also a major contributing factor to the oppression many teens feel.
Exporting Hollywood around the globe is another major problem. Teens are indoctrinated with the creepy Hollywood executives’ ideas of what it means to be a teen. They are sold sex, drugs, and irresponsibility as fun, on the silver screen. And of course, there are plenty of real-world products that they can buy to fast-track their emulation of the TV stars.
And finally, like it or not, families are a historically effective regulator of social behaviors.
When it comes to teens around the world, just what kinds of practices and problems are we exporting? The answer, it seems, is crime, ennui, anger, premarital sex, pregnancy, abortion, drug and alcohol abuse, and family conflict. Consider just one of our more subtle exports: according to a recent book on teens by psychologists Mihaly Csikszentmihalyi and Barbara Schneider, American teens are almost completely isolated from adults. Teens typically spend more than thirty-five hours per week surrounded by their peers in school and an additionalthirty-five hours per week with peers outside of school. That’s two-thirds of their waking hours. This is, according to the researchers, twelve more hours per week than teens in other industrialized nations such as Italy and South Korea spend together, and it is probably sixty hours a week more than teens spend together in many preindustrial societies.
Many American teens–perhaps half or more–also grow up with little access to their father, and “for those lucky enough to have a father, the average teenager now spends less than half an hour a week alone with his or her father.” Half of this time is spent watching television, “a situation that does not readily lend itself to quality parent-child interactions.” Father-teen interactions in the United States are certainly “not enough to transmit the knowledge, values, attitudes, and skills that adult males should pass on to their children.” The child-adult continuum about which Jean Liedloff wrote is almost completely absent in the united states, and we’re sending our broken model of family life to each and every village on earth.
Through our films, television programs, laws, religious beliefs, and schooling and marriage practices, we’re exporting a wide range of mechanisms that extend childhood well past puberty and that isolate teens from adults. We’re creating prolonged, turbulent, Western-style adolescence, with all its inherent problems. We’re creating generation gaps and family conflicts where none existed before. And because we ourselves have no idea how to deal with those problems, we’re offering no solutions to the cultures we’re corrupting.
Sure, pre-industrial cultures have their weak points, but so does the new way of life. You can’t objectively say one is better without specifically defining what makes it better.
Is increased teen depression and suicide worth having access to cell phones and internet? Is increased violence and alcohol abuse worth an overall extended lifespan because of modern medicine?
Luckily, we don’t have to choose.
You can modernize without Westernizing. The three main contributors to the torment of adolescence, and all the social problems which accompany them, are not necessary factors of modernization.
I mentioned “free range parenting” earlier. It is catching on in America. In a global world with more information at our fingertips than ever before, we can cherry pick the best parts of each culture, and apply those lessons to the modern world.
We don’t have to live in a tribal-commune with no access to modern technology in order to give young children autonomy to roam and explore the world.
We don’t have to hunt in loin clothes in order to impart fatherly wisdom to our sons and daughters.
But we may have to reorganize our lives and get our priorities straight.
If you’ve read my articles before, you know that I am not a big fan of “top-down” solutions. That is, the best way to deal with something is on a grassroots, individual level. Trying to change a whole society is difficult and not at all guaranteed to succeed. If it does, you have to guard the progress against undoing.
Better to make the changes at the individual level, where you don’t have to ask permission or get a majority to agree.
Clearly, some broad reforms would help the situation. It is not about the government “doing something” about the problem, it is about the government undoing some of the harm they have caused.
For instance, abolishing public schools, or at very least compulsory schooling would be a good start. Since that probably won’t happen anytime soon, parents can homeschool, send their kids to alternative schools, or team up with friends and neighbors to form a co-op arrangement for education.
Removing age-based restrictions on rights, or at least moving to a competency-based model of gaining rights and privileges would also help. Again, petitioning the governing is mostly a waste of time. Better to work with the freedoms you can give your kids. So they still can’t drive until 16, but at least they can cut their hair how they want, and maybe even have a glass of wine with dinner.
But as with most problems, the largest barriers to improvement are in our heads.
Why not give your kids freedom from an early age? Why not let them participate in household work from an early age? Hell, why not let them participate in your career if they are into it?
The cool thing is that the modern economy seems to be reorganizing to accommodate this way of life, without sacrificing modern comforts and efficiencies.
It is easier than ever to work from home. Imagine a setting where mom and dad do their work while the kids independently learn, or work on easier tasks. Older kids–neighbors or family members or even a tutor–teach the younger kids. Certain work tasks and household chores can be done together as a family, as many hands make light work.
The whole point of this method of parenting is that you offer a continuum from childhood to adulthood.
And without even noticing it, life lessons, love, and kinship will be passed on. You don’t have to sit a kid down at a desk to teach them how to become an adult. If you interact with them daily, they will learn from you. You just have to allow them to participate and encourage them to pursue whatever they get excited about.
If you can’t teach it to them, the internet can.
For some parents, this might sound like a disaster attempting to work from home while teaching kids. But it is the transition that is difficult. Once children understand the new structure of freedom, they will occupy themselves. They will learn more and be more independent. And when they do come to you with a question or problem, it will be a rewarding experience for everyone to work through it.
Of course for kids and teens unaccustomed to freedom, an immediate withdrawal of authority could have disastrous consequences. Think about the 18-year-olds with strict parents who go off to college and go crazy with parties and alcohol. But you can gradually give your child more freedom whatever their age. Just be honest and upfront about what you are doing and why.
The issue of extended childhood, manufactured adolescence, and the harms of teen culture are missing from most public debates.
School shootings, teen suicide, and low-achieving youth are products of the artificial extension of childhood, the oppression that teens face. But with this issue, is it easy for individuals to take control of the situation, and refuse to be part of the problem. You can solve these problems for your family in one generation.
Thanks to: https://deusnexus.wordpress.com
Posted: 05 Jun 2018 11:35 AM PDT
Arjun WaliaJune 5, 2018
MK Ultra Survivor
Researchers in the field, and those from within these actual program have been coming forward for years sharing what they know regarding the truth about MK Ultra.
One of these people is Dr. Colin A. Ross, a psychiatrist who was the president of the International Society for the Study of Trauma and Dissociation from 1993 to 1994. He’s an internationally renowned clinician, researcher, author and lecturer in the field of dissociation and trauma-related disorders. He is the founder and President of The Colin A. Ross Institute for Psychological Trauma.
He has been running a hospital-based trauma program in Dallas, Texas since 1991, and has authored 29 books and over 200 professional papers.
So, what does it say when a professional like this has been touring the world with MK Ultra victims spreading awareness about trauma based mind control? The people this man has come into contact with, in some cases, in order to treat, must be quite overwhelming for him.
“I’m going to base what I have to say here on the motto of one of the great law enforcement officers of all time, which is Sergeant Joe Friday, and his motto was, ‘just the fact man, just the facts.’ So what I’m going to give you is just the facts , a little quick synopsis of absolutely documented objective, real, history of CIA military mind control experimentation…This for sure is just the declassified tiny tip of the iceberg, but it’s definitely fact and it’s definitely stranger than fiction.” – Dr. Ross
The quote above comes from Dr. Ross, giving a lecture along side Cathy O’Brian, a supposed MK Ultra Victim, and Roseanne Barr, a famous Hollywood actress and director who once said, “MK Rules in Hollywood.”
A couple of years ago, Roseanne and Cathy actually came to Toronto to give a talk. I was in attendance, and was able to ask her a question regarding some popular entertainers and celebrities. I asked her if they have multiple personalities, and if they have ‘handlers’ to trigger them into a specific personality before a performance.
She told me yes, and used Miley Cyrus as an example. This means, when you see some entertainers giving certain performances, it’s not really them, but an alter personality which exists inside of them that is triggered before the performance. They are hypnotized.
This is why she said, MK Ultra rules in Hollywood, and that it’s a cesspool for government mind-control.
When Ross started getting into his research a little deeper, his name was slandered, as expected when going beyond what’s been disclosed about the MK Ultra program, especially if you are a respected academic. He was taken to court multiple times, having a number of false accusations placed against him.
It’s similar to a high-ranking reputable scientist, with verified credentials, from within the Department of Defence. Despite the fact that there are dozens of them, when they chose to speak of facts they’ve become aware of that just don’t fit the framework of accepted knowledge, they too are often ridiculed.
You’ll see this if you do any research into the UFO phenomenon.
Ross eventually uncovered a number of individuals with repressed memories of abuse that started shortly after birth. By use of brainwashing techniques (drugs, hypnosis, age regression, calling out alter egos and more), these people were controlled. Many of them, as uncovered by Ross and many others, have multiple personalities within them as a result of childhood incest rape/abuse, Satanic cult abuse/ rape, and more.
Again, I’d like to emphasize, he’s not the only one. This is a topic that involves too many professionals to name, and too many victims as well, at least the ones who survived.
Survivors of the program, like Cathy O’Brian, describe these they experiences as well. Being forced into these things from a very young age, since birth, and points to the fact that the families, the parents and the siblings, have or do all go through the same thing..
This stuff happens shortly after birth, with cutting off the breath of the baby, and other horrible things I do not want to mention. These people grow up believing that what is happening is normal, and they develop multiple personalities that cannot communicate with each other, and the original personality does not remember what is stored in the minds of the other ‘people’ existing within them. They dissociate from themselves as a result of extreme trauma, the mind cannot handle it, it’s a completely different state of consciousness.
Supposed victims of the program also describe horrible experiences of watching others tortured to death.
This type of thing also correlated with FBI investigations, and reports of elite level child abuse in the form of pedophilia rings.
Ted Gunderson, former FBI special agent and head of their L.A. office, worked to uncover and expose these horrors before he died. A simple YouTube search of his name will show you what exactly he spent his last years researching (source). Here’s one of his last lectures.
He is one of several dozen to have investigated this topic and found some disturbing facts. Here is another lecture he gives with a victim of these programs, who also describes the horrible experienced mentioned above.
One of the most recent examples is former U.S. State Department official Steve Pieczenik. His roles within U.S. politics were many, having been the Deputy Assistant Secretary of State under Henry Kissinger, Cyrus Vacne, and James Baker, he’s recently been outspoken about pedophilia within elite political groups.
Thanks to: http://www.collective-evolution.com
Posted: 05 Jun 2018 05:49 AM PDT
Pink Floyd Frontman Opens Show By Exposing The Government Silencing of Julian Assange
June 3, 2018
By Jay Syrmopoulos
Pink Floyd co-founder Roger Waters showed solidarity with Julian Assange during a concert in Berlin by unveiling a message in red text projected onto a black backdrop, which read “Resist the attempted silencing of Julian Assange,” before the start of his concert.
Waters’ show of support for the WikiLeaks founder happened as supporters and friends of Assange came together for an online vigil featuring a diverse group of high-profile supporters of all political stripes for the Unity for J /#Unity4J event. They called for the end of Assange’s “arbitrary detention” inside of the Ecuadorian Embassy in London and advocated for Assange’s freedom and protection.
The online vigil for Assange comes in response to his continued silencing by the Ecuadorian government, which cut his internet communications with the outside world at their London embassy on March 28 and began denying him communications or visitors, claiming that his posts on social media put the country’s international relations “at risk.”
In a recent interview with the German broadcaster Deutsche Welle, Ecuadorian President Lenín Moreno said that Assange could continue his asylum in the embassy but must adhere to the specified conditions—otherwise, Ecuador “will make a decision.”
“Do not forget that his asylum status prevents him from talking about politics and intervening in friendly countries’ politics. We have cut off this line of communication,” Moreno told DW.
Assange has essentially been barred from practicing journalism if he wants to maintain his asylum while remaining subject to arrest in Britain for jumping bail. Additionally, it is believed that there is a secret grand jury indictment against Assange—thus he fears a likely U.S. extradition, based on his leaking of classified documents, if he is arrested in the UK.
Ecuador initially granted Assange asylum in 2012, under then-President Rafael Correa, who repeatedly tried to find a solution that would allow the WikiLeaks founder to leave the embassy without the threat of arrest. Assange has been living in Ecuador’s embassy for almost six years, in what a UN panel describes as “arbitrary detention,” after seeking asylum from persecution.
In December 2017, Ecuador granted citizenship to Assange, in a failed bid to provide him with diplomatic immunity. President Moreno, who was elected last year, has previously said that Assange was “more than a nuisance,” and called him an “inherited problem.”
Pink Floyd’s Roger Waters is known for using his musical platform to make powerful political statements that often go against the mainstream narrative. During a solo concert in Barcelona in last month, Waters stopped mid-concert to address the U.S. bombing of Syria—which took place under the pretense of retaliation for an alleged chemical attack—to call out the White Helmets.
“The White Helmets is a fake organization that exists only to create propaganda for jihadists and terrorists,” Waters said. “That’s my belief. We have opposing beliefs. If we were to listen to the propaganda of the White Helmets and others, we would be encouraged to encourage our governments to start dropping bombs on people in Syria. This would be a mistake of monumental proportions for us as human beings.”
“What we should do is go and persuade our governments not to go and drop bombs on people. And certainly not until we have done all the research that is necessary so that we would have a clear idea of what is really going on. Because we live in the world where propaganda seems to be more important than the reality of what is really going on,” he added.
Waters has been an activist throughout his career and taken a number of controversial stances while calling out the means by which the entertainment industry works to propagandize and socially engineer society. He explained, in 2016, that the entertainment industry discourages individuals from calling out the atrocities committed by the Israeli military, and how the “boycott, divestment and sanctions” (BDS) campaign was targeted:
The only response to BDS is that it is anti-Semitic, I know this because I have been accused of being a Nazi and an anti-Semite for the past 10 years. My industry has been particularly recalcitrant in even raising a voice [against Israel]. There’s me and Elvis Costello, Brian Eno, Manic Street Preachers, one or two others, but there’s nobody in the United States where I live. I’ve talked to a lot of them, and they are scared s***less.
“If they say something in public they will no longer have a career. They will be destroyed. I’m hoping to encourage some of them to stop being frightened and to stand up and be counted because we need them. We need them desperately in this conversation in the same way we needed musicians to join protesters over Vietnam,” he added.
When entertainers and musicians attempt to break through the imposed Matrix of propaganda the plutocratic oligarchy and their media cronies work diligently to marginalize them into obscurity. It is important for people to understand that voices for freedom are being intentionally silenced when they go against the “approved” narrative, thus it being incumbent upon us to share the message of freedom, and no matter what your political ideology—support human rights and justice for Julian Assange!
Jay Syrmopoulos is a geopolitical analyst, freethinker, and ardent opponent of authoritarianism. He is currently a graduate student at the University of Denver pursuing a masters in Global Affairs and holds a BA in International Relations. Jay’s writing has been featured on both mainstream and independent media – and has been viewed tens of millions of times. You can follow him on Twitter @SirMetropolis and on Facebook at SirMetropolis. This article first appeared at The Free Thought Project.
Thanks to: https://www.activistpost.com
Posted: 08 Jun 2018 09:30 PM PDT
Posted by TW on June 08, 2018
The June 2018 forecast of the size of the hypoxic zone also known as the ‘dead zone’ in the northern Gulf of Mexico for late July 2018 is that it will cover 17 250 km2 (6,660 mi2) of the bottom of the continental shelf off Louisiana and Texas. The 95% confidence interval is that it will be between 14 628 and 19 727 km2 (5 648 and 7 617 mi2). While there are more than 500 dead zones around the world, the northern Gulf of Mexico dead zone is the second largest human-caused coastal hypoxic area in the world.
Hypoxia, or low oxygen, is an environmental phenomenon where the concentration of dissolved oxygen in the water column decreases to a level that can no longer support living aquatic organisms. Hypoxic areas, or ‘Dead Zones,’ have increased in duration and frequency across our planet’s oceans since first being noted in the 1970s. The largest hypoxic zone currently affecting the United States, and the second largest hypoxic zone worldwide, is the northern Gulf of Mexico adjacent to the Mississippi River.
The latest estimate is based on the assumption that there are no significant tropical storms occurring in the two weeks before the monitoring cruise, or during the cruise. If a storm does occur, then the size of the zone is predicted to be 70% of the predicted size without the storm, equivalent to 12 075 km2 (4 662 mi2). The predicted hypoxic area is slightly larger than the State of Connecticut (14 357 km2 / 5 543 mi2) and 4% larger than the average of 16 357 km2 (6 315 mi2)
Although this forecast has been the average size for the past 31 years, it is about three and a half times larger than the goal outlined by the Hypoxia Action Plan, which is about 4 998 km2 (1 930 mi2). Efforts to reduce the nitrate loading have not yet demonstrated success at the watershed scale.
Every year LSU Department of Oceanography & Coastal Sciences professors and Louisiana Universities Marine Consortium scientists Nancy Rabalais and Eugene Turner conduct a research cruise to measure the dead zone, which has little or no oxygen in the bottom waters. Turner and Rabalais then use these data in their computer models to predict its size in the summer.
Nutrients from the Mississippi River watershed, particularly nitrogen and phosphorus, fertilize the Gulf of Mexico’s surface waters to create excessive amounts of algae. When the algae decomposes in the deepest parts of the ocean, it leads to oxygen distress and can even kill organisms in the Gulf of Mexico’s richest waters. These low oxygen conditions threaten living resources including fish, shrimp and crabs, which humans depend upon for food and industry.
“This means that the impacts of water quality changes upstream in the Midwest affect our coast – directly,” Rabalais said.
The dead zone occurs year-round, but it is most persistent and severe in spring and summer. Various computer models use the May nitrogen load of the Mississippi River as the main driving force to predict the size of this hypoxic zone in late July. If a storm occurs, then the size of the dead zone is predicted to be reduced to about 16 358 km2 (6 316 mi2).
Featured image: This image from a NOAA Environmental Visualization Lab animation shows how runoff from farms (green areas) and cities (red areas) drains into the Mississippi. This runoff contains an overabundance of nutrients from fertilizers, wastewater treatment plants, and other sources. This nutrient pollution eventually ends up in the Gulf of Mexico, leading to the formation of hypoxic “dead zones.”
Thanks to: https://watchers.news
Posted: 08 Jun 2018 07:16 AM PDT
Kitty Hawk said that at 50 feet away, the flying car sounded about as loud as a lawn mower, while from 250 feet away the volume was on par with a loud conversation. Test flights by first-timers were over water, with the top speed limited to 20 mph and the altitude to no more than ten feet. The uncovered cockpit appeared big enough for one person, with their head poking out as it might from a go-kart.
by Geoffrey Grider June 7, 2018
A flying car project backed by Google co-founder Larry Page was closer to take-off on Wednesday, with a model for test flights by aspiring buyers. Kitty Hawk, funded by Page, unveiled a “Flyer” model it described as “an exciting first step to sharing the freedom of flight.”
EDITOR’S NOTE: The flying car is the ‘white whale’ of inventions, something so long fantasized about, promised in nearly every decade for the past 70 years, and yet so impossibly far away from becoming reality. Until today. Flying car startup Kitty Hawk, awash in Google search engine money from Larry Page, has successfully brought the 21st century marvel to the test flight stage. Will this revolutize the transportation industry, or will it wind up becoming just an interesting novelty like the Segway? Time will tell, but I would absolutely take one for a spin if I could.
The company was created last year in Google’s home town of Mountain View, California, and has been testing a prototype in New Zealand. Images and details were available at a freshly launched website at flyer.aero, and CNN posted coverage of a reporter taking to the air in a Flyer over a lake at a test site near Las Vegas. Visit the Kitty Hawk flying car site here.
Kitty Hawk chief executive Sebastian Thrun, who founded the Google X lab devoted to “moonshots” such as self-driving cars and internet-synced eyewear, was quoted by CNN as saying piloting Flyer was as easy playing the video game “Minecraft.”
“Making Flyer accessible, which is what we do at our Lake Las Vegas training facility, helps more people experience the freedom and possibilities of vehicles of the future,” a Kitty Hawk spokeswoman told AFP.
“Our immediate priority is to invite small groups of people — customers, influencers, media and community members – to experience the freedom of flight here in our newly opened training facility.”
People interested in buying Flyers were invited at the website to apply for an invitation to do so, with no price specified.
An early version of Flyer was shown off last year. The electric aircraft had 10 small lift rotors on its wings, making it capable of vertical take-off and landing like a helicopter.
Kitty Hawk said that at 50 feet away, the flying car sounded about as loud as a lawn mower, while from 250 feet away the volume was on par with a loud conversation. Test flights by first-timers were over water, with the top speed limited to 20 mph and the altitude to no more than ten feet.
The uncovered cockpit appeared big enough for one person, with their head poking out as it might from a go-kart.
“Flyer is designed to be easy to fly and flown for recreational purposes over water and uncongested areas,” the website said.
“Flyer is Kitty Hawk’s first personal flying vehicle and the first step to make flying part of everyday life.” The new flying machine is one of several concept vehicles being testing, with Uber and others in the mix.
Page and Sergey Brin founded Google in 1998, starting out in a Silicon Valley garage and transforming into one of the world’s largest companies. He remains chief executive of Google-parent Alphabet but the Kitty Hawk project is a personal pursuit, not part of the tech giant’s operations. source
Thanks to: http://www.nowtheendbegins.com
Posted: 08 Jun 2018 06:05 AM PDT
Posted by TW on June 07, 2018
A massive boom was heard and felt over much of the Ozarks shortly after noon (local time) on June 6, 2018. The National Weather Service said their working theory is a meteor exploding high in the atmosphere.
“I felt the ground shake and wondered what in the world?” said Willow Springs resident Lloyd Ebert, adding he saw a contrail near the edge of a cloud ‘that looked like smoke all around it.’
Mike Griffin, a meteorologist at the NWS Springfield office said they got a call from the Little Rock office that they were getting many reports from the Mountain Home area about a very loud, shaking boom. “We talked to the Howell County dispatch center and they were taking a tremendous amount of calls.”
“I checked with the USGS and they had nothing registered as an earthquake, so that can be ruled out,” Griffin said, as reported by Springfield News-Leader.
“It was a fairly loud boom, a fairly good concussion,” said Steve Gleghorn, administrator of Howell County 911, who was outside when the boom happened.
“A police officer said he saw a contrail about that time then heard the boom. I just spoke with him again and he said he saw two short contrails northwest of West Plains, but never saw an airplane. Then, and I’m quoting him, ‘it went ‘BOOM’ and it scared the hell out of me.’ ”
Although the logical conclusion could be a sonic boom from a jet flying faster than the speed of sound, Griffin said that the wide range of reports indicated the boom must have occurred very high in the atmosphere, higher than military planes normally fly.
Featured image: Trail left by Chelyabinsk asteroid on February 15, 2013, Russia.
Thanks to: https://watchers.news
Posted: 23 Jul 2018 01:33 PM PDT
MUST READ — Epidemiology Versus Biology: The REAL Statistical Difference In Vaccine Studies
07/23/2018 By Stillness in the Storm
(Catherine J. Frompovich) The CDC whistleblower regarding the fraudulent 2004 MMR DeStefano et al vaccine study that excluded pertinent epidemiological information regarding young black boys less than three years of age, epidemiologist Dr. William Thompson, PhD, apparently has gone out of his way to comment on a ‘study’ performed by a student working on his Master’s degree in Medicine in 2014, Luke E. Taylor, “a ‘Pediatric Registrar’ at the Children’s Hospital at Westmead in Sydney, Australia.” 
Related Did You Know Autism is Highest in Areas with the Highest Vaccination Rates?
Source – Activist Post
by Catherine J. Frompovich, July 4th, 2018
Here is the link to Taylor’s paper as published in the journal VACCINE. That paper, published with co-authors, has ‘morphed’ into an apparent evidence piece that “vaccines do not cause autism”! That’s not what Dr. Thompson found, tried telling CDC and then disclosed as a whistleblower!
What I want to point out is the Taylor et al paper was based in subjective epidemiology data rather than in actual scientific biology and scientific human physiology. There’s a HUGE difference, especially with interpretation of data and biological research science to the point where biases inadvertently or intentionally may creep into a study’s design and conclusions, in my opinion. I’m not alone in that assessment.
Buy Book Dissolving Illusions: Disease, Vaccines, and The Forgotten History by Dr. Suzanne Humphries
Here’s a quote from Robert Kennedy Jr. (Esq., World Mercury Project) in the Foreword of the book Vaccine Whistleblower: Exposing Autism Research Fraud at the CDC:
Dr. Thompson told Dr. Hooker that whenever the CDC finds an adverse effect from vaccines, the agency supervisors assemble CDC scientists in a room and order them to massage the data until they have devised a gimmick for eliminating the unwanted signal.
Therein is the authoritative significance and difference between actual, factual science and vested-interest consensus science! Also, that’s the probable reason for the CDC and/or the FDA not performing vaccinated versus non-vaccinated children’s health status studies, I offer.
Independent vaccinated vs. unvaccinated studies have been done and the results alarmingly indicate vaccinated children’s health problems are significant! Here’s an example:
Boys vaccinated as neonates had threefold greater odds for autism diagnosis compared to boys never vaccinated or vaccinated after the first month of life. Non-Hispanic white boys were 64% less likely to have autism diagnosis relative to nonwhite boys. Findings suggest that U.S. male neonates vaccinated with the hepatitis B vaccine prior to 1999 (from vaccination record) had a threefold higher risk for parental report of autism diagnosis compared to boys not vaccinated as neonates during that same time period. Nonwhite boys bore a greater risk.
(Source: Vaccine Safety Commission)
In a forwarded email apparently written by Gary Kohls, he clearly discusses “Epidemiology vs. Biology”below:
Epidemiology vs. Biology
All the science included in the Taylor study, as narrow as the scope of the studies are, was epidemiology. Scientists are looking at data, in this case medical records and vaccination records of children, and they’re analyzing them to look for patterns and relationships. But, there’s a different kind of science that’s more revealing. It’s biological science, the kind Vaccine Papers referred to in the above quote. It’s science looking at living things and how they actually respond to other things. In the vaccine-autism debate, we have a growing body of biological science. It’s compelling, and it’s all very recent. We have mice studies where the mice are injected with vaccine ingredients, producing devastating results. And, we have clear biological plausibility for how, exactly, a vaccine can cause autism in a child.
Source: Gary Kohls forwarded email July 3, 2018
The KEY problem Mr. Kohls obviously points out—actual biology vs. epidemiology studies—is thedefining difference, plus a default factor I say, in just about every vaccine ‘safety’ study authored, published and promoted by vaccine acolytes and those federal and state health agencies, including the World Health Organization, who push consensus pseudoscience regarding vaccines and ginned-up stories of conquering diseases, especially communicable infectious diseases which practically ‘died out’ long before vaccines to ‘conquer’ them were introduced into the consumer healthcare marketplace.
Buy Book Vaccine A: The Covert Government Experiment That’s Killing Our Soldiers–and Why GI’s Are Only the First Victims
The following charts were produced by Raymond Obomsawin, PhD
National Aboriginal Health Organization, October 2009
No vaccine for tuberculosis in USA!
Pertussis vaccine introduced in 1948
Influenza vaccine widely administered in USA in 1980s
Measles Mortality Rates in England & Wales were reduced greatly before the Measles vaccine was introduced in 1965
Buy Book Vaccine Whistleblower: Exposing Autism Research Fraud at the CDC
The above FACTS indicate the U.S. Congress apparently was misled—and over lobbied—about passing the 1986 Vaccine Law . The adverse repercussions affecting two plus generations of children’s health are dramatic, so it’s high time that law is revisited, corrected—but better still, repealed—since there are great indications that RICO charges should be brought against the CDC, FDA and pharmaceutical companies who manufacture unsafe vaccines without proper testing while publishing ‘puff’ scientific literature to mislead everyone.
Didn’t the U.S. Supreme Court rule in 2011 that “vaccines are unavoidably unsafe”? SCOTUS’s ruling vaccines are unavoidably unsafe was right on since most vaccines contain formaldehyde, aluminum, polysorbate 80, thimerosal (ethylmercury) either added to multiple dose vaccine vials or as a residual processing element, foreign DNA, diploid cells (aborted fetal cell lines) , especially those given to infants and toddlers!
Isn’t it time to drain the pharmaceutical/vaccine swamp?
Stream, Rent or Buy Video Vaxxed: From Cover-Up to Catastrophe
 The National Childhood Vaccine Injury Act (NCVIA) of 1986 (42 U.S.C. §§ 300aa-1 to 300aa-34) was signed into law by President Ronald Reagan as part of a larger health bill on Nov 14, 1986, in the United States, to reduce the potential financial liability of vaccine makers due to vaccine injury claims.
Do vaccines contribute to autism? Should we vaccinate?
Meta-Analysis Madness in Vaccine-Autism Science
By World Mercury Project Board Member JB Handley, Co-Founder, Generation Rescue
Corruption In Big Pharma’s Vaccine Industry
Catherine J Frompovich (website) is a retired natural nutritionist who earned advanced degrees in Nutrition and Holistic Health Sciences, Certification in Orthomolecular Theory and Practice plus Paralegal Studies. Her work has been published in national and airline magazines since the early 1980s. Catherine authored numerous books on health issues along with co-authoring papers and monographs with physicians, nurses, and holistic healthcare professionals. She has been a consumer healthcare researcher 35 years and counting.
Catherine’s latest book, published October 4, 2013, is Vaccination Voodoo, What YOU Don’t Know About Vaccines, available on Amazon.com.
Her 2012 book A Cancer Answer, Holistic BREAST Cancer Management, A Guide to Effective & Non-Toxic Treatments, is available on Amazon.com and as a Kindle eBook.
Two of Catherine’s more recent books on Amazon.com are Our Chemical Lives And The Hijacking Of Our DNA, A Probe Into What’s Probably Making Us Sick (2009) and Lord, How Can I Make It Through Grieving My Loss, An Inspirational Guide Through the Grieving Process (2008)
Catherine’s NEW book: Eat To Beat Disease, Foods Medicinal Qualities 2016 Catherine J Frompovich is now available
Stillness in the Storm Editor’s note: Did you find a spelling error or grammar mistake? Send an email to firstname.lastname@example.org, with the error and suggested correction, along with the headline and url. Do you think this article needs an update? Or do you just have some feedback? Send us an email at email@example.com. Thank you for reading.
Thanks to: https://stillnessinthestorm.com
OK Google… open fire: Artist fires a gun remotely by issuing commands to his Google Assistant in a ‘disturbing’ video
Google Assistant is now capable of firing a handgun.
The artificial intelligent (AI) assistant has been filmed pulling the trigger for the first time as part of a new video project from artist Alexander Reben.
‘Ok Google, activate gun,’ Reben can be heard off-screen telling the Google Home.
The 30-second ‘disturbing’ video shows the smart speaker process his command, and then pull the air pistol trigger — firing a round into an apple and knocking it from its perch next to the gun.
Google Assistant also responds, saying: ‘Sure, turning on the gun.’
Artist and roboticist Alexander Reben said creating the Google Home-activated weapon was ‘easy’.
An electromagnet taken from the change-dispensing mechanism in a laundromat was used to pull a string tied around the trigger and fire the pistol.
Reben used a voice-control enabled smart plug to control when the current passed through the electromagnet and set-up the Google Assistant to refer to the mains switch as the ‘gun’.
Although his demonstration uses a Google Home, Reben said he could have easily rigged-up the same remote-trigger mechanism with an Amazon Echo, or ‘some other input device as well’.
He hopes the video will start a debate around the boundaries of what AIs should be allowed to do.
‘Part of the message for me includes the unintended consequences of technology and the futility of considering every use case,’ Reben told technology blog Engadget.
Google likely never entertained the possibility that its Assistant would be used to shoot a weapon.
However, Reben was able to get the AI assistant to pull the trigger with parts from around his studio.
In this scenario, it is clearly Reben who issues the command, however, the artist, who is represented by the Charlie James Gallery in Los Angeles, California, has raised questions around responsibility.
In a world where machine learning has allowed smart assistants to increasingly anticipate our needs, it’s not a stretch to imagine a day in the near future when a virtual assistant would proactively pull the trigger in anticipation of a request to do so from its owner.
Who is responsible then?
The video has sparked a reaction online, with some terrified by the footage, and others impossibly underwhelmed.
One YouTube viewer commented: ‘Big whoop. Computers have been shooting simulated guns for years, and stalking players and making intelligent decisions, even, in thousands of video games.
‘That AI that has been pulling in-game triggers all this time could easily have its output redirected to the real world, especially to do something as trivial as follow a command, like pulling a trigger or turning on a light.’
But another comment describes the video as proof that it is ‘the end of the world as we know it.’
Read more: http://www.dailymail.co.uk/sciencetech/article-5790707/Man-fires-GUN-remotely-issuing-commands-Google-Home-smart-speaker.html#ixzz5HCDrwTGX
Follow us: @MailOnline on Twitter | DailyMail on Facebook
How to (Legally) Make Your Own Off-the-Books Handgun
This article is part of Reason‘s special Burn After Reading issue, where we offer how-tos, personal stories, and guides for all kinds of activities that can and do happen at the borders of legally permissible behavior.
Let’s start with a disclaimer: If you have little to no experience with guns, it’s probably not wise to try assembling your own. It can be dangerous to make a mistake—even deadly. There’s no shame in buying a firearm from a reputable manufacturer and then taking a class to learn how to handle it safely, defensively, and intelligently.
But do-it-yourself has its appeal as well. For those who already have basic firearm know-how and competence with common tools, it’s easy to make a gun that’s just as safe as one bought from a store.
It’s also perfectly legal in most American jurisdictions. That simple fact tends to be ignored by pundits and politicians in the debate over gun control. But if even moderately skilled people can create their own weapons at home—and increasingly they can—then passing laws to regulate commercial manufacture and sale starts to look awfully futile. While firearm restrictionists will likely soon be clamoring for laws to rein in private production, there’s only so much they can do: Communicating instructions for how to build a gun is constitutionally protected speech, after all.
In celebration of the First Amendment, let’s walk through how to make a weapon based on one of the most popular semi-automatic handguns in the world: the Glock 17, a full-size double-stack 9 mm pistol with a track record of reliability and simplicity. Recently, third-party companies began marketing “frame kits” that allow private individuals to make guns that look and operate like Glocks and are compatible with Glock parts. There’s a caveat, however: Their product includes excess plastic that, unless removed, prevents you from turning it into a functional weapon. By itself, the object they sell doesn’t count as a firearm in the eyes of the law. Instead, it is colloquially known as an “80 percent frame” or an “80 percent receiver.”
This will be the platform for our homemade gun.
How Is This Legal?
Guns are regulated in various ways. The same is not true for an object that happens to be transformable into a gun by a skilled home hobbyist.
Despite the name, though, the difference between a gun and such an unregulated object isn’t as clear-cut as some sort of “80 percent rule,” says attorney Mark Barnes, a D.C. lawyer who specializes in issues involving the import, export, and manufacture of firearms. “The fact of the matter is that firearms design differs from gun to gun. As a consequence, the final judge on whether or not a physical object constitutes the frame or receiver of a firearm is the Firearms and Ammunition Technology Division of the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms, and Explosives” (ATF).
If you send ATF an object, the bureau’s experts will explain why it is or isn’t a firearm according to two main laws. The Gun Control Act of 1968 defines a firearm as “any weapon…which will or is designed to or may readily be converted to expel a projectile by the action of an explosive,” or “the frame or receiver of any such weapon.” The National Firearms Act, meanwhile, says the frame/receiver is the “part of a firearm which provides housing for the hammer, bolt or breechblock and firing mechanism, and which is usually threaded at its forward portion to receive the barrel.”
Eighty percent receivers are incapable, out of the box, of accepting a slide or trigger assembly. Turning one into a working gun takes some amount of drilling, filing, or millwork. As a result, ATF does not consider them to be firearms, and they can be bought outside the bureaucratic system that governs firearm sales.
Federal law demands that all commercial firearm purchases go through a registered Federal Firearms License (FFL) holder. Guns produced and sold by FFLs must be stamped with serial numbers, and the dealer must keep records of all sales.
Those restrictions apply to commercial transactions. But private individuals are allowed to make their own guns, Barnes explains, “as long as they aren’t prohibited under federal, state, or local law from accessing, transporting, or receiving firearms.” If you are not a licensed dealer, in other words, you can most likely purchase an 80 percent frame, remove the excess material, add a few parts, and turn it into a functional gun. No questions asked, no government paperwork, no background checks.
This is where the 80 percent Glock models shine. The frame kit and all other necessary parts can be legally ordered on the internet. Because the frame is made of polymer, hand tools will be enough to get the job done. You don’t need an expensive computer numerical control mill or drill press—just a Dremel or similar automatic rotary device, a set of files, and some sandpaper.
After having their designs reviewed by ATF, companies such as Polymer80 and Lone Wolf released some of the first unfinished frames for the full-size Glock 17 and compact Glock 19. Typically, their designs include a few improvements over stock Glock frames, including a different grip angle, texture, and attachment system. For our build, we went with a Polymer80 PF940v2 purchased from Brownells.com. We also bought a complete Gen 3 Glock 17 slide and barrel assembly and a Glock lower parts kit (including trigger assembly) on eBay.
Who Might Want To Do This?
Gun sales typically soar when people have reason to fear that laws governing who can legally obtain different types of weapons are about to get more stringent. Following the Valentine’s Day school shooting in South Florida, there was an uptick in anti-gun rhetoric. Firearm sales the following month broke the previous March record by a quarter-million.
And those are only the sales tracked through the FBI’s National Criminal Background Check System. As worries over potential bans or even confiscations rise, some feel the urge to leave as small a paper trail as possible regarding their personal weapons.
The easiest way to avoid government attention is to purchase your gun from a private seller. Most states minimally regulate such transactions, leaving Americans free to buy firearms from each other without much interference. But a secondary-market weapon is still marked with a serial number that can be traced back to the original owner, which means there is a path eventually leading to you.
If paper trails are your biggest worry, you may be thinking of grinding the serial number off a gun you purchase. This is a felony. Do not do this.
A better way to fly under the radar is to make the gun yourself. Firearms produced by individuals outside the FFL system don’t require a serial number under federal law.
(Note that states may nonetheless require one. For example, California in 2017 mandated that all “ghost guns,” or guns made by nontraditional manufacturers, be registered and have a serial number added to them. This will probably be hard to enforce. Still, you should be sure you know what laws are on the books in your state before going down this road.)
To remain anonymous, you’ll need to buy the unfinished frame and other parts with cash. It’s doable, but it’s likely to be a pain in the ass. Instead, most people shop online.
The internet has ushered in a golden age for small arms. It’s easier than ever to learn about guns, purchase parts, and find places to train to use your weapon. If you want to know it or buy it, it’s out there, thanks to the web. It’s actually slightly more expensive to acquire the unfinished frame and parts to assemble a Glock yourself than it is to purchase one readymade, but everything you need is available at your fingertips.
The downside of credit cards and shipping addresses is that there will be a record in some form of what you buy. In the event of a ban (or if law enforcement has some reason to take an interest in you), the receipts can be subpoenaed.
Nothing is totally foolproof, but adding an extra layer of complexity to slow attempts by outsiders to locate your weapons might be worth it to you. For this experiment, we purchased all our parts on the internet. They were shipped directly to us, with no FFL middleman and no government registration.
Your home-crafted gun may not work as well as a factory Glock—though, with care and some modifications, it could work even better—but if you value privacy over price and don’t mind a bit of tinkering, this could be a solution for you.
How To Finish the Frame and Assemble the Gun
To finish your gun from 80 percent, you’ll need to remove the excess polymer that prevents the slide and trigger assembly from being attached. (The slide we used came already assembled, as did the trigger assembly.)
The frame is shipped with a jig—a device that holds the object you are working on and guides the tools you’re using on it—that helps with sanding and drilling. Extending above the jig are the parts of the frame we’ll be sanding off—we’ll call them “tabs”—which are labeled on the jig with the word “remove.” Most unfinished polymer frames are finished in a similar manner. Consult the instructions if you choose another model.
I am not, nor is anyone at Reason, a professional armorer or gunsmith—just an interested amateur who used the following techniques to make a usable weapon at home.
TOOLS YOU WILL NEED:
- A Dremel or other rotary tool with a sanding drum
- A set of metal files
- Coarse and fine-grit sandpaper (we used 100-, 800-, and 1,200-grit)
- WD-40 and a firearm lubricant such as RemOil or Ballistol
- A hammer (preferably nylon, rather than metal, so as not to mar the frame)
- A flathead screwdriver
- A bench vise (optional but helpful)
- A power drill (optional; your rotary tool may be substituted)
Assemble the needed supplies (Figure 1). Using a vise, secure the frame in the jig and make sure it is level. Optionally, tape the ends of the jig to ensure minimal movement of the frame.
Using the Dremel and the sanding drum attachment, start to sand down the polymer tabs marked for removal (Figure 2). Be very careful. While you can use the Dremel for the entire process, it is much easier to make a mistake that way. Use the Dremel for most of the heavy lifting. In the next step, you’ll continue the sanding by hand for a more precise and smooth result.
Once the majority of the material has been removed from all four tabs, use hand files to smooth the remaining material (Figure 3). Be sure not to go too far into the frame. The files should be used to remove the material in the corners that the sanding drum can’t reach.
While the frame is still in the jig, drill the holes for the trigger assembly and rear slide rails (Figure 4). The exact placement and drill-bit sizes for these holes are marked on the jig. Use the supplied drill bits in either a hand drill or the Dremel for this step. It is important that you take your time, making sure to drill a perfectly straight hole.
When drilling, do not go through the entire frame from one side. Instead, alternate drilling on each side until you feel the drill bit break through the polymer. Use a sharp blade or a small file to clean up the holes on the inside of the frame.
Using the Dremel or a round file, remove the excess polymer from the guide rod channel (Figure 5). There’s a U-shaped mark on the polymer indicating which section is to be removed. Like before, be cautious and take your time.
After drilling the holes for the trigger assembly, you can begin the final round of sanding (Figure 6). Start by spraying a small amount of WD-40 on coarse-grit sandpaper for a wet-sand effect. Going slowly to make sure you don’t bite into the frame, sand off any polymer that remains where the tabs were, cleaning up the plastic burrs that may still be attached to the frame. Once the tabs are totally flush with the rest of the frame, use the fine-grit sandpaper with WD-40 for a polished effect.
Now you’re ready to start assembling the frame. Install the slide lock by inserting the slide lock spring into the top of the frame. Using a flathead screwdriver, depress the spring and push the slide lock into the channel on the side of the frame above the spring (Figure 7). The small lip on the slide lock should face toward the rear of the frame.
To install the magazine catch, insert the magazine catch spring through the top of the frame and into the channel at the font of the magwell (i.e., the hollow space inside the grip that will accept the magazine). Push the magazine catch in through the side of the frame. With your flathead screwdriver, pull the top of the magazine catch spring away from the frame, allowing the magazine catch to slide underneath. Use the screwdriver to guide the magazine catch spring into the slot on the magazine release (Figure 8).
Insert the front and rear slide rails into the frame (Figure 9). Using a hammer, tap them into place (Figure 10).
Insert the trigger assembly into the rear of the frame (Figure 11).
Using a hammer, drive in the trigger housing pin, the P80 front rail pin, and the locking block pin (Figure 12).
Insert the slide stop lever. The U-shaped spring should rest underneath the locking block pin, and the hole should line up with the trigger pin hole (Figure 13). Drive in the trigger pin.
The frame is ready to accept a slide assembly (Figure 14). Lubricate the rails and attach the slide to them (Figure 15). They may need some additional polishing or filing to allow the slide to move freely.
Inspect the frame and slide, ensuring everything functions properly before firing, as you would with any new firearm.
Congrats! You’re now the owner of an off-the-books handgun.
By Kevin Samson
Most people who are at least aware of The Internet of Things are inclined to believe that it is purely about connecting smart gadgets and appliances to a localized home network. However, The Internet of Things itself is just one component of a much larger move toward full-scale smart cities where all infrastructure is embedded with sensors that can track and manage all people and all movements.
Colorado has announced that it is slated to become the first city in the United States to implement “smart pavement” as part of its preparation for the arrival of autonomous vehicles and sensor-linked standard vehicles that “can identify and warn drivers of hazardous conditions and sharp curves ahead but also provide and interconnectedness that is increasingly widespread,” according to The Denver Post.
“Smart pavement can make that determination and send that information directly into a vehicle,” said Peter Kozinski, director of CDOT’s futuristic RoadX division. “Data is the new asphalt of transportation.”
Using the familiar refrain of safety and security as being the impetus for the first round of testing, smart pavement developer Integrated Roadways clearly states that the ultimate goal of their work with the Colorado Department of Transportation is far beyond that, my emphasis added:
Integrated Roadways’ long-term goal with its smart pavement is not simply accident detection but a network that provides a collection of real-time services — such as road conditions and traffic alerts — to drivers in conventional cars or passengers riding in autonomous vehicles. Sylvester said the company hopes that its road technology will eventually generate business from trucking companies trying to minimize inefficiencies in fleet mobility, property developers seeking high-resolution traffic data and insurance companies trying to pinpoint accident risk with greater precision.
“The eventual goal is to relieve the burden from the public of paying for road improvements and shift it to commercial enterprises,” Sylvester said.
The only aspect not mentioned in the above summary of goals is, of course, law enforcement. All manner of data has become irresistible to both central planners and police to conduct warrantless public surveillance. This would seem like yet another tool to be added to their growing arsenal. Let’s not forget the major news story when Seattle was discovered to have put in a secret WiFi mesh network funded by Homeland Security. Or the ongoing controversy surrounding warrantless Stingray cell phone surveillance, among other abuses of public trust and privacy.
Naturally, more connectivity also brings an additional threat of widescale hacking and interconnected systems collapse, for which we also have a mountain of evidence to warrant serious concern. In fact, security experts have been vocal about the risks created by the Internet of Things which already has an almost 75% failure rate. So, the appeals to increased driver security provided by smart pavement connected to vehicles in a two-way data stream seem dubious at best.
We would also be remiss to mention the growing awareness of the health dangers of Electromagnetic Fields (EMFs) that will see an exponential increase with the arrival of fully connected smart cities. For example, a prominent neuroscientist went on record in a lecture to the medical community itself where he exposed the many health risks as well as an industry-wide attempt by telecom to cover up the negative consequences. A world-renown biochemist is seeking to abolish WiFi in schools. And a British ER physician has made it her mission to educate people about what steps they can take to minimize exposure and damage to WiFi. A slew of peer-review scientific studies support the warnings of these experts. Even CBS has now penned an article discussing the general concerns about the rise of 5G and other forms of high-tech wireless being implemented in ever more intrusive and inescapable ways.
The rise of connected smart cities is in fact based upon multi-use systems and is being imposed with very little debate. At its worst, the merging of the Internet of Things with the industrial smart grid is part of a technocracy endgame that leaves very little room for human freedom. It is an all-encompassing agenda that has political support and the investment of every major tech company on the planet.
It is imperative that we learn and share what this overall smart cities agenda entails, and reveal each piece of the superstructure that is being built in front of us. The road is being paved….
You can read more from Kevin Samson at Activist Post, where this article first appeared. Support us at Patreon for as little as $1 per month. Follow us on Facebook, Twitter, Steemit, and BitChute. Ready for solutions? Subscribe to our premium newsletter Counter Markets.
Posted: 30 May 2018 09:00 PM PDT
With the report that Amazon’s Echo recorded a family’s private conversation and sent the audio file to a person in the family’s contact list, privacy concerns about the Internet of Things (IoT) are in the news again. And while Amazon is downplaying this example, the reality is that Alexa — Echo’s voice assistant — like many other IoT platforms and features, is a very real threat to privacy.
Posted: 30 May 2018 09:00 PM PDT
The first human corneas have been 3D printed by scientists at Newcastle University [UK]. It means the technique could be used in the future to ensure an unlimited supply of corneas. As the outermost layer of the human eye, the cornea has an important role in focusing vision.
Posted: 29 May 2018 09:00 PM PDT
A long-running suit against Celgene, launched by Beverly Brown, who used to be the company’s sales manager, contends that: Celgene trained its sales team to promote off-label uses to doctors; Celgene sales people intentionally lied about studies, claiming the studies showed the off-label uses were beneficial to patients; And the company omitted vital warnings about the drugs’ uses from the drugs’ labels. Finally, now, the lawsuit has been settled. Celgene will pay out $280 million. But wait. Revlimid, one of the two Celgene drugs named in the suit, garnered a whopping $5 billion in sales, in 2015…
Resident Evil? DARPA Unveils Genetic “Tuning” To Fight Chemical, Radiation Attacks
Did DARPA just admit to investigating transhumanism “for national security”?
In an oddly open and honest press release this week, the Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency (DARPA) – the U.S. military’s top research and development laboratory – explained how it has begun a new program – PREPARE – with the goal to change human genetics to defend against specific threats.
As DARPA explains so disquietingly, “PREPARE aims to develop new class of generalizable medical countermeasures that safely and temporarily tune activity of protective genes.”
The “PReemptive Expression of Protective Alleles and Response Elements” program is aimed at exploring ways for the human body to protect itself against biological, chemical, and radiological threats by“temporarily and reversibly tuning gene expression to bolster the body’s defenses.”
For now, however, the military lab is exploring four current health challenges as part of its “proof of concept” stage:
- influenza viral infection,
- opioid overdose,
- organophosphate (e.g. pesticides) poisoning, and
- exposure to gamma radiation (e.g. from a nuclear detonation).
So, probably nothing but…
- Genetically-enhanced flu vaccines to become mandatory?
- Solution to America’s opioid crisis will be national genetic “tuning”?
- Solution to global hunger – eat more GMO-food, but take your “genetic-tuning” medication first?
- Defeating America’s foes by making America greatly ‘immune’ to gamma radiation from a nuclear blast?
PREPARE program manager Renee Wegrzyn describes the human body as “amazingly resilient,” adding:
“Every one of our cells already contains genes that encode for some level of resistance to specific health threats, but those built-in defenses can’t always express quickly or robustly enough to be effective.
“PREPARE will study how to support this innate resistance by giving it a temporary boost, either before or after exposure, without any permanent edits to the genome.
“Each of these four threats are major health concerns that would benefit from disruptive approaches. Seasonal flu vaccines, for example, are limited in that they try to hit a perpetually moving target, so circulating flu strains are often mismatched to vaccine strains.”
In effect, TruNews notes that DARPA is attempting to create “temporary” transhumanism in what is called “programmable modulation of gene expression.” Basically, changing human genetics at will and changing them back when a threat has passed.
Ripped from the plot of the movie ‘Resident Evil’, one can only wonder about the potential downside of “temporarily adjusting human genetics.”
|The Queen – If Only Looks Could Kill
Posted: 21 May 2018 05:30 PM PDT
Posted: 16 May 2018 02:57 PM PDT
Bill Clinton ogles young women with his fly undone
Posted on May 16, 2018 by Dr. Eowyn
Remember Bill Clinton salivating at the sight of Ivanka at President Trump’s inauguration?
DCG sent me a pic of Bill Clinton for our Caption Contests which, upon close examination, I decided it deserves a post of its own.
Here it is (source: Barstool Sports):
As you can see, the pic is of Bill Clinton standing at a street corner, leching after two blonde women holding a child.
His fly is undone.
Worse still, he has his left hand in his pants pocket.
Was he diddling himself?
This is a former President of the Unites States of America.
I sure hope the pic is a photoshop. Can some techie FOTM reader help us out?
Thanks to: https://fellowshipoftheminds.com
Posted: 16 May 2018 07:22 AM PDT
New Study: Vaccines Linked to Decline in Mental Health and Social Interaction – A Cause of Increase in Mass School Shootings?
by Christina England
A recently published study in the journal Brain, Behavior, and Immunity titled Low-Grade Inflammation Decreases Emotion Recognition – Evidence from the Vaccination Model of Inflammation links low-grade inflammation to a decrease in mental health and human social interaction.
The study, authored by a team of researchers from the University of Birmingham in the UK and headed by Leonie J.T. Balter, outlined their research into the effects that mild inflammation can have on cognitive recognition and the Theory of Mind (ToM).
Balter stated that:
The concept of ToM, sometimes called mentalizing (Frith & Frith, 2006), was developed in the context of research on autism-spectrum disorders and refers to the ability to interpret someone else’s desires, beliefs, and intentions, all of which are essential to human social interaction (Premack & Woodruff, 1978).
However, impairments of ToM more broadly characterize a number of mental health disorders, most notably depression (Bora & Berk, 2016).
To test their theory and prove their hypothesis, the team decided to use the typhoid vaccine because, according to their research, this particular vaccination induces inflammation, without causing their participants to suffer from sickness, fever, or mood change.
The ability to adequately interpret the mental state of another person is key to complex human social interaction.
Recent evidence suggests that this ability, considered a hallmark of ‘theory of mind’ (ToM), becomes impaired by inflammation.
However, extant supportive empirical evidence is based on experiments that induce not only inflammation but also induce discomfort and sickness, factors that could also account for temporary social impairment.
Hence, an experimental inflammation manipulation was applied that avoided this confound, isolating effects of inflammation and social interaction.
She explained that the team had decided to use the following participants:
Forty healthy male participants (mean age = 25, SD = 5 years) participated in this double-blind placebo-controlled crossover trial.
Inflammation was induced using Salmonella Typhi vaccination (Typhoid vaccine) (0.025 mg; Typhim Vi, Sanofi Pasteur, UK); saline-injection was used as a control.
About 6h30m after injection in each condition, participants completed the Reading the Mind in the Eyes Test (RMET), a validated test for assessing how well the mental states of others can be inferred through observation of the eyes region of the face.
According to Balter, when deciding on the health of their participants, she and her team had decided to exclude any individual who had had a previous history of a suspected vaccine-related allergy, a food allergy or intolerance, an inflammatory, cardiovascular, neurological, mental health or immune related disorder, smokers, a visual impairment (unless corrected to normal), or anyone on medication seven days prior to the test.
Importantly, compared to placebo, vaccination significantly reduced RMET accuracy (p < .05). RMET stimuli selected on valence (positive, negative, neutral) provided no evidence of a selective impact of treatment.
By utilizing an inflammation-induction procedure that avoided concurrent sicknesses or symptoms in a double-blinded design, the present study provides further support for the hypothesis that immune activation impairs ToM.
Such impairment may provide a mechanistic link explaining social-cognitive deficits in psychopathologies that exhibit low-grade inflammation, such as major depression.
The team concluded that:
In summary, typhoid vaccination elicited a transient low-grade inflammatory response in healthy young men and decreased performance on the Reading the Mind in the Eyes Test, tested in a double-blinded placebo-controlled crossover design.
Hereby the current study provided direct empirical evidence for a link between heightened inflammation and lower ability to infer mental states of others.
This finding, together with related recent reports, warrants a more comprehensive program of research linking inflammation and social cognition.
The researchers only used healthy males for their study, and it would have been interesting to see data on what reactions less healthy males and females may have suffered, if they, too, had received the vaccines.
This is because, in general, vaccinations are given to a wide range of people, many of whom are extremely unhealthy.
It was interesting that the team decided to use the typhoid vaccination as their vaccine of choice because, according to the website Drugs.com, the following adverse reactions can occur following this vaccine:
The most common adverse events were injection site reactions.
Very common (10% or more): Tenderness (98%), pain (56%), induration (18%), soreness (13%), erythema (11%)
Common (1% to 10%): Swelling
Very rare (less than 0.01%): Edema
Local reactions usually resolved within 48 hours of vaccination.
Very common (10% or more): Malaise (37%), fatigue (38%), feverish (subjective) (11.1%)
Common (1% to 10%): Fever of 100F or greater, decreased activity, elevated oral temperature, general aches
Postmarketing reports: Asthenia, flu-like episode
Very common (10% or more): Headache (27%)
Postmarketing reports: Syncope without convulsions, loss of consciousness, tremor, vasovagal syncope in response to injection
Common (1% to 10%): Itching
Very rare (less than 0.01%): Urticaria, rash
Common (1% to 10%): Myalgia
Postmarketing reports: Arthralgia, cervical pain, polyarthritis
Postmarketing reports: Bilateral retinitis
Postmarketing reports: Glomerulonephritis
Postmarketing reports: Asthma
In other words, this vaccine potentially could have caused the participants in this study to have suffered a severe adverse reaction, which we found to be worrying.
However, overall, Health Impact News found the study to be of great significance, because the researchers have not only proven that there is a link between vaccinations and social impairment, but that there could also be a link between vaccinations and depression, which may explain why U.S. News recently reported that between 2013 and 2016, the diagnosis of depression had risen by 33 percent in the U.S. alone.
Furthermore, the results of Balter’s study made us question whether or not the vaccinations could be behind the increase in mass violence, particularly school shootings, where the shooter is often profiled as being socially deviant and on psychiatric drugs.
What Came First, the Vaccination or the Psychiatric Drug?
In the past, researchers have believed that mind-altering drugs, such as Ritalin, Strattera, Adderall, Prozac, and Paxil, have been behind the increase in school shootings and mass violence that are being reported in the news.
In fact, according to CCHR International, many psychiatric drugs now contain warnings in their informational leaflets outlining that they have the potential to cause the patient to suffer from violent outbursts, homicidal thoughts, and mania.
For further information, please read: Psychiatric Drugs & Violence—The Facts.
While this is extremely worrying, we need to ask ourselves what came first, the vaccination or the psychiatric drug? Could the increase in vaccines in the CDC childhood vaccination schedule be linked to declining mental health and the increase in psychiatric drug prescriptions?
Autism by Any Other Name
For many years, researchers, medical professionals and scientists from around the world have been trying to prove whether or not there is a link between vaccinations and autism.
Could this study be one of the missing links that they have been searching for? After all, if the typhoid vaccination can cause a lowered ability in facial recognition, a recognized symptom of autism, then perhaps other vaccinations can cause similar problems.
In 2013, Health Impact News published an article titled 30 Scientific Studies Showing the Link between Vaccines and Autism, demonstrating that researchers have linked vaccines to autism for many years. In our article, we listed each and every study in detail.
However, the Balter study was not purely about autism; their study was mainly about depression. Therefore, we found it interesting that the researchers had decided not to include women in their study because, in general, depression affects a higher number of women than men.
This fact was made abundantly clear by author Nancy Schimelpfening, in her article which was published earlier this year, titled, Why Is Depression More Common in Women Than in Men?
It has been widely documented that there are gender differences in depression prevalence, with women experiencing major depression about twice as often as men. This risk exists independent of race or ethnicity. Several risk factors have been studied which might account for gender differences in depression prevalence.
She also explained:
Given that the peak onset of depressive disorders in women coincides with their reproductive years (between the ages of 25 to 44 years of age), hormonal risk factors may play a role.
Estrogen and progesterone have been shown to affect neurotransmitter, neuroendocrine and circadian systems that have been implicated in mood disorders.
The fact that women often undergo mood disorders associated with their menstrual cycle, such as premenstrual dysphoric disorder (though this is a fairly new disorder that has not been embraced by everyone in the health care field), also points to a relationship between female sex hormones and mood.
If this is correct, then it is difficult to understand why Balter and her team only chose male participants for their study.
Vaccinations and Depression
Balter and her team were not the only researchers to have examined the link between the typhoid vaccination and depression.
In 2009, Neil A. Harrison et. al., wrote a paper titled Neural Origins of Human Sickness in Interoceptive Responses to Inflammation, which was published in Biological Psychiatry.
Harrison’s team also used the typhoid vaccination as their vaccination of choice. They wrote:
Inflammation is associated with psychological, emotional, and behavioral disturbance, known as sickness behavior.
Inflammatory cytokines are implicated in coordinating this central motivational reorientation accompanying peripheral immunologic responses to pathogens.
Studies in rodents suggest an afferent interoceptive neural mechanism, although comparable data in humans are lacking.
For their study, Harrison and his team also chose to vaccinate male participants, however, unlike Balter and her team, Harrison’s team asked their participants to complete a Profile of Mood State questionnaire, at the two and three-hour baseline. Their results were as follows:
Typhoid but not placebo injection produced a robust inflammatory response indexed by increased circulating interleukin-6 accompanied by a significant increase in fatigue, confusion, and impaired concentration at 3 hours.
Performance of the Stroop task under inflammation activated brain regions encoding representations of internal bodily state.
Spatial and temporal characteristics of this response are consistent with interoceptive information flow via afferent autonomic fibers.
During performance of this task, activity within interoceptive brain regions also predicted individual differences in inflammation-associated but not placebo-associated fatigue and confusion. Maintenance of cognitive performance, despite inflammation-associated fatigue, led to recruitment of additional prefrontal cortical regions. (emphasis added)
These findings suggest that peripheral infection selectively influences central nervous system function to generate core symptoms of sickness and reorient basic motivational states.
Once again, we can see that post-vaccination these participants became increasingly confused and lacked concentration.
Further Study On Vaccination and Depression
In 2015, psychiatrist Kelly Brogan, M.D., published a paper tilted Psychobiology of Vaccination Effects: Bidirectional Relevance of Depression.
Once again, Brogan’s paper explored whether or not depression could be a possible side effect of vaccinations. In her abstract, she stated that:
Emerging research on inflammation-mediated processes that underpin depressive syndromes reveals a possible link warranting greater exploration.
Because of its often insidious onset and varied presentation, depression as a sequelae of pharmaceutical interventions can be difficult to assess.
This review explores the available literature considering the relevance of pre-existing depression to vaccination response as well as the association of vaccination with adverse psychiatric events/depression and the mechanistic plausibility of that association.
In her paper, she wrote:
Referred to as sickness syndrome, models of inflammatory depression are characterized by symptoms that are designed to reallocate energy resources for recovery.
Those symptoms include loss of appetite, lack of social interest, irritability, slowed thinking, low libido, increased sleep, anhedonia, and lethargy.
Depression was likely an adaptive response in human history of acute infectious stressors but has been rendered disabling in a landscape of a chronic, unrelenting assault on response systems.
She explained that many of the vaccinations that our children receive contain trace amounts of heavy metals, such as thimerosal (mercury) and aluminum.
The CDC (Centers for Disease Control and Prevention) has stated that these are added to the vaccinations as either adjuvants or preservatives. Adjuvants are added to the vaccine to help the vaccine be more effective, and preservatives are added to the vaccine to help the vaccine remain unchanged.
However, in some recipients, these adjuvants and preservatives can cause serious adverse reactions. Dr. Brogan explained:
To increase the intensity and duration of the immune response, powerful xenobiotic and biological adjuvants are employed in the manufacture of vaccines, many of which hyperstimulate the Th2 response.
In that way, vaccine adjuvants, as well as preservatives and live tissue ingredients, may provoke a cell-danger response that may persist in a significant subset of the population, leading to possible unremitting, and potentially unresolvable, inflammation and autoimmunity.
Brogan believed that the cumulative effect these heavy metals are having on the brain is the problem, and she stated:
The cumulative burden of mercury exposure through the multiple recommended flu shots and tetanus and meningococcal vaccines, in addition to amalgams, fish, and air pollution, makes it difficult to generalize with regard to safety parameters.
Encountered as elemental, inorganic, and organic substances, mercury can affect the immune system in different ways. Mercury, even at subtoxic levels, can induce an immune response, potentially through the formation of metal-protein complexes.
Data from the present study support the prediction that, although little accumulation of Hg in the blood occurs over time with repeated vaccinations, accumulation of Hg in the brain of infants will occur. …Absolute inorganic Hg concentrations in the brains of the thimerosal-exposed monkeys were approximately twice that of the MeHg monkeys.
Evidence exists that shows that ethylmercury can act as a mitochondrial toxin in brain astrocytes Thimerosal has also been found to promote overflow of the excitotoxic chemical, glutamate, in the prefrontal cortex causing “behavioral, neurochemical, and neuropathological abnormalities”and “lasting neurobehavioral impairments and neurochemical alterations in the brain”in animal studies.
Longitudinal human studies have demonstrated developmental impairment from ethylmercury exposure.
Notably, the toxicological assessment of injected quantities has never been examined, but due to the absence of liver-based detoxification mechanisms and the gut barrier, direct injection of heavy metals can be presumed to have a significantly greater potential toxicity compared with oral delivery.
As mercury was phased out of most vaccines 10 years ago as a precautionary step, aluminum replaced it as a primary vaccine adjuvant, and it is now present in 18 vaccines in the current pediatric schedule—hepatitis B (HepB); diphtheria, tetanus, and pertussis (DTaP); hepatitis A (HepA); haemophilus influenza type B (Hib); and pneumococcal conjugate vaccine (PCV).
A recent study stated, “Aluminum in adjuvant form carries a risk for autoimmunity, long-term brain inflammation, and associated neurological complications, and thus, may have profound and widespread, adverse health consequences.”
Brogan categorically believes that the reason the human papillomavirus (HPV) vaccine, Gardasil, is causing so many adverse reactions is due to the vaccination’s aluminum content.
In particular, she is concerned about the latest Gardasil vaccine to hit the market, Gardasil 9, which, according to her, contains 500 μg per 3 recommended doses.
See The FDA Approves a New HPV Vaccine Containing Over Twice as Much Aluminum As its Predecessor for further information.
Thanks to: http://vaccineimpact.com
Chinese Communist Party Sets Up VR Technology for Testing Party Members’ Loyalty
By Sunny Chao, Epoch Times
May 12, 2018 1:17 pm Last Updated: May 14, 2018 4:29 pm
A Correctional Services Department officer interacts with a virtual reality training exercise program during a demonstration for the media at the CSD Staff Training Institute in the district of Stanley in Hong Kong on Feb. 27. (ANTHONY WALLACE/AFP/Getty Images)
Share[url=https://twitter.com/intent/tweet?text=Chinese Communist Party Sets Up VR Technology for Testing Party Members%E2%80%99]Tweet[/url]Share[email=?subject=Chinese Communist Party Sets Up VR Technology for Testing Party Members’]Email[/email]
The Chinese Communist Party has devised a new high-tech method of testing Party members’ loyalty: using virtual reality.
In the town of Qingyang in Zouping County, Shandong Province, the local authorities have established the country’s first VR center for ensuring that Party members maintain the “Party spirit.”
According to a May 6 report by the Shandong-based Bingzhou Times, Party members undergo a “Party spirit physical examination” by putting on VR glasses and headphones. They enter a virtual room. There, they are prompted with questions, which they answer using a remote control. After the test, the results are printed in another room. Based on their scores, the center will judge where Party members are lacking in loyalty.
“Problematic” members are required to receive a “diagnosis education” from officials at local Party schools or administered by local Party committees.
Local authorities invested more than 700,000 yuan ($109,904) in the center, which opened in April. It includes a Party spirit “education center,” “VR physical examination center,” “diagnosis center,” “rehabilitation center,” “quality control center,” and “internet service center.”
The news prompted strong reactions among Chinese netizens, who mocked Communist officials as “sick,” “frightening,” and “delusional.”
One said the Chinese regime has “gone crazy before meeting its demise.” Another said ironically, “Perhaps the lie detector is more effective for them.” Another said, “The next step is inserting clips into their brains.”
NTD staff member Chen Yuanhui contributed to this report.
Thanks to: https://www.theepochtimes.com
|Scientists Built The World’s Fastest Water Heater, And It Sounds Totally Insane
Posted: 18 May 2018 05:22 PM PDT
Scientists Built The World’s Fastest Water Heater, And It Sounds Totally Insane
Thanks to: https://www.sciencealert.com
Posted: 18 May 2018 04:51 PM PDT
Sante Fe Texas School Shooting: Illuminati Symbolism
Sante Fe Texas School Shooting: Illuminati Symbolism
Posted By Isaac Weishaupt on May 18, 2018 |
I hate to write this article up but I’ve got some relevance to report. I’m not here to condone or promote conspiracy theorists, NRA-members, liberals, or nothing along those lines. That’s the argument THEY want us to have…
Hi, my name is Isaac Weishaupt and you’re on IlluminatiWatcher.com- your home for decoding conspiracy theories in entertainment.
Assuming you’re familiar with the details of the Santa Fe shooting we can proceed with the darker theories.
Many of the media outlets are promoting this story about a man walking around with his MAGA hat and pistol in reference to a viral video. TheHill posted about this mythology:
A man arrived near the scene of a school shooting in Santa Fe, Texas, on Friday bearing an American flag and an apparent sidearm, saying he was there to “make America great again” and offer “support” in a now viral video clip.
Between eight and 10 fatalities have been reported at the Houston-area high school after a shooter opened fire on Friday morning. Reporters near the scene spoke with the man, who appeared to be open-carrying a handgun as he headed toward the school grounds.
“Offering support,” the man told CBS News affiliate KHOU-TV when asked what he aimed to accomplish by visiting the area. He suggested that support could “go a long ways right now for a lot of people.”
The man, wearing a Trump 2016 campaign hat and Army shirt, then walked away from the news crew. A second unidentified man nearby complained that the armed man was an “embarrassment.”
“We need prayers, OK? We need prayers,” the second man said. “This idiot is walking down the street with a damn pistol on his side where we just had kids get shot.”
The second man went on to say that he was “a gun rights person” who has guns, but chastised the armed man for bringing a gun to the site of a shooting.
“We don’t need this crap,” he said. “This is an embarrassment.”
A friend on my Twitter page shared an image with me which prompted me to write this article regarding this mythology being built around the event. Take a look for yourself:
Here we see the “official” narrative; however you can look closer at the “hero’s” necklace to see the symbolism of the Freemason compass and square:
What does this mean?…
I’ll go further on this in a minute, but let’s look at something else of interest…
The right wing of the government is typically considered more in line with preserving the 2nd Amendment than most. How curious would it be if the Republican party was running the Congress and the Presidency while they made moves against the 2nd Amendment?…
Allow me to elaborate.
President Trump tweeted an interesting message:
“My administration is determined to do everything in our power to protect our students, secure our schools, and do everything we can to keep weapons out of the hands of those who pose a threat to themselves and to others.”
The language here suggests these school shootings are a problem (which they are), but it also talks about taking weapons out of the hands of those who shouldn’t have them. Some could perceive this as an attack against the 2nd amendment.
If they see it…
Look, I’m far from being a Trump supporter, or an alt-right member of this “conspiracy” community. I want that to be known so there are no misconceptions here.
To me it seems like there is a growing narrative to portray conspiracy folks in a negative light. In fact, I just talked about this on a recent episode of my podcast.
I support both the 1st Amendment as well as the 2nd Amendment. I think there is a complex argument to be had as to how far to take the freedoms of each one. My personal opinion is that we COULD do more on the ownership of guns and the correlation of mental health issues in our country.
The bigger picture here to consider is if Trump and the conservatives are part of this Illuminati agenda (which allegedly controls BOTH parties). If that’s the case, they’ll prove it by going against the 2nd Amendment preservations (and arguably could be a distraction to break down the 1st Amendment by censoring conspiracy folks).
The Freemason connection is controversial. In the conspiracy community we tend to label Freemasons as members of the “Illuminati.” This is due to the connections and membership of elitists and occultists alike (e.g. Aleister Crowley and various US Presidents). I can’t help but agree with that with one caveat; only the highest level of Freemasons know the full scope.
Lower level Masons like the guy in this mythology probably don’t know the whole story.
The idea here is that the Illuminati orchestrate events such as this in order to evolve the masses. They want us to go down one path with one end point…
Stay tuned as this story unfolds. The conspiracy community will surely be claiming it as a false flag (which is always a hard sale for me with these types of tragic events).
Thanks for reading! If you want the most comprehensive book then head down The Dark Path that is available NOW!
Thanks again for all your support! If you want to stay connected please sign up for my free email newsletter which will get you updates on all groundbreaking revelations of occultism in entertainment (as well as occasional free giveaways)!
Website publisher of IlluminatiWatcher.com and top 5% Amazon author of THE DARK PATH; Isaac Weishaupt has been on the leading edge of conspiracy theories surrounding the elusive “Illuminati” and its infiltration of the entertainment industry. Using examples of familiar pop culture and works of entertainment, Isaac has been speaking and writing about the occult from a unique perspective that seeks to understand the big agenda while helping others along the way.
Isaac hosts the “Conspiracy Theories and Unpopular Culture” podcast (supported by the IW Patreons) as well as being the monthly Illuminati expert on BLACKOUT Radio. He has been a featured guest on Dave Navarro’s “Dark Matter Radio,” Richard C. Hoagland’s “Other Side of Midnight”, SIRIUS/XM’s The All Out Show, The HigherSide Chats, Freeman Fly’s “The Free Zone”, Mark Devlin’s “Good Vibrations”, VICE, COMPLEX magazine, and many more radio shows and podcasts. His fresh perspective and openly admitted imperfections promotes the rational approach to exploring these taboo subjects and conspiracy theories.
Thanks to: https://illuminatiwatcher.com
Posted: 28 May 2018 09:00 PM PDT
I’ll admit that I traditionally haven’t been as paranoid as many people in regards to the surveillance powers of digital assistants like Amazon’s Alexa or Google Home. Yes, putting an always-on microphone in your home likely provides a wonderful new target for intelligence agencies and intruders to spy on you. That said, it’s not like a universe of internet of broken things or smart TVs aren’t doing the same thing, before you even get to the problem with lax to nonexistent privacy standards governing the smartphone currently listening quietly in your pocket and tracking your every location.
Posted: 27 May 2018 07:24 AM PDT
Posted on May 26, 2018
By Heather Callaghan, Editor
A new story about underground, Brooklyn urban gardeners shows that you don’t need to know much to go forth and bear grafted fruit.
Trees perform many overlooked services for city life – allowing birds to perch and grace us with their sweet songs, cooling hot temperatures, and dampening noise pollution. Heck, they even clean toxic pollution. But are we overlooking another resource trees can offer? One that we facilitate ourselves?
Grafting is when a branch from one tree is spliced into the branches of another tree. It almost sounds unreal but the tree adopts the new branch and they grow as one. So the grafted branch will bear fruit! Many of our apples come from these grafted gifts.
In the personal account called “I joined a guerilla mission to turn city trees into fruit trees,” Ilana Strauss asks:
These city trees tend to be decorative — they don’t bear fruit — and some people think that’s a waste. There are so many hungry people in cities; why not plant fruit-bearing trees?
“Whole cities could be lined with free apples and peaches.”
When she showed up for her first secret guerilla gardening meeting she didn’t know what to expect. It turns out, that the leader she calls the alias “Marilyn” – didn’t actually know what to do, either. The team’s first mission was to find a set of decorative cherry trees which don’t actually bear fruit. They would graft their branches into them so that they’d be, well,…peach trees, of course.
“You can do a pencil cut, or you can just do a straight diagonal,” Marilyn said, expressing her own uncertainty. She grows secret food in random spots among store fronts all over the city.
She wrote about the “guerilla grafters” saying that she pictured people dressed like buglers, hiding branches in their turtle necks and sneaking around in the middle of the night. But instead, they walked right out in the open on a sunny afternoon.
Branches wrapped in wet paper towels sat on a table. Marilyn… showed about five of us how to cut the branches.
“If anyone else wants to jump in, please do it,” Marilyn said midway through her explanation. “I don’t really know much about this.” There are people that graft a lot more regularly, but Marilyn had just recently learned.
We grabbed the branches and went out the door.
“You can try grafting a peach branch onto a cherry tree,” Marilyn suggested.
“Will that work?” I asked. She shrugged.
I approached one of the cherry trees and found a branch the width of the peach branch in my hand. One guy lent me his pocketknife, and I started cutting. The knife was dull, so I ended up whittling the branch rather than cleanly slicing it. I accidentally made it into a poky shape, which coincidentally turned out to be a grafting technique.
“Oh nice, you went with the pencil method,” Marilyn said.
“Mhmmm,” I said, like I did it on purpose.
I slid the peach branch into the cherry branch. Then I covered the branches in wax, taped them up, and wrapped a rubber band around them. Down the line, maybe someone would enjoy free peaches. Take that, agribusiness.
So, now you know the gist of grafted fruit and what in the world happened if you happen to pick a peach from a cherry tree!
Have you guys ever tried grafting? Leave your tips below!
This article (Guerilla Gardeners Are Grafting Fruit Onto City Trees) was created by and appeared first at Natural Blaze. It can be reshared with attribution but MUST include link to homepage, bio, intact links and this message.
Heather Callaghan is an independent researcher, writer, speaker and food freedom activist. She is the Editor and co-founder of NaturalBlaze as well as a certified Self-Referencing IITM Practitioner.
Thanks to: https://www.naturalblaze.com
Posted: 27 May 2018 06:45 AM PDT
North Korea is a Communist Country, just like China is. Why isn’t China demonized? North Koreans are not hungry, in fact, there are more hungry Americans than N. Koreans.
Watch this documentary and then decide for yourselves. I’m not saying this doc is truth, but it will give you a different perspective.
I grew up in a Communist country former Yugoslavia. Although my parents immigrated when I was a young child, we did move back and forth between Canada and Yugoslavi, a few times. How communism works is that if you’re not a Party Member, you’re not entitled to good doctors, good education, and perks that go with having a good life. Yugoslavians were happy, had secure jobs, didn’t work too hard and felt safe and secure. Sure, the one that that they yearned for the most was freedom and freedom of expression. Speaking against the leader landed you in jail or being tortured, but look at our so called Democratic Countries, are people not being killed and tortured?
This demonization of N. Korea is for purposes of propaganda, nothing else. Communism if exercised properly is a good thing, but in a material world where you are judged by how much you have, it’s unthinkable to live in a society where everyone is the same and has equal in terms of standards of living. Problem is that Communism was not used correctly therefore, only those that were Party Members prospered which I don’t find such a bad thing. If I can live a good life and have all the perks of a decent standard of living and send my kids to University; I can give up my freedoms. In fact, most Croatians today say they wish they were back in Communism because the quality of life was much better. Little did they know when they overthrew Communism that it would be worse and I’m sure if they knew, they would have left it alone. Let’s face it. Nobody has any freedoms or privacy, so to say that Communism was restrictive is a joke in comparison to what we experience today in our perspective countries.
What good does it do us to stand up or say something against our governments? None. North Koreans are not poor, not hungry. Sure, there is poverty but there is poverty in every country. So, look at Cuba. An Embargo was placed on Cuba and thus the extreme poverty and poor living standards, but N. Korea and China are very modern and developed countries. If you even bother to look at some Videos of N. Korea, you will see that they too have buried their electric infrastructure. While, America looks like Thailand and impoverished countries.
What is wrong with controlling your people so long as you can give them a good life? Who are we to judge? Look at us, living in a so called Democracy. My government drives around in Expensive BMW’s with their own personal drivers, they get incredible pensions after leaving their positions and yet our people are hungry and in bad states of health. Where did this Democracy take us? NO PLACE. Things are worse now than they were during Communism. I’m not for Communism, but if I have to choose the two evils, I would go for Communism this time because I don’t give a damn about the crooks in government and even if I did, nothing I do or say will change anything.
My prediction about N. Korea and the prospect of Peace? There will be Peace and if the US idiots try to start a war, China and Russia and Iran will step in and annihilate the US in a few days. This is all about keeping the Military bases in that region, this has nothing to do with N. Korea rather China. N. Korea is a nothing burger, and it’s being used to achieve the goals of the US governments/ Cabal. Unfortunately, all Empires fall and this one is already crumbling and in it’s last throws before it dies. There is nothing Americans can do at this point, it’s too late.
After the storm, the sun comes out. After an apocalypse, people come out from the underground and start over. Problem with humanity is that until now, we keep repeating the same mistakes, so will we learn from our most recent mistakes? I doubt it, but don’t fret folks, we will ascend into a new reality and leave this grave behind. Yeah right, and I’m Jesus Christ disguised as Ines.
Thanks to Ines at: https://wearelightbeings.wordpress.com
Posted: 07 May 2018 05:14 PM PDT
May 8, 2018
In our continuing efforts to shed more light upon the connections between America and Britain, we would like to show that the U. S. legal system is not only built upon the British Bar, but is, in fact, still subject to it. This idea that the British monarchy “controls everything” in the world is usually considered a conspiracy. But once you have read excerpts from The Crown Temple by Rule of the Mystery Babylon below, you may find yourself re-examining true history of U. S. law.
History is often more shocking than fiction, and in this case it is extremely so.
The American Intelligence Media recently posted an article showing that the British system of secret committees and privileges for the elite are still operative today, as they have been for centuries. No one may formally ask about the British Crown’s “business”; therefore, few Americans or Brits know much at all about the economic insider trading and manipulations in which the Queen of England is embroiled.
In this presentation we point out that every law, attorney, and judicial system of America has arisen from a most dubious and un-democratic system that favors the rich and keeps canon lawthe commoners in the dark. We hope to shed light on this ancient system that actually arose from Vatican Canon Law and has now reached into every country in the Western world. Our Western system of law tends towards lawlessness and its origins go back to the middle ages where the rule of the monarchy was a divine right of kings and commoners had few, if any, rights.
Let’s get started by establishing the historical parameters of U. S. law that common history would recognize as free from conspiracy theories, but presents facts that are little known by Americans, even American lawyers. We can take our start from Wikipedia:
The Honorable Society of the Inner Temple, commonly known as the Inner Temple, is one of the four Inns of Court (professional associations for barristers and judges) in London. To be called to the Bar and practice as a barrister in England and Wales, an individual must belong to one of these Inns. It is located in the wider Temple area of the capital, near the Royal Courts of Justice, and within the City of London.
The Inn is a professional body that provides legal training, selection, and regulation for members. It is ruled by a governing council called “Parliament”, made up of the Masters of the Bench (or “Benchers”), and led by the Treasurer. The Temple takes its name from the Knights Templar, who originally leased the land to the Temple’s inhabitants (Templars) until their abolition in 1312. The Inner Temple was a distinct society from at least 1388.
The Inner Temple is one of the four Inns of Court, along with Gray’s Inn, Lincoln’s Inn, and the Middle Temple. The Inns are responsible for training, regulating, and selecting barristers within England and Wales, and are the only bodies allowed to call a barrister to the Bar and allow him or her to practice.
The Temple is an independent, unincorporated organization, and works as a trust. It has approximately 8,000 members and around 450 apply to join per year. Although the Inn was previously a disciplinary and teaching body, these functions are now shared between the four Inns, with the Bar Standards Board (a division of the General Council of the Bar) acting as a disciplinary.
During the 12th and 13th centuries, the law was taught in the City of London, primarily by the clergy. During the 13th century, two events happened that ended this form of legal education; first, a papal bull of 1207 that prohibited the clergy from teaching the common law, rather than canon law, and second, a decree by King Henry III on 2 December 1234 that no institutes of legal education could exist in the City of London. As a result, the Church ceased to have a role in legal education in London.
It may come as a shock that when you ask about U. S. law, you get a description of ancient Roman, Vatican, and British references about which Americans know little. Most people would disagree that U. S. law has anything to do with such archaic forms of secret societies and groups that take vows to the Crown, both the Templar Crown and the British Royal Crown.
One of the best articles we have came across that explains the historical roots of U. S. law is from Michael Edward. We do not recommend the entire article and therefore have chosen selections from the article that illuminate the foundations of British law that effect U. S. law. We hope that you will find the article helpful in our efforts to clearly elucidate the current web of control that the City of London UK still has over U. S. citizens
The Crown Temple
The governmental and judicial systems within the United States of America, at both federal and local state levels, are owned by the “Crown,” which is a private foreign power. We are specifically referencing the established Templar Church, known for centuries by the world as the “Crown.” From this point on, we will also refer to the Crown as the Crown Temple or Crown Templar, all three being synonymous.
The Temple Church was built by the Knights Templar in two parts: the Round and the Chancel. The Round Church was consecrated in 1185 and modeled after the circular Church of the Holy Sepulchre in Jerusalem. The Chancel was built in 1240. The Temple Church serves both the Inner and Middle Temples and is located between Fleet Street and Victoria Embankment at the Thames River. Its grounds also house the Crown Offices at Crown Office Row. This Temple “Church” is outside any canonical jurisdiction. The Master of the Temple is appointed and takes his place by sealed patent, without induction or institution.
All licensed Bar Attorneys – Attorners – in the U.S. owe their allegiance and give their solemn oath in pledge to the Crown Temple, realizing this or not.
This is simply due to the fact that all Bar Associations throughout the world are signatories and franchises to the international Bar Association located at the Inns of Court at Crown Temple. Although they vehemently deny it, all Bar Associations in the U.S., such as the American Bar Association, the Florida Bar, or California Bar Association, are franchises to the Crown.
The Inns of Court to the Crown Temple use the Banking and Judicial system of the City of London – a sovereign and independent territory which is not a part of Great Britain (just as Washington City, as DC was called in the 1800s, is not a part of the north American states, nor is it a state) to defraud, coerce, and manipulate the American people. These Fleet Street bankers and lawyers are committing crimes in America under the guise and color of law. They are known collectively as the “Crown.” Their lawyers are actually Templar Bar Attornies, not lawyers.
The present Queen of England is not the “Crown,” as we have all been led to believe. Rather, it is the Bankers and Attornies (Attorneys) who are the actual Crown or Crown Temple.
The Monarch aristocrats of England have not been ruling sovereigns since the reign of King John, circa 1215. All royal sovereignty of the old British Crown since that time has passed to the Crown Temple in Chancery.
The U.S.A. is not the free and sovereign nation that our federal government tells us it is. If this were true, we would not be dictated to by the Crown Temple through its bankers and attornies.
The U.S.A. is controlled and manipulated by this private foreign power and our unlawful Federal U.S. Government is their pawnbroker. The bankers and Bar Attorneys in the U.S.A. are a franchise in oath and allegiance to the Crown at Chancery – the Crown Temple Church and its Chancel located at Chancery Lane – a manipulative body of elite bankers and attorners from the independent City of London who violate the law in America by imposing fraudulent “legal” – but totally unlawful – contracts on the American people.
The banks Rule the Temple Church and the Attorners carry out their Orders by controlling their victim’s judiciary.
The first Chancel of the Temple Church was built by the Knights Templar, this is not a new ruling system by any means. The Chancel, or Chancery, of the Crown Inner Temple Court was where King John was, in January 1215, when the English barons demanded that he confirm the rights enshrined in the Magna Carta. This City of London Temple was the headquarters of the Templar Knights in Great Britain where Order and Rule were first made, which became known as Code. Remember all these terms, such as Crown, Temple, Templar, Knight, Chancel, Chancery, Court, Code, Order and Rule as we tie together their origins with the present American Temple Bar system of thievery by equity (chancery) contracts.
By what authority has the “Crown” usurped the natural sovereignty of the American people? Is it acceptable that the U.S. Supreme Court decides constitutional issues in the U.S.A? How can it be considered in any manner as being “constitutional” when this same Supreme Court is appointed by (not elected) and paid by the Federal U. S. Government?
The legal system (judiciary) of the U.S.A. is controlled by the Crown Temple from the independent and sovereign City of London. The private Federal Reserve System, which issues fiat U.S. Federal Reserve Notes, is financially owned and controlled by the Crown from Switzerland, the home and legal origin for the charters of the United Nations, the International Monetary Fund, the World Trade Organization, and most importantly, the Bank of International Settlements. Even Hitler respected his Crown bankers by not bombing Switzerland. The Bank of International Settlements in Basel, Switzerland controls all the central banks of the G7 nations.
The Four Inns of Court
There are Four Inns or Temples of Court: the Inner Temple, the Middle Temple, Lincoln’s Inn, and Gray’s Inn. These Inns/Temples are exclusive and private clubs and secret societies of power in commerce. They are well established, some having been founded in the early 1200’s. The Queen and Queen Mother of England are current members of both the Inner Temple and Middle Temple. Gray’s Inn specializes in Taxation legalities by Rule and Code for the Crown.
Just like all U.S. based franchise Bar Associations, none of the Four Inns of the Temple are incorporated so that you can’t make claims against them. They are private societies without charters or statutes, and their constitutions are based solely on custom and self-regulation. They exist as secret societies without a public “front door” unless you’re a private member “called to their Bar.”
While the Inner Temple holds the legal system franchise by license to fleece Canada and Great Britain, it is the Middle Temple that has legal license to fleece America. This comes about directly via their Bar Association franchises to the Honorable Society of the Middle Temple through the Crown Temple.
From, The History of the Inn, Later Centuries, written by the Honorable Society of the Middle Temple, we can see a direct tie to the Bar Association franchises and its Crown signatories in America:
“Call to the Bar, or keeping terms in one of the four Inns was a pre-requisite to Call at King’s Inns until late in the 19th century. In the 17th and 18th centuries, students came from the American colonies and from many of the West Indian islands to do so. The Inn’s records would lead one to suppose that for a time there was hardly a young gentleman in Charleston who had not studied here. Five of the signatories to the Declaration of Independence were Middle Templars, and notwithstanding it and its consequences, Americans continued to come here until the War of 1812.”
All Bar Association licensed Attorneys must keep the terms of their oath to the Crown Temple in order to be accepted or “called to Bar” at any of the King’s Inns. Their oath, pledge, and terms of allegiance are made to the Crown Temple.
It’s a real eye opener to know that the Middle Inn of the Crown Temple has publicly acknowledged there were at least five Templar Bar Attornies, under solemn oath only to the Crown, who signed what was alleged to be an American Declaration of Independence.
This simply means that both parties to the Declaration agreement were of the same origin, the Crown Temple. It’s merely a worthless piece of paper with no lawful authority when both sides to any agreement are actually the same.
In reality, the American Declaration of Independence was nothing more than an internal memo of the Crown Temple made among its private members.
By example, Alexander Hamilton was one of those numerous Crown Templars who was called to their Bar. In 1774, he entered King’s College in New York City, which was funded by members of the London King’s Inns, now named Columbia University. In 1777, he became a personal aide and private secretary to George Washington during the American Revolution. In 1782, Hamilton began studying law in Albany, New York, and within six months had completed a three-year course of studies, passed his examinations, and was admitted to the New York Bar. Of course, the New York Bar Association was/ is a franchise of the Crown Temple through the Middle Inn. After a year’s service in Congress during the 1782-1783 session, he settled down to legal practice in New York City as Alexander Hamilton, Esquire.
In February of 1784, Hamilton wrote the charter for, and became a founding member of, the Bank of New York, the State’s first bank. He secured a place on the New York delegation to the Federal Convention of 1787 at Philadelphia. In a five-hour speech on June 18th, he stated “an Executive for life will be an elective Monarch.” When all his anti-Federalist New York colleagues withdrew from the Convention in protest, he alone signed the Constitution for the United States of America representing New York State, one of the legal Crown States (Colonies).
One should particularly notice that a lawful state is made up of the people, but a State is a legal entity of the Crown – a Crown Colony. This is an example of the deceptive ways the Crown Temple – Middle Templars – have taken control of America since the beginning of our settlements.
Later, as President Washington’s U.S. Treasury Secretary, Hamilton laid the foundation of the first Federal U.S. Central Bank, secured credit loans through Crown banks in France and the Netherlands, and increased the power of the Federal Government over the hoodwinked nation-states of the Union. Hamilton had never made a secret of the fact that he admired the government and fiscal policies of Great Britain.
Americans were fooled into believing that the legal Crown Colonies comprising New England were independent nation states, but they never were, nor are they today. They were and still are Colonies of the Crown Temple, through letters patent and charters, who have no legal authority to be independent from the Rule and Order of the Crown Temple. A legal State is a Crown Temple Colony.
Neither the American people nor the Queen of Britain own America. The Crown Temple owns America through the deception of those who have sworn their allegiance by oath to the Middle Templar Bar. The Crown Bankers and their Middle Templar Attornies rule America through unlawful contracts, unlawful taxes, and contract documents of false equity through debt deceit, all strictly enforced by their completely unlawful, but “legal”, Orders, Rules and Codes of the Crown Temple Courts, our so-called “judiciary” in America. This is because the Crown Temple holds the land titles and estate deeds to all of North America.
What happened in 1776?
1776 is the year that will truly live in infamy for all Americans. It is the year that the Crown Colonies became legal Crown States. The Declaration of Independence was a legal, not lawful, document. It was signed on both sides by representatives of the Crown Temple. Legally, it announced the status quo of the Crown Colonies to that of the new legal name called “States” as direct possessive estates of the Crown.
The American people were hoodwinked into thinking they were declaring lawful independence from the Crown. Proof that the Colonies are still in Crown possession is the use of the word “State” to signify a “legal estate of possession.” Had this been a document of and by the people, both the Declaration of Independence and the U.S. Constitution would have been written using the word “states.”
By the use of “State,” the significance of a government of estate possession was legally established. All of the North American States are Crown Templar possessions through their legal document, signed by their representation of both parties to the contract, known as the Constitution of the United States of America.
All “Constitutional Rights” in America are simply those dictated by the Crown Temple and enforced by the Middle Inn Templars (Bar Attorners) through their franchise and corporate government entity, the federal United States Government. When a “State Citizen” attempts to invoke his “constitutional”, natural, or common law “rights” in Chancery (equity courts), he is told they don’t apply. Why? Simply because a State citizen has no rights outside of the Rule and Codes of Crown “law.” Only a state citizen has natural and common law rights by the paramount authority of God’s Law.
The people who comprise the citizenry of a state are recognized only within natural and common law as is already established by God’s Law. Only a State Citizen can be a party to an action within a State Court. A common state citizen cannot be recognized in that court because he doesn’t legally exist in Crown Chancery Courts. In order to be recognized in their State Courts, the common man must be converted to that of a corporate or legal entity (a legal fiction).
Now you know why they create such an entity using all capital letters within Birth Certificates issued by the State. They convert the common lawful man of God into a fictional legal entity subject to Administration by State Rules, Orders and Codes (there is no “law” within any Rule or Code). Of course, Rules, Codes, etc. do not apply to the lawful common man of God, so the man with inherent Godly law and rights must be converted into a legal “Person” of fictional “status” (another legal term) in order for their legal – but completely unlawful – State Judiciary (Chancery Courts) to have authority over him. Chancery Courts are tribunal courts where the decisions of “justice” are decided by 3 “judges.” This is a direct result of the Crown Temple having invoked their Rule and Code over all judicial courts.
The Crown Temple was granted Letters Patent and Charters for all the land (Colonies) of New England by the King of England, a sworn member of the Middle Temple (as the Queen is now). Since the people were giving the patent/charter corporations and Colonial Governors such a hard time, especially concerning Crown taxation, a scheme was devised to allow the Americans to believe they were being granted “independence.” Remember, the Crown Templars represented both parties to the 1776 Declaration of Independence; and, as we are about to see, the latter 1787 U.S. Constitution.
To have this “Declaration” recognized by international treaty law, and in order to establish the new legal Crown entity of the incorporated United States, Middle Templar King George III agreed to the Treaty of Paris on September 3, 1783, “between the Crown of Great Britain and the said United States.” The Crown of Great Britain legally was, then and now, the Crown Temple. This formally gave international recognition to the corporate “United States”, the new Crown Temple States (Colonies).
Most important is to know who the actual signatories to the Treaty of Paris were. Take particular note to the abbreviation “Esqr.” following their names as this legally signifies “Officers of the King’s Courts”, which we now know were Templar Courts or Crown Courts. This is the same Crown Templar Title given to Alexander Hamilton.
The Crown was represented in signature by “David Hartley, Esqr.”, a Middle Templar of the King’s Court. Representing the United States (a Crown franchise) by signature was “John Adams, Esqr”, “Benjamin Franklin, Esqr.” and “John Jay, Esqr.” The signatories for the “United States” were also Middle Templars of the King’s Court through Bar Association membership. What is plainly written in history proves, once again, that the Crown Temple was representing both parties to the agreement.
It becomes even more obvious when you read Article 5, which states in part, “to provide for the Restitution of all Estates, Rights, and Properties which have been confiscated, belonging to real British Subjects.”
The Crown Colonies were granted to “persons” and corporations of the Crown Temple through Letters Patent and Charters, and the North American Colonial land was owned by the Crown.
Now, here’s a real catch-all in Article 4:
“It is agreed that creditors on either side shall meet with no lawful impediment to the recovery of the full value in sterling money of all bona fide debts heretofore contracted.”
Since the Crown and its Templars represented both the United States, as the debtors, and the Crown, as the creditors, then they became the creditor of the American people by owning all debts of the former Colonies, now called the legal Crown States. So then, what debts were owed to the Crown Temple and their banks as of 1883? In the Contract between the King and the Thirteen United States of North America, signed at Versailles July 16, 1782, Article I states,
“It is agreed and certified that the sums advanced by His Majesty to the Congress of the United States under the title of a loan, in the years 1778, 1779, 1780, 1781, and the present 1782, amount to the sum of eighteen million livres, money of France, according to the following twenty-one receipts of the above-mentioned underwritten Minister of Congress, given in virtue of his full powers, to wit …”
That amount equals about $18 million dollars, plus interest, that Hamilton’s U.S. Central Bank owed the Crown through Crown Bank loans in France. This was signed, on behalf of the United States, by an already familiar Middle Templar, Benjamin Franklin, Esquire.
An additional $6 million dollars was loaned to the United States at 5% interest by the same parties in a similar Contract signed on February 25, 1783. The Crown Bankers in the Netherlands and France were calling in their debts for payment by future generations of Americans.
The Fiscal Agents
Since its beginnings, the Temple Church at the City of London has been a Knight Templar secret society. It was built and established by the same Temple Knights who were given their Rule and Order by the Roman Pope. It’s very important to know how the British Royal Crown was placed into the hands of the Knights Templars, and how the Crown Templars became the fiscal and military agents for the Pope of the Roman Church.
This all becomes very clear through the Concession of England to the Pope on May 15, 1213, a charter that swore fealty by England’s King John to Pope Innocent and the Roman Church. It was witnessed before the Crown Templars, as King John stated upon sealing the same, “I myself bearing witness in the house of the Knights Templars.”
Most who have commented on this charter often emphasize the payments due the Pope and the Roman Church. King John broke the terms of this charter by signing the Magna Carta on June 15, 1215. Remember; the penalty for breaking the 1213 agreement was the loss of the Crown (right to the kingdom) to the Pope and his Roman Church. To formally and lawfully take the Crown from the royal monarchs of England by an act of declaration, on August 24, 1215, Pope Innocent III annulled the Magna Carta; later in the year, he placed an Interdict (prohibition) on the entire British Empire. From that time until today, the English monarchy and the entire British Crown belonged to the Pope.
The Bar Association
In Colonial America, attorneys trained attorneys but most held no title of nobility or honor. There was no requirement that one be a lawyer to hold the position of district attorney, attorney general, or judge; a citizen counsel of choice was not restricted to a lawyer; there were no state or national bar associations. The only organization that certified lawyers was the International Bar Association (IBA), chartered by the King of England, headquartered in London, and closely associated with international banking systems.
Lawyers admitted to the IBA received the rank of Esquire – a title of nobility – Esquire was the principle title of nobility which the 13th Amendment sought to prohibit from the United States. The loyalty of Esquire lawyers was suspect. Bankers and lawyers with an Esquire behind their names were agents of the monarchy, members of an organization whose principle purposes were political, not economic.
Article 1, Sect. 9 of the Constitution sought to prohibit the International Bar Association (or any other agency that granted titles of nobility) from operating in America. But the Constitution neglected to specify a penalty, so the prohibition was ignored, and agents of the crown continued to infiltrate and influence the government.
Therefore, a title of nobility amendment that specified a penalty (loss of citizenship) was proposed in 1789, and again in 1810. The meaning of the amendment is seen in its intent to prohibit persons having titles of nobility and loyal-ties to foreign governments and bankers from voting, holding public office, or using their skills to subvert the government.
Paradise Lost, Ratification Found
In 1789, the House of Representatives compiled a list of possible Constitutional Amendments, some of which would ultimately become our Bill of Rights. The House proposed seventeen; the Senate reduced the list to twelve. During this process Senator Tristrain Dalton (Mass.) proposed an Amendment seeking to prohibit and provide a penalty for any American accepting a title of Nobility. Although it wasn’t passed, this was the first time a title of nobility amendment was proposed.
Twenty years later, in January, 1810, Senator Reed proposed another Title of Nobility Amendment (History of Congress, Proceedings of the Senate, p. 529-530). On April 27, 1810, the Senate voted to pass this 13th Amendment by a vote of 26 to 1; the House resolved in the affirmative 87 to 3; and the following resolve was sent to the States for ratification:
“If any citizen of the United States shall accept, claim, receive or retain any title of nobility or honor, or shall, without the consent of Congress, accept and retain any present, pension, office or emolument of any kind whatever, from any emperor, king, prince or foreign power, such person shall cease to be a citizen of the United States, and shall be incapable of holding any office of trust or profit under them, or either of them.”
The Constitution requires three-quarters of the states to ratify a proposed amendment before it may be added to the Constitution. When Congress proposed the Title of Nobility Amendment in 1810, there were seventeen states, thirteen of which would have to ratify for the Amendment to be adopted. According to the National Archives, the following is a list of the twelve states that ratified, and their dates of ratification:
Maryland, Dec. 25, 1810
Kentucky, Jan. 31, 1811
Ohio, Jan. 31, 1811
Delaware, Feb. 2, 1811
Pennsylvania, Feb. 6, 1811
New Jersey, Feb. 13, 1811
Vermont, Oct. 24, 1811
Tennessee, Nov. 21, 1811
Georgia, Dec. 13, 1811
North Carolina, Dec. 23, 1811
Massachusetts, Feb. 27, 1812
New Hampshire, Dec. 10, 1812
Before a thirteenth state could ratify, the War of 1812 broke out with England. By the time the war ended in 1814, the British had burned the Capitol, the Library of Congress, and most of the records of the first 38 years of government. Whether there was a connection between the proposed title of nobility amendment and the War of 1812 is not known. However, the momentum to ratify the proposed Amendment was lost in the tumult of war.
Then, four years later, on December 31, 1817, the House of Representatives resolved that President Monroe inquire into the status of this Amendment. In a letter dated February 6, 1818, President Monroe reported to the House that the Secretary of State Adams had written to the governors of Virginia, South Carolina and Connecticut to tell them that the proposed Amendment had been ratified by twelve States and rejected by two (New York and Rhode Island), and asked the governors to notify him of their legislature’s position. [House Document No. 76].
This, and other letters written by the President and the Secretary of State during the month of February, 1818, note only that the proposed Amendment had not yet been ratified. However, these letters would later become crucial because, in the absence of additional information, they would be interpreted to mean the amendment was never ratified.
On February 28, 1818, Secretary of State Adams reported the rejection of the Amendment by South Carolina. [House Doc. No. 129]. There are no further entries regarding the ratification of the 13th Amendment in the Journals of Congress; whether Virginia ratified is neither confirmed nor denied. Likewise, a search through the executive papers of Governor Preston of Virginia does not reveal any correspondence from Secretary of State Adams.
Significance of Removal
To create the present oligarchy (rule by lawyers) which the U.S. now endures, the lawyers first had to remove the 13th Titles of Nobility Amendment that might otherwise have kept them in check. In fact, it was not until after the Civil War and after the disappearance of this 13th Amendment, that American bar associations began to appear and exercise political power.
Since the unlawful deletion of the 13th Amendment, the newly developing bar associations began working diligently to create a system wherein lawyers took on a title of privilege and nobility as ‘Esquires’ and received the honor of offices and positions (like district attorney or judge) that only they could hold.
By virtue of these titles, honors, and special privileges, lawyers have assumed political and economic advantages over the majority of U.S. citizens.
Through these privileges, they have nearly established a two-tiered citizenship in this nation where a majority may vote, but only a minority (lawyers) may run the system.
This two-tiered citizenship is clearly contrary to American’s political interests, the nation’s economic welfare, and the Constitution’s egalitarian spirit. The significance of this missing 13th Amendment and its deletion from the Constitution is this: Since the amendment was never lawfully nullified, it is still in full force and effect and is the Law of the land.
If public support could be awakened, this missing Amendment might provide a legal basis to challenge many existing laws and court decisions previously made by lawyers who were unconstitutionally elected or appointed to their positions of power; it might even mean the removal of lawyers from the current U. S. government system.
At the very least, this missing 13th Amendment demonstrates that two centuries ago, lawyers were recognized as enemies of the people and nation.
Those Who Cannot Recall History …
In his farewell address, George Washington warned of “…change by usurpation; for through this, in one instance, may be the instrument of good, it is the customary weapon by which free governments are destroyed.”
In 1788, Thomas Jefferson proposed that we have a Declaration of Rights similar to Virginia’s. Three of his suggestions were “freedom of commerce against monopolies, trial by jury in all cases, and no suspensions of the habeas corpus.”
No doubt Washington’s warning and Jefferson’s ideas were dismissed as redundant by those who knew the law. Who would have dreamed the U.S. legal system would become a monopoly against freedom when that was one of the primary causes for the rebellion against King George III?
Yet, the denial of trial by jury is now commonplace in the U.S. courts, and habeas corpus, for crimes against the state, is suspended. By crimes against the state, I refer to political crimes where there is no injured party and the corpus delicti [evidence] is equally imaginary.
The authority to create monopolies was judge-made law by Supreme Court Justice John Marshall, et al during the early 1800’s. Judges (and lawyers) granted to themselves the power to declare the acts of the People un-Constitutional, waited until their decision was grandfathered, and then granted themselves a monopoly by creating the bar associations. Article VI of the U.S. Constitution mandates that “executive orders and treaties are binding upon the states … and the Judges in every State shall be bound thereby, any Thing in the Constitution or Laws of any State to the Contrary notwithstanding.”
However, the Supreme Court has held that the Bill of Rights is not binding upon the states, and thereby resurrected many of the complaints enumerated in the Declaration of Independence, exactly as Thomas Jefferson foresaw in Notes on the State of Virginia, Query 17, p.161, 1784:
“Our rulers will become corrupt, our people careless … the time for fixing every essential right on a legal basis is [now] while our rulers are honest, and ourselves united. From the conclusion of this war we shall be going downhill. It will not then be necessary to resort every moment to the people for support. They will be forgotten, therefore, and their rights disregarded. They will forget themselves, by in the sole faculty of making money, and will never think of uniting to effect a due respect for their rights. The shackles, therefore, which shall not be knocked off at the conclusion of this war, will remain on us long, will be made heavier and heavier, till our rights shall revive or expire in a convulsion.”
After hearing these words, two key questions remain:
* Will we fight to revive our rights? Or,
* Will we meekly submit as our last remaining rights expire, surrendered to the courts
Dismantling the Federal Courts
The following court rulings clearly demonstrate that U. S. district and appeal courts are not Districts Courts of the United States and therefore are unlawfully operating under a false pretense. It is due to these examples of case law that we have the precedent to shut down all falsely established U. S. District and Appeal Courts that are not within the boundary of Washington D. C., which is the only place they may legally operate.
From Case Law
“The term “District Courts of the United States”, as used in the rules, without an addition expressing a wider connotation, has its historic significance but is misinterpreted in its application. It describes the constitutional courts created under Article III of the Constitution. Courts of the Territories are legislative courts, properly speaking, and are not District Courts of the United States. We have often held that vesting a territorial court with jurisdiction similar to that vested in the District Courts of the United States does not make it a “District Court of the United States.”
(Reynolds v. United States, 98 U.S. 145, 154; The City of Panama, 101 U.S. 453,460; In re Mills, 135 U.S. 263, 268; McAllister v. United States, 141 U.S. 174, 182, 183; Stephens v. Cherokee Nation, 174 U.S. 445, 476, 477; Summers v. United States, 231 U.S. 92, 101, 102; United States v. Burroughs, 289 U.S. 159,163. Cited in MOOKINI v. UNITED STATES, 303 U.S. 201, 205, 1938)
“By section 1910 of the Revised Statutes, the district courts of the Territory have the same jurisdiction in all cases arising under the Constitution and laws of the United States as is vested in the circuit and district courts of the United States; but this does not make them circuit and district courts of the United States.”
(Reynolds v. United States, 98 U.S. 145, 154, 1878)
“Courts of the kind, whether created by an act of Congress or a territorial statute, are not, in strictness, courts of the United States; or, in other words, the jurisdiction with which they are invested is not a part of the judicial power defined by the third article of the Constitution, but is conferred by Congress in the execution of the general power which the legislative department possesses to make all needful rules and regulations respecting the public territory and other public property.”
(THE CITY OF PANAMA., 101 U.S. 453, 460, 1879.)
“District and Circuit Courts … do not apply to the court established in the Indian Territory …although the latter is a court of the United States, it is not a District or Circuit Court of the United States.”
(Reynolds v. United States, 98 U.S. 145, 154; Ex parte Farley, Ex parte Wilson, 40 F. 66.” In re Mills, 135 U.S. 263, 268, 1890)
“It must be admitted that the words ‘United States District Court’ were not accurately used, …was not a District or Circuit Court of the United States, In re Mills, 135 U.S. 263, 268, and no such court had, at the date of the act, jurisdiction therein.”
(Stephens v. Cherokee Nation, 174 U.S. 445, 476, 477, 1899)
“…designation of a tribunal as a court of the United States, does not constitute it a district court.”
(In re Mills, 135 U.S. 263, 267-8; Stephens v. Cherokee Nation, 174 U.S. 445. Cited in United States v. Burroughs, 289 U.S. 159,163)
“By section 1910 of the Revised Statutes the District Courts of the Territory have the same jurisdiction in all cases arising under the Constitution and laws of the United States as is vested in the Circuit and District Courts of the United States; but this does not make them Circuit and District Courts of the United States.”
(McAllister v. United States, 141 U.S. 174, 182, 183-184, 1891)
“It is established that the courts of the Territories may have such jurisdiction of cases arising under the Constitution and laws of the United States as is vested in the circuit and district courts, but this does not make them circuit and district courts of the United States.”
(SUMMERS v. United States Code)
Government Rules Concerning Federal Courts
The people of the United States had ordained with the constitution how the district courts of the United States were to be applied in Article III. Congress tricked Americans into believing that the UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT is one and the same as the district courts of the United States. The U. S. Congress tried to overrule the U. S. Constitution by creating many extra “federal” courts that claim a higher authority over state courts. This is federalism expanding into the court system, where it should have no authority at all, let alone a “higher” authority.
Not only did the promulgating order use the term District Courts of the United States in its historic and proper sense, but the omission of provision for the application of the rules to the territorial courts and other courts mentioned in the authorizing act clearly shows the limitation that was intended. District Courts of the United States, as used in the rules describes the constitutional courts created under article 3 of the Constitution. Courts of the Territories are legislative courts, properly speaking, and are not District Courts of the United States thereby vesting a territorial court with jurisdiction similar to that vested in the District Courts of the United States does not make it a ‘District Court of the United States.
1. The district courts of the United States are Article III courts pursuant to the Judiciary Act of 1789 unless expressly defined to the contrary.
2. The United States District Courts are legislative courts where Congress has legislative powers to exercise the its/their territory i.e. Guam, Northern Mariana Islands, Virgin Islands, Puerto Rico and District of Columbia.
Let’s look at some governmental rules, regulations, and laws that address the issue again and again that US District Courts do not exist in states.
District Courts Defined by Law
TITLE 18 — APPENDIX FEDERAL RULES OF CRIMINAL PROCEDURE IX. GENERAL PROVISIONS
The phrase “district courts of the United States” was held not to include district courts in the territories and insular possessions, Mookini v. United States, 303 U.S. 201. By subsequent legislation the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure were extended to the District Court of the United States for Hawaii and to appeals therefrom (Act of June 19, 1939; 53 Stat. 841; 48 U.S.C. § 646) and to the District Court of the United States for Puerto Rico and to appeals therefrom (Act of February 12, 1940; 54 Stat. 22; 48 U.S.C. § 873a).
NOTES OF ADVISORY COMMITTEE ON RULES — 1948 AMENDMENT
Subdivision (a)(1). – To conform to the nomenclature of revised Title 28 with respect to district courts and courts of appeals (28 U.S.C. § 132(a), 43(a)); to eliminate special reference to the district courts for the District of Columbia, Hawaii and Puerto Rico which are now United States district courts for all purposes (28 U.S.C. § 88, 91, 119, 132, 133, 451), and to eliminate special reference to the court of appeals for the District of Columbia which is now a United States court of appeals for all purposes (28 U.S.C. § 41, 43).
Title 4 §72. CHAPTER 3 – SEAT OF THE GOVERNMENT
Sec. 72. Public offices; at seat of Government
“All offices attached to the seat of government shall be exercised in the District of Columbia, and not elsewhere, except as otherwise expressly provided by law. Courts of the Territories are legislative courts, properly speaking, and are not District Courts of the United States. We have often held that vesting a territorial court with jurisdiction similar to that vested in the District Courts of the United States does not make it a ‘District Court of the United States.”
(Reynolds v. United States, 98 U.S. 145 , 154; The City of Panama, 101 U.S. 453 , 460; In re Mills, 135 U.S. 263, 268 , 10 S.Ct. 762; McAllister v. United States, 141 U.S. 174, 182 , 183 S., 11 S.Ct. 949; Stephens v. Cherokee Nation, 174 U.S. 445, 476 , 477 S., 19 S.Ct. 722; Summers v. United States, 231 U.S. 92, 101 , 102 S., 34 S.Ct. 38; United States v. Burroughs, 289 U.S. 159, 163 , 53 S.Ct. 574.)
A Possible Solution to the Justice Department Corruption
The Sixth and Seventh Amendments to the U. S. Constitution provide specific mandates, which,which taken together with the ninth, tenth, first, and other amendments; provide a larger frame-work for the “De-Centralization of Judicial Power.”
The Sixth Amendment specifically references the “Districts”, wherein the obviously necessary “Judicial Power” is to be Invoked, in order to prosecute the cases and execute the Judgements arrived at thereunder.
Those “Districts” are referred to in case law, as representing “Precincts”; and linkages therein to authority to exercise this general jurisdiction. Further references to “Judicial Power” are found in the following web-linked Oregon Statutes:
In the first link above, please note that the word “Precincts” is definitely and clearly used in reference to this “Judicial Power.”
Powers of other Judicial Officers; Where Powers may be Exercised.
The other links demonstrate the vast power that has been statutorily-recognized as legitimately residing there-in.
Powers of Judicial Officers.
Powers of Courts – in administration of court business & proceedings.
Presently there are approximately 180,000 official “Precincts” in American; with about another 120,000 roughly equivalent “Polling Places” also involved which is shown on pages 2 and 11 of the following official document:
Election Day Survey on precincts and polling places.
This idea for the “De-Centralization of the Judicial Power”, is obviously part of the “Original Intent” of our U. S. Constitution as the supreme governing document.
The vast majority of these courts and offices are presently “vacant”; and that means that they can be claimed and exercised by anyone, at least until “cause shown” is presented as to why those presumptive “Justice-of-the-Peace” precinct-level judicial offices are somehow not being legitimately exercised, or else that, in some way, their verdicts, judgements, and/or orders, are otherwise defective.
The “Montana Freemen” were exercising this “Judicial-Power”, from their common law jurisdiction “Justus Township”; and the commercial instruments they were distributing to taxpayers to send to the IRS, received “Tax Refunds” back from the IRS.
A Federal Judge apparently recognized LeRoy Schweitzer therein as a legitimate “Justice-of-the-Peace” and “Judicial-Officer.”
Index of /Archive/SchweitzerFiles
The following links perhaps presenting the best version thereof:
The “Basis-In-Law” for Common People Organizing Local Smaller Constitutional “Township” Communities.
Fundamental Principles of American Constitutional Law and Government.
Memorandum/Article in Support of the Common American People Directly Prosecuting Quo-Warranto/State-Ex-Rel Criminal Complaints
Remaking of the Federal Court System
In terms of federal court corruption: I have never understood the idea that the ‘state’ can be harmed. If the state can be harmed, then it takes precedence over the individual. The ‘state’ is a fiction, but the individual is ‘real.’ The state’s ownership of anything is also a legal fiction, but the individual’s property is ‘real.’ In the current court system, the state has legal precedent over the individual, if not by ‘legal definition’ as set forth under the Constitution, then by ‘case law practice.’
This preference by the court is ‘observable’ as an output phenomenon of the court’s rulings. This is why so many people are being wrongfully prosecuted when the ‘natural law’ against the ‘individual’ or ‘moral’ underpinnings in the case have no bearing. We see this as a result of ‘contrived case law’ interpretations that, if uncontested, are used as foundations for ‘further’ contrivances that finally ‘inch’ society as a whole away from the original foundational laws that supported individuals over the ‘state’, the ‘federal courts’ and ‘corporations.’
When a ‘legal fiction’ has precedence over anything ‘real’, a case can be contrived by evil minds for self-benefit over anything. In short, the court system has been undermined using dialectic arguments to move the American Republic away from the sanctity of the individual to support the totalitarian principles of obedience by an elite. It is very simple to understand and observe.
The only way to reverse this trend, is to ‘hold’ accountable our elected officials to the principles of the U. S. Constitution and not ‘case law’ in capricious courts. All of the fictions can be reversed very quickly by ‘winning’ court cases that ‘challenge’ the fictions. One would have to define the priority list of un-constitutional principles, find existing instances where they are propped up by ‘case law fictions’ without actual jury trials, and then challenge them through individuals representing the U. S. Constitution and the U. S. Bill of Rights.
A tsunami of these would begin to drive public awareness and fear into the current circuit courts and perhaps cause the court of public opinion to motivate Congress to revisit all interpretations of Federal courts and their authority.
Federalism vs. State’s Rights
The federal government is a subcontractor hired by our states to provide the nineteen enumerated services described in the Constitution. The 1824 Webster’s Dictionary clearly states that the word “federal” is a synonym for “contract.”
The “federal government” is a “contract government.” It is here to provide “essential government services” as stated by Article IV of the U. S. Constitution. The “federal government” is foreign with respect to “we the people” and our states of the Union.
In 1860, the British-backed Territorial Government began an illegal commercial mercenary action against another branch of the federal government – some of the member states of the American states union formed in 1781 under the Articles of Confederation. This is similar to what they have perpetuated innumerable times since in other places around the world, for the purpose of commandeering our National Government and putting their own puppet Territorial Government in charge. They were successful in doing this because they used clever semantic deceits and substitutions to fool the public into believing that nothing had changed.
Specifically, they removed the original State of States operating as “State of Florida”, for example, and substituted their own territorial “State of Florida” organization instead, so that it appeared superficially that no change had occurred.
In fact, they had completely undermined our National Government and trespassed against us to take over international land jurisdiction functions that were never delegated to them.
The original State of Florida was converted to the Florida State, a place-holder land trust, also under the de facto control of the British-backed Territorial Government. And they settled in to meddle with our affairs and feed off of us and rack up phony debts against us and our assets for the next 150 years. They have enslaved their own people since the reign of Queen Victoria via clever corporate enfranchisement schemes using semantic deceit to mischaracterize their own people as “citizens” and chattel properties standing good for the debts of the government.
The same fraud has been perpetuated throughout the former British Empire, and of course, surreptitiously imposed upon Americans. Britain has been operating “America” as a puppet master since 1868. It was and is the greatest threat to our national security and the peace of the world.
The British government and the affiliated British Crown Corporations, the Crown Temple Bar Association, the Bank of England, and the Bank of Scotland, deserve to be excoriated for their roles in causing commercial feudalism through British imperialism and legal control of all American institutions and systems of government.
The British government and its affiliates have merely pretended to be our friends and allies while pillaging and enslaving us to archaic legal and economic systems of control. They owe us an incalculable debt and whether or not they ever pay it, that fact needs to be known, seen, and accepted for what it is.
And even far more than the money, manpower, and natural resources that have been poured down the British drain, another debt needs to be recognized — the debt owed to our loyalty, friendship, and sacrifice in the face of their Breach of Trust.
Thanks to: https://iamamalaysian.com
Posted: 07 May 2018 03:45 PM PDT
Monday, May 7, 2018
28,937 #SealedIndictments #MassArrests – Updated for April 2018
Update provided by @damartin32 aka StormWatcher
April Update to Sealed Indictments:
4,393 new from 4/1/18 to 4/30/18
28,937 new sealed indictments entered from 10/30/17 thru 4/30/18
Link to back-up files: tinyurl.com/yd5vn9ou
How many are normal? 1,077 per 2009 report: tinyurl.com/y97q9w4g
Thanks to: http://www.ascensionwithearth.com
Posted: 07 May 2018 06:53 AM PDT
May 7, 2018
Another red sprite storm in action! Red sprites are electrical bursts of light above highly active thunderstorms. They appear red at higher altitudes and fade to blue at lower heights. One lucky space photographer captured the phenomenon about 6 times on May 5, 2018 and an amazing 48 times in addition to other transient luminous events in just one hour on May 2, 2018 over Craotia (see video below).
Sprawled out in the sky intermittently appears a spectacular series of bright red, jellyfish-shaped clusters of light, an extraordinary weather occurrence known as a ‘red sprite’.
My second, how amazing… Photo by Martin Popek
The mysterious electrical bursts occur over highly active thunderstorms around 37 to 56 miles (50 to 60 kilometres) above Earth, and are rarely observed from land or space, due to their high altitudes and millisecond durations.
My third, what a great shot! Photo by Martin Popek
They show up red at higher altitudes and fade to blue at lower heights.
Talk about fire in the sky! Photo by Martin Popek
Atmospheric sprites have been known for nearly a century, but their origins were a mystery. They only last a few milliseconds and are relatively dim compared with other lightning.
The thunderstorm over Slovenia, northern Croatia and southern Hungary on May 2, 2018, created 48 red sprites among other transient luminous events (TLEs) in just one hour (18: 57 – 20:05 UTC). Here’s a short video of all TLEs:
The late experimental physicist John Winckler accidentally discovered sprites, while helping to test a new low-light video camera in 1989.
These massive fireworks of red sprites appeared in the sky over Croatia on May 5, 2018. Photo by Martin Popek
The stunning sight was captured not only once, but a staggering six times By Martin Popek:
Just amazing! Photo by Martin Popek
Pictures of this amazing sky phenomenon were taken by Martin Popek. It is indeed unusual to observe so many bursts at once. It must have been some really large electric storms. For those interested, here another round of epic sprites over Poland back in 2015. OMG!
I’ve always been interested in unusual weather and uncommon natural phenomenon. What about you?
Facebook Martin Popec
Thanks to: http://strangesounds.org
Posted: 06 May 2018 02:42 PM PDT
Elon Musk’s SpaceX Is Using Powerful Rocket Technology That NASA Says Could Put Lives at Risk
CHRISTIAN DAVENPORT, THE WASHINGTON POST
6 MAY 2018
When Elon Musk and his team at SpaceX were looking to make their Falcon 9 rocket even more powerful, they came up with a creative idea — keep the propellant at super-cold temperatures to shrink its size, allowing them to pack more of it into the tanks.
But the approach comes with a major risk, according to some safety experts. At those extreme temperatures, the propellant would need to be loaded just before takeoff — while astronauts are aboard. An accident, or a spark, during this maneuver, known as “load-and-go,” could set off an explosion.
The proposal has raised alarms for members of Congress and NASA safety advisers as the agency and SpaceX prepare to launch humans into orbit as early as this year. One watchdog group labeled load-and-go a “potential safety risk.” A NASA advisory group warned in a letter that the method was “contrary to booster safety criteria that has been in place for over 50 years.”
Concerns at NASA over the astronauts’ safety hit a high point when, in September 2016, a SpaceX Falcon 9 rocket blew up while it was being fueled ahead of an engine test. No one was hurt, but the payload, a multimillion-dollar satellite, was lost. The question on many people’s minds at NASA instantly became: What if astronauts were on board?
The fueling issue is emerging as a point of tension between the safety-obsessed space agency and the maverick company run by Musk, a tech entrepreneur who is well known for his flair for the dramatic and for pushing boundaries of rocket science.
In this culture clash, SpaceX is the daring, Silicon Valley-style outfit led by a man who literally sells flamethrowers on the Internet and wholeheartedly embraces risk. Musk is reigniting interest in space with acrobatic rocket-booster landings and eye-popping stunts, such as launching a Tesla convertible toward Mars.
His sensibilities have collided with a bureaucratic system at NASA that has been accused of being overly conservative in the wake of two shuttle disasters that killed 14 astronauts.
The concerns from some at NASA are shared by others. John Mulholland, who oversees Boeing’s contract to fly astronauts to the International Space Station and once worked on the space shuttle, said load-and-go fueling was rejected by NASA in the past because “we never could get comfortable with the safety risks that you would take with that approach. When you’re loading densified propellants, it is not an inherently stable situation.”
SpaceX supporters say tradition and old ways of thinking can be the enemy of innovation and thwart efforts to open the frontier of space.
Greg Autry, a business professor at the University of Southern California, said the load-and-go procedures were a heated issue when he served on Trump’s NASA transition team.
“NASA is supposed to be a risk-taking organization,” he said. “But every time we would mention accepting risk in human spaceflight, the NASA people would say, ‘But, oh, you have to remember the scar tissue’— and they were talking about the two shuttle disasters. They seemed to have become victims of the past and unwilling to try anything new, because of that scar tissue.”
In a recent speech, Robert Lightfoot, the former acting NASA administrator, lamented in candid terms how the agency, with society as a whole, has become too risk-averse. He charged the agency with recapturing some of the youthful swagger that sent men to the moon during the Apollo era.
“I worry, to be perfectly honest, if we would have ever launched Apollo in our environment here today,” he said during a speech at the Space Symposium last month, “if Buzz [Aldrin] and Neil [Armstrong] would have ever been able to go to the moon in the risk environment we have today.”
NASA is requiring SpaceX and Boeing to meet a requirement that involves some complicated calculations: The chance of death can be no greater than 1 in every 270 flights.
One way to ensure that, as Lightfoot said during his speech, is to never fly: “The safest place to be is on the ground.”
Still, the scar tissue runs deep.
NASA lost 14 astronauts in two space-shuttle disasters, the result of deep systematic problems of a once young and swashbuckling agency that many said had grown sclerotic.
In the investigation into the 2003 disaster, the Columbia Accident Investigation Board blasted NASA for failing to learn “the bitter lessons” from the Challenger explosion in 1986. Columbia was lost as much by a “broken safety culture” as much as the chunk of foam that broke off and damaged the shuttle’s heat shield. That second disaster helped lead to the retirement of the shuttle in 2011, leaving NASA in the position of being unable to fly astronauts from U.S. soil.
Instead, NASA pays Russia to ferry its astronauts to the International Space Station, an arrangement that costs the agency millions. In 2006, Russia charged $21.3 million a seat. That jumped to $81.9 million by 2015.
To end the dependence on Russia, NASA has turned to the private sector, outsourcing the responsibility of flying astronauts to the space station to two companies — SpaceX and Boeing — that have been awarded $6.8 billion in contracts combined. Other private companies eventually could compete for other government launch contracts — including Blue Origin, which was founded by Washington Post owner Jeffrey P. Bezos — but none are expected to send people to the space station anytime soon.
The pivot to private companies is enabling NASA to focus on deep space. But SpaceX and Boeing have both faced challenges and delays. Now, as the drought in human spaceflight extends into its seventh year, NASA is facing the prospect of even more delays — and questions about whether the contractors it plans to rely on will have a better track record than the agency that put men on the moon.
“It really is a very, very difficult problem to do human spaceflight,” said Phil McAlister, the director of NASA’s commercial spaceflight development division. “You’ve got thousands of pounds of really highly energetic propellants on board. You’ve got mini controlled explosions going off. You’ve got to survive the rigors of space, which is not very friendly for the human body. And then you’ve got to reenter the atmosphere, and the spacecraft gets heated up to thousands of degrees.”
SpaceX pulled off 18 successful launches last year, a record, and is aiming for more this year. But it has also lost two of its Falcon 9 rockets in explosions, and amid all its triumphs, it has never attempted flying humans.
The first failure happened in 2015, when a rocket blew up a couple of minutes after liftoff as it was flying cargo and supplies to the space station. No one was on board, and no one was injured. Then, just over a year later, another rocket exploded, this time on the launchpad while being fueled ahead of an engine test.
At the time, Musk declared that if crews had been aboard they would have been safely ferried away by the rocket’s abort system. Still, that mishap is forcing the company to redesign bottles of pressurized helium that sit inside the rocket’s fuel tanks.
Now SpaceX is getting ready to fly astronauts on an upgraded version of the same rocket. And its decision to add propellant to the rocket with astronauts on board is attracting scrutiny.
To get more power out of its rocket, SpaceX brings its propellants — liquid oxygen and refined kerosene — to unusually low temperatures. That causes them to become dense, meaning SpaceX can pack more fuel into its rockets.
To SpaceX, the approach is another example of how it is breaking the mold. The densified propellant “provides greater propellant margin for increased reliability,” the company said in a statement. In other words, should something go wrong on the mission, the rocket would have more propellant to adjust to emergencies. SpaceX’s dramatic booster landings also require additional propellant.
But to others it is an unnecessary risk. At a Capitol Hill hearing earlier this year, members of Congress pressed Hans Koenigsmann, SpaceX’s vice president for build and flight reliability, about the safety of the load-and-go procedure.
Koenigsmann said that the fueling takes only about a half-hour, a “relatively quick procedure, and we believe that this exposure time is the shortest and therefore the safest approach.”
And the company points out that if anything goes wrong during fueling, the rocket’s launch abort system would allow the astronauts to escape safely. It also conducts a “static fire,” a quick test firing of the engines in the days leading up to the launch to make sure the rocket is operating properly.
And since its rockets and its Dragon spacecraft are reusable, the company gets to inspect them after each flight, giving it an in-depth understanding of how the vehicles perform.
“As with all hazard analyses across the entire system and operations, controls against those hazards have been identified, and will be implemented and carefully verified prior to certification,” the company said in a statement.
But in a 2015 letter to NASA, Thomas Stafford, a retired Air Force lieutenant general and then chairman of the agency’s space-station advisory committee, wrote that “there is a unanimous, and strong, feeling by the committee that scheduling the crew to be on board the Dragon spacecraft prior to loading oxidizer into the rocket is contrary to booster safety criteria that has been in place for over 50 years, both in this country and internationally.”
At the hearing this year, William Gerstenmaier, NASA’s associate administrator for human exploration and operations, said the agency had not decided whether it would allow SpaceX to load crews before loading the fuel, but he did not rule it out.
He vowed that the agency would “make sure that we’re really, really safe to go fly, and the system is ready for crew before we put them on board.”
In an interview, Lightfoot, the former acting NASA administrator, said the agency is in deep discussions with SpaceX about the safest way to go. The agency has a long history with SpaceX, first hiring it to fly cargo to the station and now looking for it to send humans into space.
“It’s a matter of having a good risk discussion so that we understand that,” he said. “I would just say that instead of working it in the press, we work in the engineering review boards.”
‘You have to humanize it’
For all its push-the-envelope swagger, SpaceX says it is serious about flying people safely and is going to great lengths to study every aspect of the vehicle, down to individual valves, so that it will meet and surpass the 1-in-270 chance-of-death metric, said Benji Reed, the director of SpaceX’s commercial crew program.
When Reed was down at Cape Canaveral, Fla., on a recent trip, he came across a room on a special tour where the astronauts’ families from the shuttle program used to wait ahead of the rocket launch.
They were stunned to see that a whiteboard with drawings made by the children of the crew lost in the 2003 Columbia disaster was still there, preserved.
“That really drives it home,” Reed said. “This isn’t just the people that we’re flying — these are all of their families. So we take this extremely seriously, and we understand that our job is to fly people safely and bring them back safely. To do that you have to humanize it. You have to see them as your friends and as your colleagues.”
But even with some of the best engineering minds at NASA, calculating risk is an imperfect science. There are too many unknowns in systems that are inherently dangerous and complex.
“Even identifying all of the risks is impossible,” Gerstenmaier said during a speech last year. “Also, risk cannot be boiled down to a single statistic.”
Before the very first shuttle flight, NASA estimated that the chance of death was between 1 in 500 and 1 in 5,000. Later, after the agency had compiled data from shuttle flights, it went back and came up with a very different number.
The chance of death was actually 1 in 12.
2018 The Washington Post
This article was originally published by The Washington Post.
Thanks to: https://www.sciencealert.com
Posted: 06 May 2018 06:38 AM PDT
Among many incredible finds, researchers have discovered never-before-seen, unidentified shipwrecks located thousands of feet below the surface.
That there are many secrets hidden beneath the ocean is no mystery. That we haven’t had the time nor interest in exploring these secrets also isn’t a mystery.
However, Scientists from the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration are conducting an expedition to explore the many shipwrecks located in the uncharted water in some of the deepest parts of the Gulf of Mexico, and what they’ve recorded is beyond fascinating.
In order to explore the unknown, researchers used remote-controlled submersible vehicles, discovering never-before-seen details and investigating different shipwrecks on the ocean floor, located in the most remote, least-explored pars of the Gulf of Mexico.
Among the discoveries, researchers uncovered German U-boats, as well as pirate vessels believed to date back to the 19th century.
Now, using modern technology, experts are trying to learn as much as they can about the histories and fates of these ships, which the ocean claimed in the distant past.
Among the discoveries, experts from NOAA found the remains of a tugboat, named New Hope, which sank in a tropical storm in the 1960’s. While the ship sank, the Coast Guard luckily saved the crew from going down with the ship.
Seen here is the bow and view into the hull of what is believed to be the wreck of the tugboat New Hope. Image credit: NOAA Office of Ocean Exploration and Research, Gulf of Mexico 2018.
Speaking about the shipwreck of the New Hope, experts from NOAA said:
“On September 29, 1965, New Hope encountered the strong winds and high seas of Tropical Storm Debbie off the Louisiana coast. With the crew having trouble pumping water out of the hull, the U.S. Coast Guard received a distress call around 1 AM and dispatched an aircraft to deploy a backup pump. Also, on board, the aircraft was the latest in Search and Rescue technology: a floating radio beacon for use with a radio direction finder. In use, the beacon is dropped close to the distressed vessel to mark its position and to act as a drifting reference.
The seven-member crew boarded a life raft and abandoned the foundering New Hope at 3 AM, just as the aircraft arrived to mark its position with the beacon. Staying on the scene until daylight, the aircraft vectored a Coast Guard helicopter to the raft to conduct a safe rescue of the entire crew.”
But New Hope is just one of the many shipwrecks photographed by the underwater mission.
Check out some more images courtesy of NOAA.
An unidentified shipwreck discovered by industry mapping surveys. According to NOAA, it appeared to be a portion of a wooden vessel with a few metal items inside. Image credit: NOAA Office of Ocean Exploration and Research, Gulf of Mexico 2018.
Image courtesy of the NOAA Office of Ocean Exploration and Research, Gulf of Mexico 2018.
Deep Discoverer explored an unknown shipwreck identified by the Bureau of Ocean Energy Management simply as “ID Number 15377.” Image credit: NOAA Office of Ocean Exploration and Research, Gulf of Mexico 2018.
Image courtesy of the NOAA Office of Ocean Exploration and Research, Gulf of Mexico 2018.
Image courtesy of the NOAA Office of Ocean Exploration and Research, Gulf of Mexico 2018.
Not a shipwreck but a natural extrusion of tar on the floor of the Gulf of Mexico. Image courtesy of the NOAA Office of Ocean Exploration and Research, Gulf of Mexico 2012.
View inside the conning tower of the German U-boat U-166. Image courtesy of the Bureau of Ocean Energy Management.
Seen here is the bow of a ship that’s believed to be a privateer. Image courtesy of the NOAA Office of Ocean Exploration and Research, Gulf of Mexico 2012.
Image Credit: NOAA Office of Ocean Exploration and Research
Thanks to Ivan at: https://ancient-code.com
Trump says drug companies to announce ‘massive’ price cuts soon
WASHINGTON (Reuters) – President Donald Trump on Wednesday said he expects major drug companies to slash prices on their products in two weeks, but did not provide details on which companies would do so or how such reductions would be made.
Health care lobbyists in Washington said they were caught by surprise and had no idea what Trump was talking about.
“You’re going to have some big news. I think we’re going to have some of the big drug companies in two weeks said they’re going to announce, because of what we did, they’re going to announce voluntary massive drops in prices,” Trump said at a signing ceremony for a new law making it easier for seriously ill people to try experimental treatments.
A Health and Human Services Department (HHS) spokeswoman said the agency had nothing else to share on Trump’s comments because it didn’t want to get ahead of any announcements.
Earlier this month, Trump unveiled the administration’s plan to lower prescription drug prices, largely through regulatory authority, calling it “the most sweeping action in history” to reduce the cost of medicines for consumers.
But healthcare stocks rose as it became clear his administration avoided aggressive direct measures to cut prices.
HHS has yet to issue any new regulations or pilot programs to lower drug prices based on the new plan.
The NYSE Arca Pharmaceutical Index .DRG, comprised of major drugmakers, fell about a quarter of a percent just after Trump’s comments on Wednesday. But it steadily recovered and closed up 1.6 percent, while the broader S&P 500 Index closed up 1.3 percent.
It is exceedingly rare for drug companies to lower prices prior to facing competition from cheap generics.
Amid increased public and Congressional criticism over high drug prices, some companies pledged to voluntarily limit annual price increases to less than 10 percent. Previously, many drugmakers typically raised prices on prescription medicines twice a year, adding up to well over 10 percent.
As public pressure mounted, drug companies have blamed middlemen, including pharmacy benefit managers (PBMs) and health insurers, for not passing discounts and rebates they demand off high list prices to consumers.
PBMs and insurers have said they are part of the solution for lowering costs and blame pricing on drugmakers.
Trump campaigned on lowering drug prices and has said that pharmaceutical companies were “getting away with murder,” but has since backed off that rhetoric.
PhRMA and BIO, the major lobby groups for the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries, did not respond to requests for comment on Trump’s statement. Several drugmakers contacted by Reuters did not return calls seeking comment.
|The Giant Turtle Rock Of South Korea—The Ultimate Source Of Qi Energy
Posted: 04 May 2018 08:48 AM PDT
The Giant Turtle Rock Of South Korea—The Ultimate Source Of Qi Energy
Resting on the slopes of Wangsan in South Korea is a massive rock. Given its curious design, its referred to by many as the Turtle rock. Originally called Gwigamseok – the Stone Engraved with Virtuous Letters, this massive megalith is believed to be a power spot of pure energy.
This stone is believed to breathe in energy from the sunrise and transmit it to those who touch its surface with their forehead.
Qi or Ch’i energy is believed to be a vital force forming part of all things.
The Chinese concept of Qi or chi similar to western concepts such as magnetism, vital energy (vitalism), but it is also very similar to the Hindu concept of prāṇa although the prāṇa is considered primarily an energy that from the breathable air it is acquired in the breath.
Traditional Qigōng masters consider that qì can be seen as a biological process and its effectiveness can be explained in terms familiar to Western medicine.
Thanks to Ivan at: https://ancient-code.com
|Earth Magnetic field is not reversing
Posted: 04 May 2018 08:46 AM PDT
Earth Magnetic field is not reversing
Date: May 4, 2018Author: Nwo Report
A study of the most recent near-reversals of the Earth’s magnetic field by an international team of researchers, including the University of Liverpool, has found it is unlikely that such an event will take place anytime soon.
There has been speculation that the Earth’s geomagnetic fields may be about to reverse, with substantial implications, due to a weakening of the magnetic field over at least the last two hundred years, combined with the expansion of an identified weak area in the Earth’s magnetic field called the South Atlantic Anomaly, which stretches from Chile to Zimbabwe.
In a paper published in the Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, a team of international researchers model observations of the geomagnetic field of the two most recent geomagnetic excursion events, the Laschamp, approximately 41,000 years ago, and Mono Lake, around 34,000 years ago, where the field came close to reversing but recovered its original structure.
The model reveals a field structures comparable to the current geomagnetic field at both approximately 49,000 and 46,000 years ago, with an intensity structure similar to, but much stronger than, today’s South Atlantic Anomaly (SAA); their timing and severity is confirmed by records of cosmogenic nuclides. However, neither of these SAA-like fields developed into an excursion or reversal.
Richard Holme, Professor of Geomagnetism at the University of Liverpool, said: “There has been speculation that we are about to experience a magnetic polar reversal or excursion. However, by studying the two most recent excursion events, we show that neither bear resemblance to current changes in the geomagnetic field and therefore it is probably unlikely that such an event is about to happen.
“Our research suggests instead that the current weakened field will recover without such an extreme event, and therefore is unlikely to reverse.”
The last time a geomagnetic reversal happened was 780,000 years ago. However, geomagnetic excursions, where the field comes close to reversing but recovers its original structure, have occurred more recently.
PNAS – Earth’s magnetic field is probably not reversing
Earth’s magnetic field is generated in Earth’s convecting liquid iron outer core and protects Earth’s surface from harmful solar radiation. The field has varied on different timescales throughout geological history, and these variations reflect changes deep within the Earth. Two of the field’s most extreme variations are reversals and excursions. During such events, the strength of the field decreases and the magnetic poles rapidly flip polarity, with reversals characterized by the pole retaining an opposite polarity, while excursions are marked by a return to the original polarity. Field strength over the past centuries has also been decreasing strongly; however, through analyzing previous excursions, we infer that Earth’s magnetic field is not in an early stage of a reversal or excursion.
The geomagnetic field has been decaying at a rate of ∼5% per century from at least 1840, with indirect observations suggesting a decay since 1600 or even earlier. This has led to the assertion that the geomagnetic field may be undergoing a reversal or an excursion. We have derived a model of the geomagnetic field spanning 30–50 ka, constructed to study the behavior of the two most recent excursions: the Laschamp and Mono Lake, centered at 41 and 34 ka, respectively. Here, we show that neither excursion demonstrates field evolution similar to current changes in the geomagnetic field. At earlier times, centered at 49 and 46 ka, the field is comparable to today’s field, with an intensity structure similar to today’s South Atlantic Anomaly (SAA); however, neither of these SAA-like fields develop into an excursion or reversal. This suggests that the current weakened field will also recover without an extreme event such as an excursion or reversal. The SAA-like field structure at 46 ka appears to be coeval with published increases in geomagnetically modulated beryllium and chlorine nuclide production, despite the global dipole field not weakening significantly in our model during this time. This agreement suggests a greater complexity in the relationship between cosmogenic nuclide production and the geomagnetic field than is commonly assumed.
Thanks to: https://nworeport.me
|UPDATE ON THAT NASA/DARPA WARP DRIVE INITIATIVE
Posted: 04 May 2018 08:24 AM PDT
May 3, 2018 By Joseph P. Farrell
UPDATE ON THAT NASA/DARPA WARP DRIVE INITIATIVE
While I have blogged before, about the story that NASA has been doing investigation and limited proof of concept experiments in “warp drive”, and while I have also blogged about DARPA’s goal to have the USA be “warp capable” in 100 years, this story shared by Mr. J.K. caught my attention because of one significant detail which is the occasion for today’s “high octane speculation.” Granted, the story has been around for a few years, but this one little detail, if true, adds something very unusual and potentially significant to it.
This too, is not new news, for indeed, the slide shown in the article is, if my memory serves me correctly, from one of Dr. White’s slide presentations summarizing the work he is doing for NASA in the area. The “ship” with its ring-like engines has been shown before, in various configurations, and by Dr. White.
What we’re being asked to believe is that 1600 hours was spent in artistic design. I can believe that, truly, for such design can be time consuming. But what I’m really wondering here is what Mr. Rademaker may have been working off of: clearly, the one feature common to Dr. White’s presentations and to this most recent version are the “circular engines.” The concept, in other words, is consistent over time. It is this feature, plus the amount of time Mr. Rademaker spent with it, which suggests to me that besides doing limited proof of concept experiments in the area, actual design studies are already being made, based upon Dr. White’s modifications to Alcubierre’s equations. The design, we are told, is meant to fit the concept, and this suggests the concept is much further along in terms of the practicalities and layout than meets the eye.
Thanks to: https://gizadeathstar.com
Posted: 04 May 2018 06:20 AM PDT
(Naturalhealth365) Gateshead, a town in Northern England, has become the center of a controversy over 5G wireless technology. Local resident Mark Steele, a scientist who formerly worked for the IEEE Communications Society, maintains that the borough’s WiFi “smart” lights –many located right outside residents’ bedroom windows –are causing insomnia, nosebleeds and stillbirths.
“Babies are dying in the womb,” Steele maintains. “It’s a humanitarian crisis.” Not so, say Gateshead officials, who assert that the reports of illness are “false,” and should be ignored.
Experts say: 5G technology will put current WiFi systems ‘on steroids’
5G (fifth-generation) networks, which operate in the 24 to 90 gigahertz spectrum, are being developed in order to facilitate the “Internet of Things” – a planned network of interconnected devices such as lights, home appliances, and even motor vehicles.
Natural health experts and advocates maintain that radiation from existing wireless 3G and 4G technology is already causing serious adverse health effects, including increased risk of gliomas, or brain tumors.
Cell phone radiation has been found to interfere with DNA replication, possibly triggering mutations that could in turn trigger cancer. Opponents of wireless technology also say it is responsible for heart arrhythmias and cognitive problems – among other conditions.
And 5G foes say that the new WiFi networks, which use higher frequencies than those ever utilized – or tested – before, will exacerbate things further. Some experts liken the effect to putting the current WiFi system – already associated with grave health risks – on “steroids.”
Suspicion mounts regarding premature 5G rollout and ‘secret trials’
By 2020, 5G is expected to be launched throughout Britain.
But Steele thinks Gateshead jumped the gun, allowing the government to perform a ‘secret trial’ by rolling out the technology ahead of time.
Despite the Gateshead Council’s assertions that the lights are operating at 2G to 3G, Steele believes they are already emitting 5G radiation. He reports that many people have been plagued with health problems since the installation of the lights in 2016, and says he knows of “at least three” women in the area who have suffered stillbirths.
Noting the lack of small birds in the area, Steele says that the lights have decimated insect and bird populations, along with harming human health. “The sparrows,” says Steele, “have been annihilated.”
Gateshead Council: “Nothing to see here” (ignore the health dangers)
In a Facebook post on April 9, the The Gateshead Council pushed back against the allegations, urging . residents to ignore “conspiracy theories” and “scare stories” about the dangers of 5G radiation.
The council insists that the borough is using the old 2G/3G mobile phone network technology – not 5G – and that there is no threat of cancer, miscarriages, insomnia or nosebleeds. In the post, the council also points out that they are taking advice from Public Health England, which in turn reviewed WHO guidelines governing wireless radiation.
A small transceiver allowing street lights to be turned off and on is in use, the council reports – adding that it transmits for a total of only 80 seconds a week, at less than 1 percent of the safe exposure limit set by authorities.
“The tales (of adverse effects and conspiracy) are completely untrue,” the Council adds, urging that they be “ignored.” So, just like the vaccine manufacturers, the telecommunications industry would have us believe that WiFi is perfectly ‘safe and effective.’
Many residents, however, remain unconvinced. (and, for good reason)
Experts point to research linking wireless technology and cancer
A growing list of experts, physicians and researchers are joining the groundswell of support against 5G – and warning of life-threatening consequences of WiFi technology.
Dr. Thomas Rau, medical director of the renowned Paracelsus Clinic in Switzerland, asserts that EMFs (electromagnetic fields) from wireless networks and cell phones can cause cancer, ADD, heart arrhythmias, insomnia and Parkinson’s disease.
The European Academy for Environmental Medicine agrees, reporting that EMF radiation is linked to cancer, insomnia and mental health disorders – while Ulrich Warnke, an internationally esteemed professor from the University of Saarland, asserts that EMF radiation from light transmitters can cause disruption of the body’s nitrogen monoxide system, which keeps cells healthy and regulates gene expression.
As for the World Health Organization, that agency has classified EMF radiation as a ‘possible human carcinogen’ since 2011.
Extensive studies demonstrate the damaging effects of radiation from wireless technology
A $25 million study conducted by the National Institutes of Health’s National Toxicology Program provided a definitive link between 2G/3G cell phone radiation and heart and brain cancer in rats. Researchers cited “clear evidence of carcinogenicity.”
An additional study conducted at the Rammazzini Institute for Environmental Policy reinforced the results of the NTP study. Both showed a statistically significant increase in rare malignancies – the very same malignancies found in population studies of human cell phone users.
Finally, recent research shows that pregnant women exposed to the highest levels of EMF radiation are 48 percent more likely to lose their babies than women exposed to the lowest amount.
Protect yourself by reducing exposure
Of course, you can minimize radiation exposure from WiFi with some common-sense precautions, such as: keeping cell phones away from the body, turning WiFi off when not in use, and keeping devices in airplane mode when not using them.
Whenever possible, use speakerphones or hands-free headset, and keep conversations brief.
Better yet, text instead of calling – or use a landline.
Obtaining a radio frequency meter – which analyzes ambient radiation exposures from WiFi routers, cell phones and cell towers – can help you determine the level of EMFs in your home.
With Intel reportedly planning to bring 5G to its laptops by next year, it is clear that time is running out.
EMF Scientists – an alliance of 220 researchers and doctors from 42 different countries – is currently appealing to the UN to ask the WHO to develop stricter EMF guidelines, and to better educate the public as to the risks. Although this is a good start, much more needs to be done to protect human health and the environment from the upcoming 5G rollout – and the dangers of wireless systems.
Sources for this article include:
About the author: Jonathan Landsman is the host of NaturalHealth365.com, the NaturalHealth365 Talk Hour – a free, weekly health show – and the NaturalHealth365 INNER CIRCLE, a monthly subscription to the brightest minds in natural health and healing.
Reaching hundreds of thousands of people, worldwide, as a personal health consultant, writer and radio talk show host, Jonathan has been educating the public on the health benefits of an organic, non-GMO diet along with high-quality supplementation and healthy lifestyle habits, including exercise and meditation.
Thanks to: https://www.naturalhealth365.com
Posted: 08 May 2018 04:32 PM PDT
- May 8, 2018
Are you tired of living in Suburbia? Perhaps in the future, you can apply to live on the high seas in a community of self-sufficient, solar-powered pyramid-shaped buildings.
Credit: Pierpaolo Lazzarini
The Waya abodes, designed by Pierpaolo Lazzarini, are inspired by Mayan and Japanese architecture. The pyramid-shaped buildings come in a variety of shapes and sizes and are designed to serve different purposes. As New Atlas reports, some exist as homes whereas others function as greenhouses, hotels, and cinemas. The largest is conceived to be 98 feet (30 meters) tall, above the water line.
Lazzarini envisions the Waya modules being constructed from fiberglass, carbon fiber, and steel. They would be installed atop large, floating platforms with basements suitable for use as optional underwater bedrooms.
Credit: Pierpaolo Lazzarini
Credit: Pierpaolo Lazzarini
Solar-powered motors would propel the structures. The community would also have a small marina to accommodate boats and other water crafts. Each Waya module would receive electricity from rooftop solar panel arrays and water turbines.
Credit: Pierpaolo Lazzarini
Credit: Pierpaolo Lazzarini
Though the Wayaland project is still in the concept stage, Lazzarini intends to raise the necessary funds to begin construction with a crowdfunding campaign.
Credit: Pierpaolo Lazzarini
Credit: Pierpaolo Lazzarini
According to Lazzarini, the first (and smallest) Waya module will cost approximately $422,600 USD (€350,000). To raise funds for the project, he intends to launch a crowdfunding campaign, as well as offer people a stay in the module for the cost of $1,200 USD (€1,000) per night.
Credit: Pierpaolo Lazzarini
Credit: Pierpaolo Lazzarini
Those who support the project will also be granted a vote on where Wayaland would be located (from a pre-selected list of suitable locations). They will also be invited to a planned 2022 inauguration.
Credit: Pierpaolo Lazzarini
Credit: Pierpaolo Lazzarini
What are your thoughts? Please comment below and share this news!
Thanks to: https://themindunleashed.com
|Disclosure has already happened only you do not recognize it!
Posted: 08 May 2018 05:29 AM PDT
Disclosure has already happened only you do not recognize it!
on May 06, 2018
Sometimes you questioning yourself why technology has made such a big leap in the past 20 years, like computers, smartphones, world wide web, wireless communication and other similar technologies, well this document may provides the answer to that question.
Image: Alien Artifact with Alien Symbols.
People always ask when the American government will make an official statement about the existence of extraterrestrial life and UFOs but in fact disclosure has already happened.
Every day you are using and working with alien technology only you do not recognize it as alien technology and certainly the younger people who are growing up with these technologies experience it as ‘Normal’.
Image: Alien Artifact with Alien Symbols.
An interesting declassified document ‘Commercial applications research for Extraterrestrial Technology from Palo Alto, CA Research Facility’ which you can get on CIA website from a FOIA request (Filthstep Productions International, Apr 8, 2018) shows extremely detailed images of alien artifacts, anti-gravity generators, self-running, self-executed computer programs.
Below is a summary from the document:
Some key subjects, all of which were based on artifacts of extraterrestrial origin obtained from crash site recovery operations conducted during the last two decades are:
Personal antigravity generator (so-named for its small, portable size).
Three-dimensional image recorder/projector.
Complex systems of alien symbols and geometric constructs capable of both defining the functionality of certain artifacts as well as manipulating their behavior crudely analogous to a computer programming language, but without the need for a compilation or interpretation phase.
They aim to translate personal antigravity into a product-oriented EP capable of direct application within the consumer market, but they want to start with downgraded versions of the original technology to soften the impact on integration.
This document not only is a confirmation that UFOs have been crashed on Earth, they have collected much material and information from the crashed UFOs; which they have translated into new secret projects as well as they have put some of these technologies in the consumer market, but as the document reads, they bring it slowly and phase by phase.
Link to the declassified document: http://www.theobjectreport.com/media/caret.pdf
Thanks to: http://ufosightingshotspot.blogspot.com
Posted: 02 May 2018 12:51 PM PDT
by Ivan; Ancient Code
What Would Happen If Earth Rotated Backwards? In other words, what would happen in a retrograde rotating Earth?
Have you ever wondered what would happen if our planet rotated differently? If you have, then a computer simulation may offer many answers to your questions.
A computer simulation by experts from the Max-Planck Institute for Meteorology has revealed what would happen if the Earth rotated in the opposite direction. Experts say that the desert would cover North America and the Amazon, and the greenness would spread in Africa and the Middle East.
In the simulation, presented at the 2018 General Assembly of the European Union of Geosciences, the simulation revealed how deserts would disappear from some continents and appeared in others, while cold winters ravaged over Western Europe.
Cyanobacteria, a group of bacteria that produce oxygen through photosynthesis, flourished where they had never before.
During the Earth’s one-year orbit around the sun, our planet completes a complete rotation on its axis – going from the North Pole to the South Pole – every 24 hours, rotating at a speed of about 1,670 km / h, measured in the Equator.
Its direction of rotation is programmed, or from west to east, which appears counterclockwise when viewed from above the North Pole, and is common to all the planets in our solar system, except Venus and Uranus, according to NASA.
As the Earth rotates, the thrust and pull of its momentum shape the ocean currents, which, along with atmospheric wind flows, produce a range of weather patterns around the world.
These patterns bring abundant rain to the humid forests or divert moisture from the dry wastelands through rain, for example.
To study how the Earth’s climate system is affected by its rotation, scientists recently modeled a digital version of the Earth by turning in the opposite direction, clockwise when viewed from the North Pole, something known as retrograde, explained Florian Ziemen, co-creator of the simulation and researcher at the Max Planck Institute of Meteorology in Germany, in statements to Live Science.
“[Reverse Earth rotation] retains all the main features of topography as sizes, shapes, and positions of continents and oceans, but it creates a completely different set of conditions for the interactions between circulation and topography,” Ziemen said.
To simulate what would happen if the Earth rotated in the opposite direction, they used the Terrestrial System Model of the Max Planck Institute to reverse the rotation of the Sun and, therefore, reverse the rotation of the Earth and reverse the Coriolis effect, an invisible force that pushes against the objects that travel on the surface of a rotating planet.
Researchers found that a planet like Earth, that rotates differently, was greener. The global coverage of the desert was reduced from around 42 to 31 million square kilometers.
Pastures sprouted in more than half of the old desert areas, and woody plants emerged to cover the other half.
Experts also found that vegetation of this world stored more carbon than our Earth that rotates counterclockwise.
Furthermore, through the simulation, experts noticed that deserts arose where they never had before: in the southeastern United States, in southern Brazil and Argentina, and even in northern China.
The change in the rotation also reversed global wind patterns, bringing changes in temperature to subtropics and mid-latitudes; the western areas of the continents cooled as the eastern limits warmed, and the winters became significantly colder in northwestern Europe.
The oceanic currents also changed direction, heating the eastern limits of the seas and cooling the western ones.
In the simulation, AMOC, the ocean current responsible for heat transport around the world, disappeared from the Atlantic Ocean, but a similar and slightly stronger current emerged in the Pacific, bringing heat to eastern Russia. This was somewhat unusual since a previous study that modeled an Earth that rotated in the opposite direction did not see this change.
“But since AMOC is the result of many complex interactions in the climate system, there may be many reasons for this difference,” the study concludes.
Thanks to Ivan and: https://www.riseearth.com
Posted: 02 May 2018 11:03 AM PDT
Bill Gates thinks a coming disease could kill 30 million people within 6 months, and says we should prepare for it as we do for war
April 30, 2018
The next deadly disease that will cause a global pandemic is coming, Bill Gates stated at a discussion on epidemics, hosted by the Massachusetts Medical Society and the New England Journal of Medicine, Business Insider reported.
“There’s one area though where the world isn’t making much progress,” Gates said, “and that’s pandemic preparedness.”
“In the case of biological threats, that sense of urgency is lacking,” he said. “The world needs to prepare for pandemics in the same serious way it prepares for war.”
According to Gates, a small non-state actor could build an even deadlier form of smallpox in a lab.
How can anyone ‘know’ the next deadly disease will cause a global pandemic and that it is coming? Think about that as you read F.A.C.T.S. gathered for you in this post. Doreen
F.A.C.T.S. [For All Concerned To See]
Every Major Disease Outbreak Has Been Manufactured in the Biological Weapons Laboratories of the Western Powers http://themillenniumreport.com/2016/02/zika-virus-conspiracy-this-is-why-brazil-is-ground-zero-for-the-latest-bio-engineered-pandemic/
Gates presented a simulation by the Institute for Disease Modeling that simulated a new flu like the one that killed 50 million people in the 1918 pandemic. The study found if there was a new flu it would now most likely kill an astounding 30 million people within six months.
F.A.C.T.S. [For All Concerned To See]
The world believed for almost a century that a new, virulent virus came out of nowhere worldwide and killed millions in 1918. Two reports, one published in 2008 and the second in 2009, lay that myth to rest for good. Aspirin, which suppresses the immune system, allowing bacterial infections to take hold is the likely causative agent. https://foodfreedom.wordpress.com/2011/07/09/bayer-and-death-1918-and-aspirin
The single time in history that the military tried a sort of simulated war game against a smallpox pandemic, the final score was “smallpox one, humanity zero,” Gates said.
What’s the solution? A universal flu vaccine of course! Gates announced on Friday that the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation would pledge $12 million in grants to encourage the development of a universal vaccine.
F.A.C.T.S. [For All Concerned To See]
World Mercury Project, Feb 08.18:
In 2018, one must ask: when will protection from vaccine-induced immunological and neurological damage become a factor in the risk equations, or better yet, a priority? When will it be seen as more important than the management of the perception of risk? https://medium.com/@WorldMercury/diseases-with-unknown-etiology-trace-back-to-mass-vaccination-against-influenza-in-1976-b87cc064d849
Gates believes that “there needs to be better communication between militaries and governments to help coordinate responses.” Gates added that he thinks governments need ways to quickly enlist the help of the “private sector” (black budget military covert world) when it comes to developing technology and help each other to build tools to fight an emerging deadly disease.
Gates expressed that malaria was back on the rise again and would continue to claim more lives worldwide unless governments reinvigorated their push to eradicate the disease, Stratis Times reported.
Melinda Gates recently said that the threat of a global pandemic, whether it emerges naturally or is engineered, was perhaps the biggest risk to humanity.
“Think of the number of people who leave New York City every day and go all over the world — we’re an interconnected world,” she said.
The Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation has made it very clear that their aim is to wipe out wild polio from the planet. However, as Activist Post reported, they have done quite the opposite and may be responsible for thousands of children suffering from vaccine-induced polio.
The Supreme Court of India conducted an extensive investigation into the Bill & Melinda Gates Foundation with judges demanding answers from the Foundation and Gates.
In 2009, tribal children from the Khammam district in Andhra Pradesh, India were administered with a Human Papilloma Virus (HPV) vaccine meant for cervical cancer. Around 16,000 girls between the age of 9-15 years were given three shots of vaccine, (manufactured by Merck) by the state health department. The girls were told that they were being given “well-being” shots. The incident started getting attention when some months later, several girls’ health deteriorated and the following year, five of them died. Two such similar cases of deaths were reported from Vadodara, Gujarat, where 14,000 tribal children were also vaccinated with the HPV vaccine Cervarix, made by Glaxo SmithKline, Dailymail reported.
Unrelated but of particular interest GlaxoSmitheKline (GSK), incidentally, was accused of recklessly dumping polio virus into a Belgium river in 2014 in what was deemed an “accident.”
Approximately 120 girls reported epileptic seizures, severe stomach cramps, headaches, and mood swings, of those who did not die. Other girls receiving the Gardasil vaccine have experienced infertility.
Around the same time when these incidents were reported, young girls were hospitalized in northern Colombia with similar symptoms. Coincidentally, these girls had also been given doses of the HPV vaccine too.
Skeletons started tumbling out when an NGO visited Andhra Pradesh. Health activists from the NGO Sama visited Khammam in March 2010 and found out that more than 100 girls were having epileptic seizures, stomach aches, headaches and mood swings. The girls also complained about early menstruation, heavy bleeding, and menstrual cramps. Sama raised the issue that these students were made guinea pigs on the pretext of providing healthcare. The illiterate parents were kept in the dark about the real vaccine, and most of them gave their consent in the form of thumbprints.
The American NGO, Program for Appropriate Technology in Health (PATH) had carried out the studies. They were testing how the cervical cancer vaccine would react on young females. And this unethical test of PATH was being funded by none other than the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation. Ironically, the study was considered a success by the Foundation. The Foundation also aided PATH in the study of Rotavirus vaccine and pneumococcal vaccine in Africa and Asia.
F.A.C.T.S. [For All Concerned To See]
Precedent setting case: “After 8 long years, the government finally conceded that we met our burden of proof that Gardasil caused my death.” https://nexusnewsfeed.com/article/health-healing/hpv-vaccine-gardasil-kills-confirmed-by-court-ruling/
A few days after the World Health Organization (WHO) declared in 2009 that two HPV types cause 70% of cervical cancers, PATH started its five-year project across various parts of the world: Peru, Vietnam, Uganda, and India, Economic Times reported.
Japan previously found out that the HPV Gardasil shot caused several serious side effects banning the vaccination from being administered to its women and sold on its markets. Those side effects included seizures, brain damage, blindness, paralysis, speech problems, pancreatitis and short-term memory loss, while another patient even died after taking the vaccine. Earlier this year, a Chinese watchdog group Medwatcher Japan indicted Gardasil, while a former Merck employee called the drug the “greatest medical scandal of all time.”
The full extent of the Gardasil scandal needs to be assessed: everyone knew when this vaccine was released on the American market that it would prove to be worthless. Diane Harper, a major opinion leader in the United States, was one of the first to blow the whistle, pointing out the fraud and scam of it all. I predict that Gardasil will become the greatest medical scandal of all time because at some point in time, the evidence will add up to prove that this vaccine, technical and scientific feat that it may be, has absolutely no effect on cervical cancer and that all the very many adverse effects which destroy lives and even kill, serve no other purpose than to generate profit for the manufacturers. Gardasil is useless and costs a fortune! In addition, decision-makers at all levels are aware of it! Cases of Guillain-Barré syndrome, paralysis of the lower limbs, vaccine-induced MS and vaccine-induced encephalitis can be found, whatever the vaccine.
— Dr. Bernard Dalbergue (former Merck employee)
In 1993, Japan also banned the MMR vaccination after 1.8 million children had been given two types of MMR and a record number developed non-viral meningitis and other adverse reactions. The figures included autism, three deaths while other children were left with permanent handicaps ranging from damaged hearing and blindness to loss of control of limbs.
This all follows through with Gates’ agenda of depopulation.
In 2010, Bill Gates told a TED conference, that vaccines need to be used to reduce world population figures in order to solve global warming and lower CO2 emissions.
Stating that the global population was heading towards 9 billion, Gates said, “If we do a really great job on new vaccines, health care, reproductive health services (abortion), we could lower that by perhaps 10 or 15 percent.”
Kevin Galalae’s research into depopulation
F.A.C.T.S. [For All Concerned To See]
Bill Gates has harped on this idea of a super virus for the past several years, including at another TED Talk in 2015 entitled: “The next outbreak? We’re not ready.”
Then in 2016 he echoed that warning by stating that the world was “vulnerable” to a deadly epidemic in the next decade.
F.A.C.T.S. [For All Concerned To See]
With an estimated 25% less sunlight reaching Earth in 2018 compared to the 1990s, doctors are prescribing Vitamin D. https://greaterwellbe1ng.wordpress.com/2017/11/29/the-suns-benefits-go-way-beyond-vitamin-d/
For years Bill Gates has been issuing warnings, but last year he expressed that bio-terrorism — a virus created in a lab — could kill 30 million people or more within just a year.
“Whether it occurs by a quirk of nature or at the hand of a terrorist, epidemiologists say a fast-moving airborne pathogen could kill more than 30 million people in less than a year. And they say there is a reasonable probability the world will experience such an outbreak in the next 10 to 15 years,” Gates said last year, at the Munich Security Conference in Germany, Forbes reported.
Is this writer the only person who will flat out refuse “universal vaccinations” that are backed by the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation?
Aaron Kesel writes for Activist Post.
SOURCE with thankshttps://www.activistpost.com/2018/04/bill-gates-warns-of-coming-apocalyptic-disease-pledges-12-million-to-universal-vaccine.html
Vaccines don’t save lives, healthy immune systems do
F.A.C.T.S. [For All Concerned To See]
Geoengineering is an array of technologies including stratospheric aerosol injection, where for decades planes discharge chemicals to block sunlight, an inhumane act on populations.
2010: Your body makes vitamin D when it’s exposed to sunlight. In fact, 80 to 100 percent of the vitamin D we need comes from the sun. The sun exposure that makes our skin a bit red (called 1 minimum erythemal dose) produces the equivalent of 10,000 to 25,000 international units (IU) of vitamin D in our bodies. The problem is that most of us aren’t exposed to enough sunlight.http://drhyman.com/blog/2010/08/24/vitamin-d-why-you-are-probably-not-getting-enough/
Other problems are
1] too few people know the F.A.C.T.S.
2] too few people innerstand the Power of freewill choice
3] too many people are in denial and apathetic
4] an evilarchy owns the law and the money, which allow them to subjugate aware people trying to raise awareness toward remedy and freedom
5] people are getting sick from days and weeks without sunshine, wireless technology, weaponized food, water, air, music
6] ignoring the F.A.CT.S. makes people prey for discarnate beings to harvest their energy
7] no enforcement of crimes against humans and our home planet
8] public silence is agreement.
Remember, the evilarchy ‘must’ obtain consent from humans to enslave ourselves, otherwise they are blocked from achieving their goals. So, does the ‘Report From Iron Mountain’ look like conspiracy or F.A.C.T.S. clearly evidenced all around us? Doreen
Report From Iron Mountain | Descriptive Intro of the Silent Weapon
Everything that is expected from an ordinary weapon is expected from a silent weapon by its creators, but only in its own manner of functioning.Everything that is expected from an ordinary weapon is expected from a silent weapon by its creators, but only in its own manner of functioning.
It shoots situations, instead of bullets; propelled by data processing, instead of chemical reaction (explosion); originating from bits of data, instead of grains of gunpowder; from a computer, instead of a gun; operated by a computer programmer, instead of a marksman; under the orders of a banking magnate, instead of a military general.
It makes no obvious explosive noises, causes no obvious physical or mental injuries, and does not obviously interfere with anyone’s daily social life.
Yet it makes an unmistakable “noise,” causes unmistakable physical and mental damage, and unmistakably interferes with the daily social life, i.e., unmistakable to a trained observer, one who knows what to look for.
The public cannot comprehend this weapon, and therefore cannot believe that they are being attacked and subdued by a weapon.
The public might instinctively feel that something is wrong, but that is because of the technical nature of the silent weapon, they cannot express their feeling in a rational way, or handle the problem with intelligence. Therefore, they do not know how to cry for help, and do not know how to associate with others to defend themselves against it.
When a silent weapon is applied gradually, the public adjusts/adapts to its presence and learns to tolerate its encroachment on their lives until the pressure (psychological via economic) becomes too great and they crack up.
Therefore, the silent weapon is a type of biological warfare. It attacks the vitality, options, and mobility of the individuals of a society by knowing, understanding, manipulating, and attacking their sources of natural and social energy, and their physical, mental, and emotional strengths and weaknesses. https://www.lawfulpath.com/ref/sw4qw/index.shtml
Spread the word to de-energize and avert a possible false flag that mandates vaccination with potential to damage and or ‘shut down’ our inner-net, which is what transhumanism is about. Read more at https://ourgreaterdestiny.wordpress.com/2018/05/01/polarity-or-infinity-by-dr-bruce-lipton/
Doreen Ann Agostino [c]
Without Prejudice and Without Recourse
Thanks to: https://ourgreaterdestiny.wordpress.com
Posted: 02 May 2018 07:34 AM PDT
Ethernet Over Power: Get Rid of Your WiFi and Easily Get Internet Throughout Your House
May 2, 2018 Kyle Hunt 0 Comments
We have wanted to get rid of the WiFi at home for a long time, as it sends our electrosmog meter through the roof, but I really did not want to run long cables all around the house, out in the open or through the walls. Little did I know that there is a very simple solution to have internet running throughout a house by using the existing electrical lines. It is all so very simple and the technology is not new, but I only learned of it recently. It was brought to my attention by Sofia Smallstorm when I interviewed her about environmental pollution and the dangers of radiation.
Here’s how it works. You order a set of “power over ethernet” adapters ($40+), plug 1 into an outlet and connect it to your modem or router, then plug in the other and connect it to your computer. They should come pre-synced, but if it is not, all you do is press a button. You can take the adapter to any other outlet in the house (unless your house has unusual or old wiring) and you will get internet. If you want to have all your rooms to have adapters, you can order some more and sync them up.
That’s really all there is to it, though you can keep “networking” however you see fit. For example, you can set up an ethernet splitter (like a router) in a room if you want to have a lot of people using the internet at once. You can also still use your old router and just change the settings so that it no longer broadcasts the wiFi.
We got rid of our wiFi and now we are finally getting the high speed internet we were paying for! In some outlets it is almost three times faster than the old WiFi router. Yeah, we have to connect the computers to ethernet cables, rather than grabbing the internet from the “ether”, and yes, it does cost a little bit of money. However, we see it as an investment in our health and it gives us great peace of mind not having all of us, especially the young one, playing and working around a router that is blasting us with radiation. Now the meter is “green” throughout our house.
WiFi is convenient, but is it worth the risk?
Thanks to: http://www.renegadetribune.com
Posted: 25 Apr 2018 06:15 PM PDT
A Summary Of Hoaxes By Deborah Tavares by snoop4truth
Posted: 25 Apr 2018 12:10 PM PDT
A Summary Of Hoaxes By Deborah Tavares
The most complete information about the hoaxes of Deborah Tavares is contained in the 19th, 22nd, 3rd, 5th and 6th comments here in the following link. Read it. That information is simply unbelievable! http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?99447-Rod-Class-his-many-hoaxes.
1. THE NASA WAR DOCUMENT HOAX: In this hoax, Tavares fraudulently claims that the “NASA War Document” is a “secret” or “leaked” government document which she claims “PROVES” that NASA is killing us all (or “PLANS” to kill us all) with horrific, futuristic high-tech weapons in furtherance of the “PLANNED” “extinction of mankind”. But, this is not so. The original “NASA War Document” (before Tavares and her partner “MODIFIED” it to fit to the hoax) was a power point presentation which was used as a “visual aid” for an oral presentation that a NASA chief scientist gave at an August 13th-16th, 2001 CONVENTION in Orlando, Florida which was attended by THOUSANDS OF AMERICAN MILITARY CONTRACTORS who develop COUNTERMEASURES (defenses) to potential, theoretical, FUTURE, high-tech weapons that OTHER NATIONS could theoretically develop to use AGAINST the American people in the FUTURE (as depicted in the original power point presentation). That means that the horrific, potential, FUTURE, high-tech weapons depicted in the original “NASA War document” WERE NOT weapons that NASA was using “AGAINST” the American people. Instead, they were horrific, potential, theoretical, FUTURE, high-tech weapons that the NASA chief scientist WAS URGING AMERICAN MILITARY CONTRACTORS TO DEVELOP COUNTERMEASURES AGAINST. The original power point presentation WAS NEVER POSTED ON ANY NASA WEBSITE. (So, contrary to Tavares’ fraudulent claims, it was never “downloaded” or “leaked” from a NASA website). Instead, the original power point presentation was actually POSTED IN THE PUBLIC DOMAIN (without security) on the “Department of DEFENSE Technical INFORMATION Center” website (A PUBLIC WEBSITE) a month BEFORE the 2001 convention at which the NASA chief scientist was scheduled to speak. It was NEVER posted anywhere else on the web. Proof of all the foregoing is provided in the links inside the 19th comment here. http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?99447-Rod-Class-his-many-hoaxes.
Critical Thinking Skills Test: Do you think that, in principle, it is a good idea for a NASA chief scientist (who has detailed, technological knowledge of potential, theoretical, FUTURE, high-tech weapons that OTHER NATIONS could potentially develop for use AGAINST the American people) TO INFORM American military contractors about such potential, theoretical, FUTURE threats and TO URGE them to develop COUNTERMEASURES against them? Should NASA’s chief scientist have kept his technical knowledge and information about these potential, theoretical, FUTURE threats a “secret” from the only people in the United States with the ability to develop COUNTERMEASURES against them? In the year 2001, what would have been the best way for NASA’s chief scientist to reach thousands of American military contractors TO INFORM them of such potential, theoretical, FUTURE threats and TO URGE them to develop COUNTERMEASURES against them (a national convention of American military contractors perhaps)? Assuming that a NASA chief Scientist was asked to speak at a national convention of such American military contractors and assuming that the whole focus (and theme) of the convention was potential, theoretical, FUTURE, high-tech weapons that OTHER NATIONS could theoretically develop for use against the American people in the FUTURE, do you think that it would be a good idea, in principle, for that NASA chief scientist to prepare a VISUAL AID (like a power point presentation reflecting technical CONCEPTS and DRAWINGS) to use at the convention to VISUALLY ILLUSTRATE such potential, theoretical, FUTURE threats to those in attendance (GIVEN THAT MOST SUCH POTENTIAL, THEORETICAL, FUTURE THREATS DID NOT EXIST IN 2001 TO BE VISUALLY DEPICTED BY PHOTOGRAPHS AT THE CONVENTION)?
2. THE SILENT WEAPONS FOR QUIET WARS HOAX: In this hoax, Tavares fraudulently claims that Silent Weapons For Quiet Wars is another “secret” or “leaked” government document which she claims “PROVES” that the government or the Bilderbergs are killing us all (or “PLAN” to kill us all) with “SILENT WEAPONS” in furtherance of the “PLANNED” “extinction of mankind”. But, this is not so. Silent Weapons for Quiet Wars (“SWFQW”) is actually a short booklet of political fiction written by Lyle Hartford Van Dyke in 1978-79. (Van Dyke is a convicted felon who spent a decade in federal prison for fraud and for effectively writing checks drawn on his imaginary trust account at the U.S. Treasury.). SWFQW is not a secret, leaked or suppressed government document. Van Dyke was not a whistle blower. He was a political commentator.
In 1978-79, Van Dyke wrote and distributed his 44 page document of POLITICAL FICTION entitled, SWFQW. Van Dyke believed (perhaps correctly) that the U.S. had advance knowledge of the Japanese attack on Pearl Harbor and allowed it to happen (killing thousands of American soldiers) in order to draw the U.S. into World War II. Van Dyke was outraged by this perceived treasonous ACT OF WAR BY THE U.S. UPON ITS OWN SOLDIERS and wanted to make the HORRORS of this treasonous act of war PERSONAL to the American public. So, Van Dyke wrote SWFQW and suggested that instead of intentionally killing ITS OWN SOLDIERS in such a treasonous act of war, the U. S. government was intentionally killing ITS OWN CIVILIAN POPULATION in such a treasonous act of war (a clever twist of the perceived facts). (Note that this claim would indeed make the HORRORS of such a “Pearl Harbor-type” war on Americans PERSONAL to the reader.). But, Van Dyke realized that the public would not actually believe his premise (of a U.S. war against the American public) without the presence of the usual weapons of war, like those that were present at Pearl Harbor (armed soldiers, trucks, tanks, planes, ships, missiles, bombs, etc.). So, in writing SWFQW, Van Dyke claimed that the weapons that the U.S. was using in this FICTIONAL war against the American public were high tech weapons that COULD NOT BE SEEN OR HEARD (which TAVARES has recently embellished to mean cell phones, cell towers, WIFI, microwaves, “smart meters”, geo-engineering and HAARP, etc.). Because the readers of SWFQW could not actually see or hear any weapons being used against them, Van Dyke’s claims appeared to be true. Indeed, because such weapons could not be seen or heard, there was no way to dispute Van Dyke’s claims of INVISIBLE & INAUDIBLE weapons. All of this actually made Van Dyke’s claims of INVISIBLE & INAUDIBLE weapons MORE (not less) BELIEVABLE. By using this ruse, VAN DYKE ACTUALLY MADE THE ABSENCE OF WEAPONS EVEN MORE HORRIFYING TO THE READER THAN THEIR PRESENCE WOULD HAVE BEEN. It was absolutely brilliant. Van Dyke openly admits that SWFQW was inspired by an earlier book of POLITICAL FICTION that he greatly admired entitled, “The Report From Iron Mountain” (see below). Van Dyke also openly admits to having incorporated sections of REAL scientific and economic TECHNICAL studies into his work to make his work look more authentic (as did “The Report From Iron Mountain”). Finally, Van Dyke openly admits that he created SWFQW to read like an official governmental document (as did “The Report From Iron Mountain”) in order to make the HORRORS of the U.S. government waging a covert war against its own citizens appear more real and therefore more terrifying to the reader. It worked. For proof of all the foregoing, click on the links inside comment 22 here. http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?99447-Rod-Class-his-many-hoaxes.
3. THE REPORT FROM IRON MOUNTAIN: In this hoax, Tavares fraudulently also claims that “The Report Form Iron Mountain”(“TRFIM”) is another “secret” and/or “leaked” and/or “suppressed” government document which she claims “PROVES” that the U.S. government is currently using FAKE WARS AGAINST FAKE ENEMIES to manipulate and dupe the American people. But, none of this is so. TRFIM was a 1968 book of POLITICAL FICTION written by Leonard C. Lewin which was SO POPULAR and SO WIDELY READ that it actually made the New York Times Best Seller List. (So much for the promoter’s “secret”, “leaked” or “suppressed” document story.).It is not a secret, leaked or suppressed government document. Lewin was not a whistle blower. He was a political commentator.
Lewin was critical of U.S. government policy because the U.S. had been in an almost perpetual state of war for decades and he (correctly) believed that the U.S. economy was far too dependent upon military spending. In criticizing this U.S policy, Lewin SARCASTICALLY observed that U.S. policy makers must have believed that “the U.S. could not afford peace” (meaning that if the U.S. was not actually engaged in war, the U.S. government and the U.S. economy might actually collapse). Lewin sought to make a MOCKERY of this apparent U.S. war policy and the ABSURDITY of the beliefs that apparently underlie it. So, in writing TRFIM, Lewin took both (MOCKERY and ABSURDITY) to their logical extremes and pretended to be an imaginary committee of the U.S. government which reported to unspecified U.S. policy makers that the U.S. economy was so dependent on perpetual war that if the U.S. ever found itself at peace, IT WOULD ACTUALLY BE FORCED TO CREATE FAKE WARS (called “credible substitutes”) against FAKE ENEMIES (called “alternative enemies”) to prop up the U.S. government and the U.S. economy. Specifically, Lewin in writing TRFIM (and in pretending to be an imaginary committee of the U.S. government which reported to unspecified U.S. policy makers) SARCASTICALLY pretended to “report” to U.S. policy makers that if the U.S. ever found itself with the “misfortune of being at peace”, it would be forced to create FAKE WARS against FAKE ENEMIES, including FAKE “ALIEN LIFE FORMS” (something that Tavares omits when discussing this book) and against FAKE “ENVIRONMENTAL CALAMATIES” (which Tavares has recently embellished to mean “global warming”, “climate change”, “engineered drought”, fires, etc.). It was absolutely brilliant. Lewin created TRFIM to read like an official “REPORT” of a committee of the U.S. government to US policy makers IN ORDER TO EMBARRASS AND HUMILIATE U.S. MAKERS WHO SUPPORTED PERPETUAL WAR. It worked. As proof that Lewin is the real author of TRFIM, when an unauthorized publisher re-published his book without his permission (and without paying him royalties), he actually sued the publisher and won, something that would have been impossible if the book had actually been written by a “committee of the U. S. government” as Tavares falsely claims. For proof of all of the foregoing, click on the links inside comment 22 here.http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?99447-Rod-Class-his-many-hoaxes.
Of the three documents described above, one was actually written by a NASA scientist in an effort TO PROTECT THE AMERICAN PEOPLE FROM HORRIFIC, FUTURE WEAPONS and two were written by private American civilians in an effort (through the clever use of fiction) TO CALL PUBLIC ATTENTION TO POLICIES OF THE U.S. GOVERNMENT THAT WERE HARMFUL TO AMERICANS. So, all three documents were written by Americans in order TO FURTHER THE INTERESTS OF THE AMERICAN PEOPLE (not the other way around). But, Tavares deliberately turned all of this this around backwards. Tavares falsely claims that all three documents ARE THEMSELVES secret, leaked or suppressed U.S. government documents which she claims “PROVE” that the U.S. government is killing us all (or “PLANS” to kill us all) in furtherance of a “PLANNED” “extinction of mankind”. But, this is not so. And, Tavares knows it.
Specifically, Tavares falsely claims that the three foregoing documents (all of which were written TO FURTHER THE INTERESTS OF THE AMERICAN PEOPLE) “PROVE” that everything around us (cell phones, cell towers, WIFI, “smart meters”, “geo engineering”, fluoride, “chem trails”, microwaves, HAARP, etc.) are part of a “PLAN” described in those documents to cause the “extinction of mankind”. But, this claim is not so. The foregoing documents do not reflect any such “PLAN”. And, Tavares knows it.
Certainly, cell phones, cell towers and WIFI emit radiation. Certainly, the chemicals used in geo engineering pollute the air, the ground and the water. Certainly, fluoride is a neurotoxin. All of these things are part of life in our modern society and all of them are harmful. There is no debate about that. The real debate is whether these things (cell phones, cell towers, WIFI, geo-engineering, fluoride, etc.) benefit us more than they harm us. But, that is beyond the scope of this comment.
The point is simply this. All three documents which Tavares falsely claims prove a “PLAN” to cause the “extinction of mankind” DO NOT PROVE ANY SUCH “PLAN”. The author of each one of these three documents had an ENTIRELY DIFFERENT PURPOSE mind when writing his work (and that purpose WAS NOT to reveal or describe a “PLAN” to cause the “extinction of mankind”). And, Tavares knows it. That is where I take issue with Tavares. By lying to the American people about these three documents, Tavares discredits everything she has ever said, discredits the entire truth movement and she disrespects the American people in general and her own followers in particular. Tavares should have simply told the truth to the American people about these three documents described above. But, she deliberately chose not to do so.
4. THE JUDGE “DALE” HOAX: In the Judge “DALE” Hoax, Tavares, her partner and amateur legal theorist, Rodney “DALE” Class published (online) a series of FAKE “legal” books which revealed FAKE “legal” information WHICH THEY, THEMSELVES ACTUALLY CREATED, but which they fraudulently told the American people were written by a “retired federal judge” named, Judge “DALE” (which used Rodney “DALE” Class’ middle name, “DALE”, as an inside joke on the American people). In the Judge “DALE” forgeries, Tavares, her partner and Rodney “DALE” Class (while pretending to be Judge “DALE”) make intentionally false and fraudulent claims about the law, the courts, judges and lawyers in an effort to fraudulently incite hatred and violence against innocent Americans. In the Judge “DALE” forgeries, Tavares and her partners claim, among other things, that all governments and all governmental agencies (including the courts) are “private, for-profit CORPORATIONS” and that all American lawyers are traitors and imposters with no authority and no license to practice law. This hoax is explained in the 3rd comment here. http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?99447-Rod-Class-his-many-hoaxes. But, to fully understand the scope of Tavares’ fraud in legal matters with her partner and Rodney DALE Class, you must also read the 5th and 6th comments here. http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?99447-Rod-Class-his-many-hoaxes.
Of all of Tavares’ hoaxes, the Judge DALE Hoax is perhaps her most despicable. As a result of this single hoax, countless thousands of Americans WERE INCITED TO THE POINT OF HATRED AND VIOLENCE against innocent Americans. As a result of this single hoax, countless thousands of Americans have wasted years of their lives, thousands of dollars of their own money, all of their resources and all of their energy FIGHTING AN IMAGINARY ENEMY (an imaginary evil justice system described in the hoax) that is NOT REAL, using IMAGINARY LAWS that are NOT REAL, by employing the legal teachings of an IMAGINARY “RETIRED FEDERAL JUDGE DALE” who is NOT REAL. As a result of this single hoax, countless thousands of Americans HAVE LOST THEIR OWN COURT CASES and as a result, actually LOST their own time, LOST their own homes, LOST their own property, LOST their own money, LOST their own liberty AND PERHAPS EVEN LOST THEIR OWN LIVES IN RELINACE UPON THE FALSE LEGAL CLAIMS MADE IN THIS HOAX.
5. THE COURT REGISTRY INVESTMENT SYSTEM HOAX: In this hoax, Tavares and her partners fraudulently claim to have “discovered” a “secret” or “leaked” government document which she claims “PROVES” that “all court cases” are “MONITIZED” (and traded for profit in the stock market using CUSIP numbers, etc.). Specifically, Tavares claims to have “discovered” a government document which she claims “PROVES” that all FINES and PENALTIES that the public pays to the courts in TRAFFIC and CRIMINAL cases are forwarded to the Federal Reserve in the same way that she claims that the IRS collects money from the public and forwards it on to the Federal Reserve (thereby attempting to draw a FALSE parallel between the courts and the IRS). In this hoax, Tavares and her partners manufactured a FAKE document in support of their hoax (just like they did in the Judge “DALE” Hoax described above) and they made their forgery LOOK like an official government document. BUT, THEY MADE SOME STUPID MISTAKES IN THE PROCESS! Specifically, they created a FAKE government document that reflected a FAKE “CASH FLOW DIAGRAM” purporting to show money flowing from the courts to the Federal Reserve. But, Tavares and her partners MISTAKENLY used a drawing OF THE “U.S.TREASURY BUILDING” in their FAKE diagram (mistakenly believing it was a drawing of the “Federal Reserve Building”) AND THEY MISTAKENLY LABELED IT “THE FEDERAL RESERVE BUILDING” (two stupid mistakes that a REAL government document would not contain). Tavares and her partners actually used this MISTAKE-RIDDLED “CASH FLOW DIAGRAM” as the COVER of their FAKE GOVERNMENT DOCUMENT (see proof below). Tavares and her partners also failed to check the lower right hand corner of the COVER page that they used for their FAKE government document. The page number in the lower right corner of the COVER page of their FAKE government document is marked page “2”. This means that the COVER that they used for their FAKE government document is not only RIDDLED WITH STUPID MISTAKES (described above), it also CAME FROM AN ENTIRELY DIFFERENT DOCUMENT which shows that THEY ASSEMBLED THEIR FAKE GOVERNMENT DOCUMENT FROM PARTS OF OTHER DOCUMENTS (a stupid mistake that a REAL government document would not contain). Not only is Tavares’ FAKE government document full of stupid mistakes, but Tavares understanding of the “Court Registry Investment System” is ALSO full of stupid mistakes. Tavares does not even know what a “Court Registry” actually is. She does not know that a “Court Registry” is simply a court-supervised, “escrow-type” bank account that is typically operated out of a special office at the court house. Litigants in certain types of CIVIL cases (NOT IN TRAFFIC CASES, ETC.) deposit money into a “court registry” until the case is over at which time ALL OF THE MONEY DEPOSITED into the “Court Registry” is awarded by the judge to the winning side. SO, ALL OF THE MONEY THAT IS EVER DEPOSITED INTO A “COURT REGISTRY” ONLY GOES TO THE LITIGANTS THEMSELVES AT THE END OF THE CASE (DEPENDNG ON WHICH SIDE WINS THE CASE). Thus, a “Court Registry” works exactly like an “escrow account”. No court, judge, government or government agency ever keeps ANY of the money that is ever deposited into any “Court Registry”. Only the litigants themselves receive such funds. But, Tavares does not know enough to even realize this. Less than one percent of all cases involve such a short-term deposit into a “Court Registry”. So, such deposits are extremely rare. (Have you ever made such a deposit into a “Court Registry”?). Unknown to Tavares, the term “Court Registry INVESTMENT SYSTEM” has nothing to do with the principal amount of money deposited into a “Court Registry”. Instead, the term, “Court Registry INVESTMENT SYSTEM” is a term that relates SOLELY to the government earning SHORT-TERM “INTEREST” on the short term deposits of money into a “Court Registry”. Thus, Tavares manufactured AN ENTIRE HOAX as a result of her OWN MISTAKEN UNDERSTANDING of the definition of the term, “COURT REGISTRY INVESTMENT SYSTEM”. (In order to manufacture a really good hoax, YOU HAVE TO KNOW WHAT YOU ARE LYING ABOUT—and Tavares does not.).
This is the law on the “Court Registry Investment System”, something that Tavares never knew. http://uscode.house.gov/view.xhtml?path=/prelim@title28/part5/chapter129&edition=prelim
What the U.S. Treasury Building looks like. https://www.google.com/search?q=%22U.S.+Treasury+Building%22&source=lnms&tbm=isch&sa=X&ved=0ahUKEwign86S3-fZAhVS0VMKHRuRAboQ_AUICygC&biw=1366&bih=651. COMPARE THIS IMAGE TO THE DRAWING ON THE COVER OF TAVARES’ FAKE DOCUMENT BELOW.
What the Federal Reserve Building looks like. https://www.google.com/search?q=%22Federal+Reserve+Building+Washington+D.C.%22&source=lnms&tbm=isch&sa=X&ved=0ahUKEwj_5P7I3-fZAhWS0FMKHV7-DxoQ_AUIDCgD&biw=1366&bih=651. COMPARE THIS IMAGE TO THE DRAWING ON THE COVER OF TAVARES’ FAKE DOCUMENT BELOW.
NOTE: Tavares has recently taken down her epic YouTube video wherein she spends hours peddling this hoax and pretending to review her own FAKE document. The COVER of Tavares’ FAKE document appears on the page actually numbered “5” here. http://www.stopthecrime.net/docs/THE-GREAT-AMERICAN-ADVENTURE.pdf (Note the website.). NOTE THE PAGE NUMBER “2” IN THE LOWER RIGHT CORNER. Tavares entire FAKE document appears here on the website of Tavares’ partner. https://anticorruptionsociety.files.wordpress.com/2011/01/case-monetization-cris_report-07-2003-b.pdf. Here, another clueless charlatan peddles Tavares’ FAKE document and “parrots” her hoax. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=QxCIJZI74Oo. https://i-uv.com/court-registry-investment-system-cris/. Another website “parrots” this hoax. https://itnjcommittee.org/why-the-itnj/cris-court-registry-investment-system/. Another website “Parrots” this hoax. http://www.volusia.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/03/10-24-10_courts_profit_center1.pdf.
Snoop4truth is a legal expert and whistle blower who exposes online hoaxes. Snoop4truth did not reveal this information to harm Deborah Tavares. Instead, Snoop4truth exposed this information solely to reduce the CATASTROPHIC DAMAGE that such INTENTIONAL FRAUD inflicts upon the American people every single day. Had it not been for Deborah Tavares’ role in the “Judge DALE Hoax”, Snoop4truth would not have exposed this information here.
The message to all hoaxers and charlatans? Just tell the truth.
Posted: 25 Apr 2018 06:58 AM PDT
Merck Fighting Fraud Lawsuits in U.S. Courts on MMR and Gardasil Vaccines
by Brian Shilhavy
Editor, Health Impact News
Pharmaceutical giant, Merck, is facing charges of fraud in lawsuits filed in U.S. courts regarding their vaccine products.
This is important information for the public to know, given the fact that the ever-growing vaccine market is expected to exceed $70 billion within the next few years, and that many states are trying to pass legislation to mandate vaccines without informed consent, all in the name of “the greater good” for public health.
Federal government agencies tasked with protecting public health, along with the corporate “mainstream” media, which reportedly receives up to 70% of its advertising revenue from pharmaceutical companies, continue to censor any negative information regarding vaccines that could affect sales.
And since one cannot sue a pharmaceutical company for damages or deaths due to vaccines in the United States, where they enjoy legal immunity, it is rare that a pharmaceutical company faces a day in court related to corruption or fraud for bad vaccine products.
Therefore, one needs to turn to either the alternative media such as Health Impact News, or the foreign media outside the U.S., to learn about the dangers of vaccines, and the corruption behind many of them.
There are currently two major federal lawsuits against Merck that are being litigated in U.S. courts: a whistleblower lawsuit from former Merck scientists claiming fraud regarding the MMR vaccine, and a lawsuit against the Gardasil vaccine claiming fraud from a 16-year-old girl who allegedly suffered Postural Orthostatic Tachycardia Syndrome (POTS) after receiving the Gardasil vaccine.
8 Years of Litigation for MMR Vaccine Fraud
In a lawsuit against Merck that was originally filed in 2010, and continues to this day, Stephen Krahling and Joan Wlochowski, former Merck virologists, claim that they “witnessed firsthand the improper testing and data falsification in which Merck engaged to artificially inflate the (MMR) vaccine’s efficacy findings.”
The former Merck scientists claim that Merck’s faulty MMR vaccine has caused the United States to pay “hundreds of millions of dollars for a vaccine that does not provide adequate immunization.”
“As the largest single purchaser of childhood vaccines (accounting for more than 50 percent of all vaccine purchases), the United States is by far the largest financial victim of Merck’s fraud,” according to the 2010 False Claims Act complaint.
“But the ultimate victims here are the millions of children who every year are being injected with a mumps vaccine that is not providing them with an adequate level of protection.
And while this is a disease that, according to the Centers for Disease Control (‘CDC’), was supposed to be eradicated by now, the failure in Merck’s vaccine has allowed this disease to linger, with significant outbreaks continuing to occur.” (Source.)
Merck has tried, unsuccessfully, to end this case for almost eight years now, in an attempt to hide it from the American public.
In 2012, they tried to get the case dismissed. The story did garner some mainstream news coverage back in 2012. Here is a report Forbes wrote on it back in 2012. Some quotes:
Anyone who falls on either side of the debate about vaccines’ alleged potential to cause harm is sure to have heard the big news this week — the unsealing of a whistleblower suit against Merck, filed back in 2010 by two former employees accusing the drugmaker of overstating the effectiveness of its mumps, measles, and rubella vaccine.
The scientists claim Merck defrauded the U.S. government by causing it to purchase an estimated four million doses of mislabeled and misbranded MMR vaccine per year for at least a decade, and helped ignite two recent mumps outbreaks that the allegedly ineffective vaccine was intended to prevent in the first place.
The Wall Street Journal also covered the story back in 2012, but according to a report by Dr. Mercola, the Wall Street Journal’s “elite” network of CFOs from the world’s top corporations met three days later (including executives from Merck), and the story was removed from their website.
On September 4, 2014, Judge Jones ruled that the case should proceed based on merit. (Source.)
Still trying to keep this case out of the eye of the public, Merck attorneys did not give up in their attempts to keep this out of the courts and the eye of the public. They filed a motion for “Summary Judgment,” but on October 27, 2017, the court granted the whistle-blowers their “Motion to Stay,” so that the case would proceed.
There are, as of the date of publication of this article, 164 entries into the court docket for this case during an eight year period, as the attorneys for Merck do their best to stall and try to end it. (Source.)
The significance of this case, of course, is enormous, beyond measure, as it does NOT primarily deal with the issue of vaccine safety, something the U.S. Government concedes with the federal vaccine court which has paid out billions of dollars in compensation (see quarterly reports from the DOJ here), but with the efficacy of the MMR vaccine.
If the vaccine does not even prevent the diseases it is supposed to, how can it be mandated by the CDC to be given to children?
Since this lawsuit was filed in 2010, another whistle-blower from within the CDC, a scientist that was one of the lead authors on a CDC published study in 2004 stating that the CDC withheld data from the public linking the MMR vaccine to a higher rate of autism among some children, specifically African American boys.
While this alleged fraud surrounding Merck’s MMR vaccine would seem to spell doom for the company, their troubles appear to be just beginning.
HPV Gardasil Vaccine Fraud Stands Trial
Earlier this month (April, 2018) we reported on the case of 21-year-old Christina Richelle Tarsell who died after receiving the Merck Gardasil vaccine.
Christina’s family fought a long 8-year legal battle with the government-run vaccine court, and the U.S. Government eventually conceded that the Gardasil vaccine killed 21-year-old Christina Richelle Tarsell. Christina Tarsell is believed to be the first victim of the Gardasil vaccine that the U.S. Government has conceded was a death resulting from the HPV vaccine.
However, the compensation received by Christina’s family came out of the National Vaccine Compensation Program, funded by taxes collected from the sale of vaccines.
Merck suffered no consequences, because U.S. law protects them.
However, like the MMR whistle-blower lawsuit we just discussed above, if there was fraud committed in the development of the vaccine, then a lawsuit can be filed against the pharmaceutical company in U.S. courts.
Christina England recently wrote an article about another girl who suffered harm from the Merck Gardasil HPV vaccine. This 16-year-old girl (Jennifer Robi) allegedly received three injections of the Gardasil vaccine between 2010 and 2011, and then later received the diagnosis of Postural orthostatic tachycardia syndrome (POTS).
POTS is a documented side effect of the Gardasil vaccines. See:
Jennifer and her family, like 21-year-old Christina Richelle Tarsell, filed a claim with the U.S. Vaccine Court. The court awarded her $38,365.08 in damages. (Source.)
The family was apparently not satisfied with this settlement, however, and on July 27, 2016, they filed a lawsuit in the Superior Court of The State of California, Los Angeles County.
The case was filed against the following defendants:
1. Merck & Co., Inc.
2. Merck, Sharpe & Dohme Corp.
3. Kaiser Foundations Hospitals
4. Southern California Permanente Medical Group
5. Judith Garza, M.D.
6. Claire Valencia Fuller, M.D.
7. Robin B. Scanlon, M.D.
The complaint charged them with:
1. Fraud and Deceit
2. Negligent Misrepresentation
3. Defective Product – Inadequate warnings & information
4. Medical Malpractice
5. Medical Battery
According to Christina England:
The complaint outlined the fact that the Plaintiff and her family believed that Merck had wrongfully and deceitfully failed to perform in the preapproval processing period and thereafter, the material scientific and medical investigations and studies relating to the safety, effectiveness and need for the Gardasil vaccine as required by and under the FDA directives and regulations.
The complaint written by the family’s attorney stated that:
“Upon approval by the FDA of the Gardasil vaccine, Defendants Merck, Does 1 through 25, and each of them commenced and engaged in highly extensive, and aggressive marketing practices, which were designed primarily, if not solely, to increase the sales and profits from Gardasil.
In doing so, Defendants Merck, Does 1 through 25, and each of them, in order to preclude any and all questions by consumers, patients and others, as to the effectiveness, safety and need for the administration of the Gardasil vaccination as well as the risks of serious adverse reaction related thereto, intentionally, wrongfully and deceitfully withheld, failed to provide and concealed from consumers, patients and others material facts and information with respect to the effectiveness, safety and need for the administration of the Gardasil vaccination, as well as the risks of serious adverse reaction related thereto and as in part hereafter set forth.” (own emphasis)
England also reports that perhaps for the first time ever, the evidence for the “science” behind the Gardasil vaccine will be weighed in court:
In an unusual step the Judge in this case, agreed to hold a “Science Day Hearing” to enable the court to could get a better understanding of the science behind the HPV vaccine. In advance of the scheduled science day presentation both parties submitted briefs that outlined their side’s view of HPV vaccine science.
In other words, for the first time ever, both sides including the vaccines manufacturer Merck, were given the unique opportunity to present to the court, their up-to-date science and studies proving the safety and effectiveness of this vaccine. The information provided would prove once and for all, whether or not Gardasil was not only a safe vaccination but necessary in the fight against cancers caused by the HPV virus.
Merck’s Legal Problems Surrounding the Gardasil Vaccine are Well-known Outside the U.S.
Merck’s legal problems with the Gardasil vaccine are well-known outside the U.S., where they do not enjoy the same legal immunity that U.S. law provides them.
Protests over the Gardasil HPV vaccine in the streets of Colombia. Story.
Negative press regarding the Gardasil HPV vaccine and Merck’s legal problems can be found in France, Spain, Japan, Ireland, Denmark, the UK, India, and many others.
In France, Dr. Dalbergue, a former pharmaceutical industry physician with Gardasil manufacturer, Merck, has stated :
I predict that Gardasil will become the greatest medical scandal of all times because at some point in time, the evidence will add up to prove that this vaccine, technical and scientific feat that it may be, has absolutely no effect on cervical cancer and that all the very many adverse effects which destroy lives and even kill, serve no other purpose than to generate profit for the manufacturers. (Source.)
As possibly a result of this negative press in France, the French National Agency for Medicines and Health Products Safety, which is part of the European Medicines Agency, which works hard to promote vaccines, participated in a study to examine whether or not the HPV vaccine had an “increased risk of autoimmune diseases.”
The title of the study, published in August of 2017, was titled: Human papillomavirus vaccination and risk of autoimmune diseases: A large cohort study of over 2 million young girls in France.
As a pro-vaccine government agency, it is to be expected that the study would have a primary emphasis to do “damage control” to the negative public perceptions regarding the HPV vaccine and reassure the public that the vaccine was safe.
It is somewhat surprising, therefore, that the study raised any safety issues at all. They admitted that Guillain-Barré syndrome (GBS), a crippling condition similar to polio, had a significantly higher rate among those vaccinated with the HPV vaccine compared to those who were not.
Another study published around the same time (July 2017) was conducted by doctors in Mexico at the National Institute of Cardiology.
The study pointed out several areas of concern and discrepancies, including a safety report by The European Medicines Agency.
The results of their study found:
- The lack of inert placebo in the vast majority of prelicensure HPV vaccine randomized studies
- Large randomized trials disclosed significantly more severe adverse events in the tested HPV vaccine cohort
- Pooled safety analysis found more post-immunization symptoms in bivalent HPV vaccine vs. hepatitis A vaccine
- Post-marketing HPV vaccine adverse events case series describe similar cluster of symptoms than those reported in pre-clinical trials
- The European Medicines Agency report on HPV vaccine safety looked at specific diagnoses and not at symptoms clusters
- In-depth analysis of some supportive post-marketing HPV vaccine safety studies discloses disquieting findings
The study found the statistics regarding the new Gardasil 9 particularly troubling, as the statistics suggest that severe harm is suffered every 140 injections. See:
Merck Vaccine Fraud Includes Government Vaccine Fraud
Former CDC Director Julie Gerberding sold 38,368 shares of Merck Stock for $2.3 Million. Story.
When discussing Merck vaccine fraud, it must also be mentioned that the U.S. government has a huge conflict of interest, as it profits from the sale of vaccines, and Gardasil in particular.
The U.S. Centers for Disease Control (CDC) is tasked with vaccine safety, and yet it is also the largest purchaser of vaccines, spending over $4 billion annually to purchase vaccines.
Julie Gerberding was in charge of the CDC from 2002 to 2009, which includes the years the FDA approved the Merck Gardasil vaccine.
Soon after she took over the CDC, she reportedly completely overhauled the agency’s organizational structure, and many of the CDC’s senior scientists and leaders either left or announced plans to leave. Some have claimed that almost all of the replacements Julie Gerberding appointed had ties to the vaccine industry.
Gerberding resigned from the CDC on January 20, 2009, and took over as the president of Merck’s Vaccine division, a 5 billion dollar a year operation, and the supplier of the largest number of vaccines the CDC recommends (article here).
It was reported in 2015 that Dr. Gerberding, now the executive vice president of pharmaceutical giant, Merck, sold 38,368 of her shares in Merck stock for $2,340,064.32. She still holds 31,985 shares of the company’s stock, valued at about $2 million.
Besides examples like this showing a clear conflict of interest between government agencies tasked with overseeing public health and vaccine safety and pharmaceutical companies, the National Institute of Health also holds patents on vaccines such as Gardasil, and earns royalties from the sale of vaccines.
Dr. Eric Suba tried to use the Freedom of Information Act to find out how much money the [url=http://www.vietnamcervicalcancer.org/dmdocuments/ogis suba 24 november 2010.pdf]National Institute of Health (NIH) earned from the sale of Gardasil[/url], but they refused to report the amount of revenue the government earns from this vaccine (although not denying they do earn royalties).
Conclusion: Will Merck be Held Accountable for Their Crimes?
With the U.S. government complicit in Merck’s fraudulent vaccine products, is there any reason to expect that Merck will be held accountable for their alleged crimes?
We see how they have already dragged out the MMR vaccine whistle-blower case for eight years, as their products continue to be injected into America’s children and teens.
Young women whose lives were destroyed by the HPV vaccine.
Thanks to: http://vaccineimpact.com
Posted: 24 Apr 2018 04:50 PM PDT
BREAKING: Scientists Have Confirmed a New DNA Structure Inside Human Cells
It’s not just the double helix!
23 APR 2018
For the first time, scientists have identified the existence of a new DNA structure never before seen in living cells.
The discovery of what’s described as a ‘twisted knot’ of DNA in living cells confirms our complex genetic code is crafted with more intricate symmetry than just the double helix structure everybody associates with DNA – and the forms these molecular variants take affect how our biology functions.
“When most of us think of DNA, we think of the double helix,” says antibody therapeutics researcher Daniel Christ from the Garvan Institute of Medical Research in Australia.
“This new research reminds us that totally different DNA structures exist – and could well be important for our cells.”
The new DNA component the team identified is called the intercalated motif (i-motif) structure, which was first discovered by researchers in the 1990s, but up until now had only ever been witnessed in vitro, not in living cells.
Now, thanks to Christ’s team, we know the i-motif occurs naturally in human cells, meaning the structure’s significance to cell biology – which has previously been called into question, given it had only been demonstrated in the lab – demands new attention from researchers.
If your only familiarity with DNA shapes is the dual helical spirals made famous by Watson and Crick, the configuration of the intercalated motif could come as a surprise.
“The i-motif is a four-stranded ‘knot’ of DNA,” explains genomicist Marcel Dinger, who co-led the research.
“In the knot structure, C [cytosine] letters on the same strand of DNA bind to each other – so this is very different from a double helix, where ‘letters’ on opposite strands recognise each other, and where Cs bind to Gs [guanines].”
According to Garvan’s Mahdi Zeraati, the first author of the new study, the i-motif is only one of a number of DNA structures that don’t take the double helix form – including A-DNA, Z-DNA, triplex DNA and Cruciform DNA – and which could also exist in our cells.
Another kind of DNA structure, called G-quadruplex (G4) DNA, was first visualised by researchers in human cells in 2013, who made use of an engineered antibody to reveal the G4 within cells.
In the new study, Zeraati and fellow researchers employed the same kind of technique, developing an antibody fragment (called iMab) that could specifically recognise and bind to i-motifs.
In doing so, it highlighted their location in the cell with an immunofluorescent glow.
“What excited us most is that we could see the green spots – the i-motifs – appearing and disappearing over time, so we know that they are forming, dissolving and forming again,” says Zeraati.
While there’s still a lot to learn about how the i-motif structure functions, the findings indicate that transient i-motifs generally form late in a cell’s ‘life cycle’ – specifically called the late G1 phase, when DNA is being actively ‘read’.
The i-motifs also tend to appear in what are known as ‘promoter’ regions – areas of DNA that control whether genes are switched on or off – and in telomeres, genetic markers associated with ageing.
“We think the coming and going of the i-motifs is a clue to what they do,” says Zeraati.
“It seems likely that they are there to help switch genes on or off, and to affect whether a gene is actively read or not.”
Now that we definitively know this new form of DNA exists in cells, it’ll give researchers a mandate to figure out just what these structures are doing inside our bodies.
As Zeraati explains, the answers could be really important – not just for the i-motif, but for A-DNA, Z-DNA, triplex DNA, and cruciform DNA too.
“These alternative DNA conformations might be important for proteins in the cell to recognise their cognate DNA sequence and exert their regulatory functions,” Zeraati explained to ScienceAlert.
“Therefore, the formation of these structures might be of utmost importance for the cell to function normally. And, any aberration in these structures might have pathological consequences.”
The findings are reported in Nature Chemistry.
Thanks to: https://www.sciencealert.com
Posted: 24 Apr 2018 04:45 PM PDT
False Flag? 5 Fast Facts You Need To Know About The Tennessee Waffle House Shooting
04/23/2018 By Stillness in the Storm
(Rachel Blevins) The suspected gunman in the Waffle House shooting is still on the loose and his record shows that he was interviewed by the FBI and his guns were seized after an incident last year.
Related Possible False Flag Between April 19th and May 1st — 13 Days of Preparation Starts NOW
Source – The Free Thought Project
by Rachel Blevins, April 23rd, 2018
UPDATE: The Metropolitan Nashville Police Department confirmed that Reinking was arrested around 2 p.m. Eastern on Monday after he was found in a wooded area near Old Hickory Blvd. and Hobson Pk. Officers searched the area after they received a tip that a laptop bag containing “a handwritten ID card bearing the name Travis Reinking” was found on the side of the road nearby.
BREAKING: Travis Reinking apprehended moments ago in a wooded area near Old Hickory Blvd & Hobson Pk.
11:22 AM – 23 Apr 2018
Antioch, TN – Reports of an early morning shooting at a Waffle House turned into a statewide manhunt as police searched for the suspect who killed four people and injured two others.
Here are five fast facts you need to know about the shooting:
1) The shooter was on the run for more than 24 hours before he was caught
The suspected gunman has been identified as Travis Reinking, 29, from Morton, Illinois. His record consists of a number of encounters with police, which included an interview with the FBI last year.
Reinking was reportedly mostly naked when he entered a Waffle House in the Nashville suburb of Antioch around 3:30 a.m. on Sunday, and he fled the scene wearing only a green jacket. The Metropolitan Nashville Police Department confirmed on Monday morning that its officers are working with a SWAT team to search for Reinking and “there have been no credible sightings” since he was last seen behind his apartment complex Sunday morning.
MNPD officers, to include SWAT, have continued the search for Travis Reinking in the Antioch area overnight. There have been no credible sightings. The search will continue. All schools in the area have been cleared by officers. He was last seen Sun morn behind his apt complex.
3:34 AM – 23 Apr 2018
2) The shooter claimed he was suicidal because Taylor Swift was stalking him, and his family began calling police in 2016
Reinking has a history of mental health issues, and law enforcement was well aware of his past delusions. He became obsessed with the idea that Taylor Swift was stalking him in 2014, and according to reports, he told his family that he believed she had hacked his phone and his Netflix account.
His family was so concerned that they called police five times starting in May 2016 to report that Reinking was suicidal because he believed he was being stalked by Swift. Reinking told police that he went to Nashville because it was where Swift started her music career and he tried to confront her in person “in an attempt to get her to stop harassing him.”
3) The shooter was interviewed by the FBI and had his guns seized after he was arrested at the White House in 2017
Reinking was arrested by Secret Service agents when he was caught entering a restricted area of the White House during a trip to Washington D.C. in July 2017. While officials claimed there was no evidence at the time to show that he posed a danger to himself or others, and the misdemeanor charge of “unlawful entry” was dismissed after he completed community service, the incident led to an investigation by the FBI.
After conducting an interview with Reinking, the FBI ordered police to confiscate his guns and his firearms licenses were revoked. The local sheriff acknowledged that Reinking clearly suffers from mental health issues, and police let his father take possession of the guns as long as he promised to “keep the weapons secure and out of the possession of Travis.” It appears that Reinking once again gained access to an AR-15, which is the weapon he reportedly used in the shooting at the Waffle House.
4) A Tennessee congressman used the shooting to call for gun control less than 5 hours after it happened
Within hours of the shooting, before the families of the victims had time to process the loss of their loved ones, politicians were already using the incident to call for gun control. Rep. Jim Cooper, a Democratic congressman from Tennessee, took to Twitter to insist that “now is the time to discuss change.”
While Reinking’s record shows that he was clearly on police radar, he has a history of mental health issues, he was interviewed by the FBI, and his legal access to guns was already revoked, Cooper claimed that “widespread civilian access to military-grade assault weapons” needs to be stopped.
5) The shooter was stopped by a heroic man who grabbed his gun
While the name Travis Reinking has made headlines as police search for the naked, mentally ill man, there is another name that should be remembered: James Shaw Jr. He is the man who confronted the shooter and ended the bloodshed, and his bravery saved countless lives.
Shaw Jr. rushed Reinking, grabbed the barrel of his AR-15 and pulled it out of the shooter’s hands. Shaw then threw the gun over the Waffle House Counter and pushed Reinking out of the door. He told the Tennessean that the minor wounds he sustained from a bullet that grazed his arm were worth it because he feared he would never be able to see his 4-year-old daughter again.
“I distinctively remember thinking that he is going to have to work for this kill. I had a chance to stop him and thankfully I stopped him,” Shaw Jr. said. “I grabbed the gun and kept it down. He had one hand on it. I pulled it away and threw it over the bar.”
Thanks to Justin at: https://stillnessinthestorm.com
Posted: 23 Apr 2018 03:35 PM PDT
What is Domestic Violence?
The U.S. Department of Justice’s Bureau of Justice Statistics offers this answer:
Domestic violence is any harm inflicted by “Intimate partners (current or former spouses, boyfriends, or girlfriends), immediate family members (parents, children, or siblings), [or] other relatives.”
Due to the nature of domestic violence, it is often committed within the privacy of the home or exerted by perpetrators on victims often within easy reach. These conditions also make it easier to commit repeated acts of violence. In fact, cases of domestic violence can continue for months, years, or lifetimes without ever being confronted or stopped.
Forms of Domestic Violence
Domestic violence is not limited to physical forms of battery or abuse. Rather, it takes a variety of forms. Domestic violence can include emotional, physical, sexual, economic, or psychological methods of abuse or control. It also includes not only acts but threats of harm. It is often used to intimidate, coerce, manipulate, frighten, or isolate the victim. Its wide range of forms adds to the difficulty of discovering, stopping, and prosecuting abusers. More difficult still, instances of domestic violence span all types of relationships, situations, and demographics. Though certain populations are more susceptible to experiencing domestic abuse, anyone could be affected by domestic violence. These attributes make domestic violence a difficult and vast problem to tackle.
NOTE: If you or someone you know is currently experiencing domestic abuse, utilize a domestic abuse hotline telephone number to receive help, such as the National Domestic Violence Hotline: 1-800-799-7233
According to domestic violence statistics released by the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) in 2017, forms of domestic violence could affect up to 1 in 4 women and 1 in 7 men in America at some point in their lifetime. Here are more domestic abuse statistics honed in by category:
Violence by Age
- Out of the total victims of rape, violence, or stalking inflicted by an intimate partner, both male and female, over half first experienced intimate partner violence in some shape or form when they were less than 25 years old. (CDC, 2010 as cited by SafeHorizon.org)
- Among women who experience domestic violence during their lifetime, 22.4% (more than 1 in 5) were subjected to their first victimization when they were between 11 and 17 years old. (CDC, 2010)
- Of menwho have experienced domestic violence at some time in their lives, 15% experienced their first occurrence of intimate partner violence when they were between 11 and 17 years old. (CDC, 2010)
- The age range that statistically experiences the largest number of intimate partner violence incidents is 18-24 years of age. (according to a report released by the U.S. Bureau of Justice Statistics in 2014)
Violence by Gender
- It is estimated that 35.6% of women and 28.5% of men in America have experienced domestic violence in the form of rape, stalking, or physical violence during their lifetime. (National Intimate Partner and Sexual Violence Survey, 2010)
- Of female victims of completed rape, 79.6% experienced their first rape before 25 years of age, 42.2% of the total having occurred before 18 years of age. 12.3% of the total experienced their first rape at or before 10 years of age.
- For male victims of completed rape, 27.8% experienced their first rape at or before 10 years of age. (BJS, 2014)
- It is estimated that almost 1 in 3 (28.8%) U.S. women and almost 1 in 10 (9.9%) of U.S. men suffer some lasting or lifetime impact as a result of intimate partner violence (IPV) or an IPV-related incident. (National Intimate Partner and Sexual Violence Survey, 2010)
Violence by Race
- CDC’s 2011 data revealed a percentage breakdown by race of women who suffer from instances of rape and non-rape domestic violence in the form of either sexual violence, stalking, or physical violence at the hands of an intimate partner during their lifetime. Rape victims in the United States are estimated to include:
- 27.5% of American Indian/Alaska Native women
- 21.2% of non-Hispanic black women
- 20.5% of non-Hispanic white women
- 13.6% of Hispanic women (CDC)
- Victims of non-rape sexual violence could account for up to:
- 55.0% of American Indian/Alaska Native women
- 46.9% of non-Hispanic white women
- 38.2% of non-Hispanic black women
- 35.6% of Hispanic women
- 31.9% of Asian or Pacific Islander women (CDC)
Violence by Location
- In New York City alone, the New York City Police Department is called regarding 230,000 domestic incidents annually. (NYC Mayor’s Office to Combat Domestic Violence as cited by SafeHorizon.org)
- The State of Alaskareports the largest percentage of females estimated to become rape victims during their lifetimes, weighing in at 29.2% in 2014. (NISVS)
- The three states with the largest per-capita percentage of female victims who have suffered any form of sexual violence other than rape are:
- Alaska, estimated at 58% of the state’s total female population.
- Oregon with an estimated 55.7%.
- Washington with 53.2%. (NISVS)
- Within the United States as a whole, an estimated 21,840,000 women will become rape victims during their lifetime. Women and men who will experience some type of sexual violence other than rape are estimated to number 53,174,000 and 25,130,000, respectively. (NISVS)
Signs and Types of Domestic Violence Abuse
Domestic violence and physical abuse can manifest in many ways. Physical abuse refers to physical harm caused by such actions as hitting, punching, kicking, burning, choking, or pulling hair. According to the American Academy of Experts in Traumatic Stress, physical abuse also includes assault with a weapon.
Emotionalabuse or psychological abuse includes actions, communications, or other interactions meant to exert control over the abuse victim that are not physical. These can include forced isolation, blame, slander, intimidation, derision or contempt, manipulation, or mind games.
Domestic violence can also be distinguished by the type of victim. elder abuse refers to inflicting any type of abuse on an elder — often an elderly parent or parent-in-law. Spousal abuse, sometimes referred to as Intimate Partner Violence (IPV), refers to abusive acts inflicted by one marriage partner on the other. Child abuse refers to inflicting abuse on minors.
Signs of Abusive Relationships
Whether or not you personally experience an abusive relationship, you could be affected by domestic violence indirectly through your job, your friends, or via other external events. Be aware of the effect that domestic violence can have on the people around you and make sure you’re well-versed on the signs of abuse.
Abusive Relationship Cycle: Abusive relationships are often characterized by a cyclic pattern of behavior. Episodes of abuse are often followed by periods of various behaviors meant to demonstrate remorse, change, repentance, reconciliation, or love. Convinced by the abuser’s story, the victim remains in the abuser’s proximity and thus a pattern of abuse and then contrived reconciliation is initiated, allowing the abuser to gain deeper control the more the cycle of abuse recurs.
Abusive Indicators: As mentioned in previous sections, abuse covers a wide variety of behaviors ranging from physical harm to psychological and emotional attacks. Evidences of physical abuse could include burns, black eyes, bruises, cuts, mentions of internal injuries, or hospital visits. Other forms of abuse are more difficult to spot but can be revealed in conversation or via careful attention to detail.
Warning Signs: The National Domestic Abuse Hotline catalogs a number of warning signs that could indicate an abusive relationship. When someone expresses fear of their partner, an unwillingness to talk about them about certain subjects, or indicates that they are being deprived of things like decision-making or access to things such as finances, their children, or extracurricular activities, there may be reason to suspect abuse.
Conversely, to determine whether someone might be an abuser, watch for indications of disapproval or dissatisfaction in his or her partner or a family member, mood swings or sudden anger, obsessive control or distrust in his or her partner, or other troubling or potentially abusive behaviors. Take these observations seriously whether you notice them in your own relationship or in the relationships or behaviors of others.
Getting Out of An Abusive Relationship
Victims that take the steps to leave an abusive situation may be the most recognizable, and may also be the most vulnerable. Be available to immediately help friends or acquaintances who share their situation with you if they are in the process of extricating themselves from an abusive situation. If you are in the process of leaving an abusive relationship, seek support from friends, family, or one of the resources mentioned in this article. There are people ready to help.
The abusive cycle is extremely powerful and the probability of returning to an abusive relationship is statistically high even after a victim decides to leave. If you know someone who is considering leaving or has recently left an abusive partner or family member, take proactive steps to help them progress into recovery and healing rather than falling back into the relationship. Ample resources exist to support victims of abuse wherever they are in their recovery cycle. Some resources are listed in this article and others can be found by contacting local law enforcement, hospitals, community centers, health clinics, or other local authorities.
If you yourself have recently left an abusive relationship, take action to help prevent yourself from being ensnared again. Tell trusted friends, family, and mentors about the situation and ask them to keep you accountable and steadfast in your decision to leave the relationship. Cut off communication with the abuser and refuse to entertain ideas of returning to him or her no matter what they say to convince you to return. Reach out to support services in your area or contact one of several national hotlines available to you that can connect you with local resources to aid you.
List of Domestic Violence Hotlines and Resources
If you or someone you know is experiencing an abusive relationship, there are resources available to you to help you escape and rebuild. Here is a list of entities ready to provide domestic violence help to victims of abuse. Additional resources are available elsewhere within this guidebook.
Domestic Violence Hotlines
National Domestic Violence Hotline www.thehotline.org/
EMERGENCY HOTLINE NUMBER: 1.800.799.7233
Online emergency chat: Available
EMERGENCY HOTLINE NUMBER: 1.866.331.9474 Text: loveis to 22522
Online emergency chat: Available
Childhelp National Child Abuse Hotline www.childhelp.org/hotline/
EMERGENCY HOTLINE NUMBER: 1.800.422.4453
Online emergency chat: Not at this time
National Sexual Assault Hotline – RAINN (Rape, Abuse & Incest National Network) www.rainn.org/
EMERGENCY HOTLINE NUMBER: 1.800.656.4673
Online emergency chat: Available
Continue Reading the Other Parts of This Guide:
Part 1: What is Domestic Violence?
Part 2: Domestic Violence Fact Sheet
Part 3: Signs of Domestic Violence and Abusive Relationships
Part 4: Domestic Violence Help
Thanks to Quinn at: https://online.rutgers.edu
Posted: 23 Apr 2018 08:05 AM PDT
A stunning list of 9/11 facts was posted to truthbits.blog that I’ve shared below. Reflecting upon this information, one is confronted with an evil operating within the US Government so unfathomable and perverse that words fail to describe it.
To accompany this article by ZeroHedge contributor JimmyJones, I’m sharing a video based on the work of French journalist, Thierry Meyssan. For me, the jury’s still out as to how the physically-impossible effects seen on videos of the second plane’s impact were achieved.
A stunning list of 9/11 facts was posted to truthbits.blog that I’ve shared below. Reflecting upon this information, one is confronted with an evil operating within the US Government so unfathomable and perverse that words fail to describe it.
To accompany this article by ZeroHedge contributor JimmyJones, I’m sharing a video based on the work of French journalist, Thierry Meyssan. For me, the jury’s still out as to how the physically-impossible effects seen on videos of the second plane’s impact were achieved.
Was the penetration of structural steel by an airliner obtained using a specially-reinforced military aircraft painted to resemble a commercial jet or by a Cruise missile or by means of an advanced 3D laser technology called FIRESIGN described in a 7-page document allegedly hacked from the Benenson Strategy Group, Hillary Clinton’s campaign advisers, released by Anonymous on October 18th 2016. Whatever technology was used to create this illusion, it is clear to me that the flimsy aluminum airframes of commercial planes were not involved.
There were no commercial plane crashes
on September 11, 2001
by Twncpcone JimmyJones
Every supposed one of the 256 passengers on 9-11 paid for their tickets in cash on THE MORNING 0f 9-11! NOT ONE used a single credit card and there are no electronic receipts from anyone or any company anywhere in the world. Why? There were no commercial plane crashes on 9-11.
Except for the supposed Atta and all of his massive incriminating evidence on a supposed suicide flight….NOT ONE single supposed passenger parked a car at any airport on 9-11 NOT ONE. Why? There were no commercial plane crashes on 9-11.
The reason the US government spends billions of dollars a year on infiltrating truth groups and forums , suiciding activists, and staging and writing media propaganda around the world is because there were no commercial plane crashes on 9-11.
The reason the US military owned media outlets like GE and Westinghouse who own NBC and CBS will never expose their own crimes of conspiracy to murder is because there were no commercial plane crashes on 9-11.
The reason the US government set up the Homeland security agency, TSA, Patriot Act, wiretapping, torture through confessions, and renditions….all to keep you quite and scared about 9-11 is because there were no commercial plane crashes on 9-11.
The reason Rosie O’Donnell was fired from TV for mentioning the WTC 7 collapse which would immediately expose 9-11 as some form of controlled demolition is because there were no commercial plane crashes on 9-11.
The reason HUNDRED’s of so-called “terrorist training drills” like Tripod II and Vigilant Guardian were taking place on 9-11….at the exact time of the plane crashes…..was for plausible deniability because there were no commercial plane crashes on 9-11.
The reason that NONE of the voice data recorders, flight data recorders, or BLACK BOXES had serial numbers….a first in aviation history and it happened 4 times on the same day…is because there were no commercial plane crashes on 9-11.
(Update: Mueller…yes that Mueller has stated that the FBI has ‘lost all the black boxes’ from 9-11! Maybe it’s with the original moon landing video that they ALSO said they have lost?)
The reason that EVERY TV interview on the DAY OF 9-11 was given my military owned media outlet personnel (watch September Clues online) is because there were no commercial plane crashes on 9-11.
The reason that ALL the buildings and locations on 9-11 appear to have been destroyed by some form of demolition or Directed Energy Weapon is because there was no jet fuel because there were no commercial plane crashes on 9-11.
The reason the US government allocated only $3 million dollars to investigate ALL of 9-11(Lewinsky Scandal got $50 million) is because there were no commercial plane crashes on 9-11.
The reason NORAD stood down on 9-11 to immediately intercept the planes was because there were no planes to shoot down because there were no commercial plane crashes on 9-11.
The reason EVERY video filming the Pentagon was immediately confiscated (80+ at last count) was because there were no commercial plane crashes on 9-11.
The reason the command procedure to shoot down a rogue plane was changed just weeks before 9-11 to having to get Donald Rumsfeld’s permission first….and then was changed back immediately the day AFTER 9-11 to the pilots discretion…..was because there were no commercial plane crashes on 9-11.
The reason that NONE of the 256 passengers (except ATTA) drove and parked their own cars at ANY airport on 9-11 is because there were no commercial plane crashes on 9-11.
The reason that NOT ONE single video exists of any person(except ATTA) at any airport in any way from any of the planes of 9-11 is because there were no commercial plane crashes on 9-11.
The reason that Tens of millions of dollars were made on “put options” which shorted United and American Airlines just days before 9-11 and the US REFUSES to release exactly who made those financial bets is because there were no commercial plane crashes on 9-11.
The reason the US conducted a terrorist training drill at the Buffalo Intl Airport one week BEFORE 9-11 which included terrorists blowing up a plane (the exact people conducting this drill just so happen to be the ones who then conducted the “rescues” at ground zero one week later!) was because there were no commercial plane crashes on 9-11.
The reason that Rumsfeld announced $2.3 TRILLION had been “lost” at the Pentagon on 9-10-01 and that the 28 accounting experts would be looking into it (ALL 28 died in the Pentagon plane attack and all investigations were immediately dropped) was because there were no commercial plane crashes on 9-11.
The reason the Pentagon was conducting a “MASCAL” (Mass Casualty) exercise ON THE DAY OF 9-11 at the Pentagon involving a PLANE CRASHING INTO IT…was once again for a weak plausible deniability excuse because there were no commercial plane crashes on 9-11.
The reason the doors, fire escapes, observation decks, and ALL access to the tops WTC’s 1 and 2 buildings was closed and chained up on Monday 9-10-01…was because survivors could talk….because there were no commercial plane crashes on 9-11.
The reason Mayor Gulliani was conducting Operation Tripod II at Pier 92 (rather than his NEW multiple million dollar bunker inside WTC 7) on Monday 9-10-01 which involved terrorist attacks on the WTC’s and then the same exact people were then in charge of 9-11….was because there were no commercial plane crashes on 9-11.
The reason the FBI released the names, addresses, photos, religious beliefs, whereabouts, affiliations, professional connections, flight training schools, nationalities, personal histories, ages, visa status OF ALL the highjackers within DAYS Of 9-11 (Unibomber took 17 years!)…..is because there were no commercial plane crashes on 9-11.
The reason PA Gov. Tom Ridge, who would then head a new agency called Homeland Security, said that the WTC debris would be buried at CDI’s smelting plant which was purchased just months before 9-11 in PA (no debris went overseas or to China for example!) was because there were no commercial plane crashes on 9-11.
Even though it was illegal Gulliani banned ALL photography and video of the WTC’s after the attacks which clearly showed serious problems with the official stories because there were no commercial plane crashes on 9-11.
The reason Osama Bin Laden denies any connection to wrong doing and basically says the US government and military are sick and murderous for their own gains http://911review.com/articles/usamah/khilafah… is because he had nothing to do with 9-11 because there were no commercial plane crashes on 9-11.
The reason there were SERIOUS problems with ALL the videos showing planes on 9-11 is because there were no commercial plane crashes on 9-11.
The reason that there will always be massive problems with the passenger lists and why NONE of the hijackers were listed on ANY of them is because there were no commercial plane crashes on 9-11.
The reason there will NEVER be a single piece of verified debris from ANY of the 4 planes from ANY of the 4 locations on 9-11 is because there were no commercial plane crashes on 9-11.
The reason that NO engines, NO tail sections, NO seats, NO fuselage, NO luggage, and NOTHING from any of the planes has ever been found and verified through a serial number is because there were no commercial plane crashes on 9-11.
The reason there are massive problems with the take-off records of the 4 flights on 9-11 is because there were no commercial plane crashes on 9-11.
The reason that NOT ONE PENNY has been paid from insurance companies to replace the planes themselves is because they pay only be verifiable debris….and NONE has ever been found….is because there were no commercial plane crashes on 9-11.
The reason Bush threatened Congressman to never investigate 9-11, then delayed the investigation 18 months, then handpicked the Commission members, had Commission members quit because they said the Commission was a fraud because they were never going to be allowed to inspect the plane wreckage because of “national security”, and then told them to never “cross the line” with regards to plane investigations……is because there were no commercial plane crashes on 9-11.
(Sen. Paul Wellstone paid with his life. He demanded to verify the plane debris. That’s why he was killed)
The reason that thermite and cordite tested POSITIVE and was found EVERYWHERE on 9-11 is because there was no jet fuel because there were no commercial plane crashes on 9-11.
The reason that jet fuel tested NEGATIVE at ALL 4 crash sites on 9-11 is because there were no commercial plane crashes on 9-11.
The reason that the WTC towers 1 and 2, which were each 110 stories high of reinforced concrete and steel covering ONE ACRE for each floor…….which was then turned into a pile of dust standing only TWO STORIES HIGH from a fuel fire ( a first in world history)…..was because there were no commercial plane crashes on 9-11.
The reason CDI, Control Demolition Inc, (A DEMOLITION COMPANY ….even though there was no piece of building debris larger than what could fit onto their existing trucks!) was paid $35 Billion to clean up 9-11 (similar to what the US government paid CDI after the OKCity bombing in 1995) and was seen in and around the WTC’s AND OKCity Murrah building for weeks and months PRIOR to 9-11 and April 1995….was because there were no commercial plane crashes on 9-11.
The reason everyone smelled cordite and NOT ONE person smelled ANY of the 12,000 gallons of toxic jet fuel at the Pentagon was because there were no commercial plane crashes on 9/11.
The reason NONE of the 600 FBI agents at the Pentagon were wearing masks, even though 12,000 gallons of fuel had just been released, was because there were no commercial plane crashes on 9-11.
The reason the Naudet Brothers have not been seen since 9-11, even though they were related to the fire company they just so happen to be filming on 9-11 to capture the ONLY supposed video of the first plane of 9-11…(http://www.spingola.com/jules_naudet.htm) ….is because there were no commercial plane crashes on 9-11.
The reason the FAA boss destroyed the taped testimony of the 3 air traffic controllers immediately following 9-11 which basically said they could not have been commercial planes….was because there were no commercial plane crashes on 9/11.
The reason 16 supposed Saudi Arabian men who averaged 5’4″ 120 lbs with ONE inch knives could highjack 4 planes without a single mayday or hijacking code being entered by a single pilot on 9-11…was because there were no commercial plane crashes on 9-11.
The reason that ALL EIGHT, 6-ton, 9ft wide Titanium alloy engines DISAPPEARED ( a first in world history and it happened 8 times) on 9-11 and have never been physically verified since was because there were no commercial plane crashes on 9-11.
The reason $15 billion dollars was paid out to the US airline companies within 2 weeks of 9-11 was because there were no commercial plane crashes on 9-11.
The reason the airline insurance companies have yet to pay a single penny to replace a single plane from 9-11 (which by the way they ONLY pay by debris verification)….is because there were no commercial plane crashes on 9-11.
The reason it is now against US law to investigate or even contact the exact people who took the supposed “man from the street “ films, photos, and videos of planes of 9-11…..it because there were no commercial plane crashes on 9-11.
The reason you will never have ANY truly independent investigation of 9-11 is because your legal system is owned by the same murderers and there were no commercial plane crashes on 9-11.
The reason that everything will be kept in secrecy with regards to any legal procedures, covered with terms like “national security” even though the ENTIRE PLANET supposedly saw it, and ANY court cases will all have gag orders and be closed to the public is because there were no commercial plane crashes on 9-11.
The reason the families will NEVER ask for verification of plane debris from any of the 4 planes from any of the 4 locations on 9-11 is because there were no commercial plane crashes on 9-11.
The reason that NOT ONE single family member gave or demanded a DNA sample or independent test from the planes of 9-11 (which means authorities could never have matched the DNA as positive from the Pentagon Flt. 77 without a sample FROM the family)….is because there were no commercial plane crashes on 9-11.
Was the penetration of structural steel by an airliner obtained using a specially-reinforced military aircraft painted to resemble a commercial jet or by a Cruise missile or by means of an advanced 3D laser technology called FIRESIGN described in a 7-page document allegedly hacked from the Benenson Strategy Group, Hillary Clinton’s campaign advisers, released by Anonymous on October 18th 2016. Whatever technology was used to create this illusion, it is clear to me that the flimsy aluminum airframes of commercial planes were not involved.
Thanks to: https://forbiddenknowledgetv.net
Posted: 22 Apr 2018 05:12 PM PDT
Apr 22, 2018
When an interplanetary shock wave – a supersonic disturbance in the gaseous material of the solar wind usually delivered by coronal mass ejections (CMEs) – hit Earth’s magnetic field on April 19th, northern skies lit up with electric blue auroras. Southern skies lit up, too, but the palette was different. Peter Sayers sends this photo of red, yellow and green lights over Wilmot, Tasmania:
Southern lights captured by Peter Sayers on April 20, 2018 @ Wilmot, Tasmania Interplanetary shock wave colors southern sky in red, yellow and green. By Peter Sayers Southern lights captured by Peter Sayers on April 20, 2018 @ Wilmot, Tasmania
Similar colors were observed in New Zealand:
Bright southern lights taken by Paul Stewart on April 20, 2018 @ Timaru, New Zealand Bright southern lights taken by Paul Stewart on April 20, 2018 @ Timaru, New Zealand
And Antarctic skywatchers witnessed almost pure green:
Green southern lights captured in Antarctica on April 21, 2018 by B Sudarsan Patro Taken by B Sudarsan Patroon April 21, 2018 @ Bharati Indian Research Base Station, Lasermannhills East Antarctica. Taken by B Sudarsan Patro on April 21, 2018 @ Bharati Indian Research Base Station, Lasermannhills East Antarctica.
What’s the difference?
Northern Lights stimulated by the shock wave were dominated by ionized nitrogen molecules, which produce a blue glow at the upper limits of Earth’s atmosphere like below:
The same blue hue was observed by Hongming Zheng on April 20, 2018 @ Battle Ground, Indiana Intense blue northern lights taken by Matt Melnyk on April 20, 2018 @ Manitoba
Southern Lights, on the other hand, were dominated by oxygen. Oxygen atoms glow red and green when excited by incoming particles from space.
Auroral light is mostly from electronically excited oxygen atoms. Green radiation prevails at low altitudes and red at higher. Excited nitrogen molecules and nitrogen molecular ions produce pink and red at low altitudes.
Oxygen and nitrogen are abundant in both hemispheres – so why they dominated in different places is anyone’s guess. Consider it a beautiful mystery.
Thanks to: http://strangesounds.org
Posted: 22 Apr 2018 07:06 AM PDT
Posted on April 21, 2018 by Dr. Eowyn |
True to his word, President Trump is going after sex traffickers.
Two days ago, on April 20, 2018, federal prosecutors announced that actress Allison Mack, 35, best known for playing Superman’s platonic friend in the TV series Smallville, has been arrested on charges of sex trafficking and forced labor for her role in the NXIVM sex-slave cult.
–2 Corinthians 11:14
NXIVM (pronounced “nexium”) is a sinister, marketing organization in upstate New York which offers self-help personal and professional development seminars. Founded by former computer programmer Keith Raniere in Albany, NY, NXIVM’s president is Nancy Salzman. The two are referred to, respectively, as “Vanguard” and “Prefect”.
More than 12,000 people have attended NXIVM’s seminars between its founding in 1998 and 2010. Among its clients are notables such as actresses Linda Evans (always a sucker for cults) and Smallville‘s Allison Mack and Kristin Kreuk; UK mogul Richard Branson; BET co-founder Sheila Johnson; former U.S. surgeon general Antonia Novello; Stephen Cooper of Enron; Ana Cristina Fox, daughter of former Mexican president and rabid anti-Trumper Vicente Fox; and Seagram heiresses Sara and Clare Bronfman who have plowed millions of dollars into NXIVM. In addition, the director of NXIVM in Mexico is Emiliano Salinas, son of former Mexican president Carlos Salinas.
In 2009, NXIUM gained even more respectability when the Dalai Lama was paid $1 million to travel to America to speak at a NXIVM event in Albany, New York, which NXIUM trumpeted as an endorsement and “victory”.
But former members have exposed NXIVM as a sex cult. According to an exposé by Barry Meier for The New York Times, members of a “secret sisterhood” of 70-80 women within NXIVM, including Allison Mack, are branded with Raniere’s initials (KR) as his “slaves”, blackmailed, and beaten with paddles. Women who wish to join the “sisterhood” are required to provide nude photos or other potentially damaging information about themselves, all the better for future blackmail.
Allison Mack’s arrest came less than a month after NXIVM leader Keith Raniere himself was arrested on the same charges of sex trafficking and forced labor at a luxury villa in Mexico where he had been hiding out.
As recounted by Priscilla DeGregory and Ruth Brown for Page Six:
Mack, 35, was Raniere’s direct “slave” and had a sexual relationship with him — but also acted as a “master” to other slaves, who were forced to have sex with Raniere and get his initials burned into their pubic region with a cauterizing pen, according to the criminal complaint.
As the women were being branded like cattle, Mack allegedly placed her hands on their chests and told them to “feel the pain” and to “think of [their] master,” prosecutors say.
The actress first lured the women into the secret society within Nxivm known as “The Vow” — and cajoled them into providing “collateral” like embarrassing photos and statements to use as blackmail, federal prosecutors allege.
She then allegedly groomed the slaves for sex with Raniere — ordering them to adhere to extremely restrictive diets, refrain from removing their pubic hair, and to stay celibate, according to court documents.
She also forced them to pose naked for photos — “including on one occasion close-up pictures of their vaginas” — which were given to Raniere and also used as collateral, the feds charge.
Mack and other slave “masters” allegedly made their slaves participate in “readiness” drills, requiring them to respond to requests at any time of the day or night so they were “seriously sleep-deprived.”
One of her slaves became so thin and tired that she stopped getting periods….
Mack was last seen chasing after Raniere in Mexico as cops hauled him away.
Both face at least 15 years behind bars and a maximum sentence of life imprisonment.
Interestingly, the last thing Mack tweeted before her arrest was a pic of satanist Marina Abramovic — the so-called “performance artist” whose “spirit cooking” is a form of cannibalism.
According to White House insider Q Anon, Mack is singing like a canary:
Below is a video of Raniere and Mack babbling on about “authenticity”:
H/t Clash America
See also “Child sex trafficking is the fastest growing criminal business in U.S.”.
Thanks to: https://fellowshipoftheminds.com
Posted: 22 Apr 2018 05:40 AM PDT
US Govt Accidentally Releases File Detailing Electromagnetic Weapon for ‘Remote Mind Control’
Journalist Curtis Waltman filed a Freedom of Information Act request with the Washington State Fusion Center (which is partnered with Department of Homeland Security) to obtain information about Antifa and white supremacist groups; instead of getting information on how the agency targets the groups, he got way more than the information he was looking for – Curtis was accidentally sent a mysterious file with the label “EM effects on human body.zip.” The file included methods of “remote mind control,” MuckRock reported.
According to MuckRock, the mind control documents came from the Department of Homeland Security-linked agency in the form of a file called “EM effects on human body.zip.” The file reportedly contained various diagrams detailing the horrors of “psycho-electronic weapon effects.”
One document lists the various forms of torment made possible by using “remote mind control” methods, from “forced memory blanking” and “sudden violent itching inside eyelids” to “wild flailing” followed by “rigor mortis” and a remotely induced “forced orgasm.” It was not immediately clear how the documents wound up in the agency’s response to a standard FOIA request, but there was reportedly no indication the “remote mind control” files stemmed from any government program.
According to Popular Mechanics, the documents are not official documents but are rather documents captured by the Fusion Center.
The federal government has absolutely experimented with mind control in a variety of methods, but the documents here do not appear to be official.
Waltman had no idea why these documents were included in his request and isn’t sure why the government is holding them. The WSFC did not respond to requests for more information.
The documents themselves are quite bizarre and, honestly, despite reports dismissing them, it is worth remembering that this is exactly what the CIA was working on for years during MKULTRA. That program was supposed to have been shut down after the Church Hearings and other congressional hearings exposed all of the CIA’s clandestine activities at the time many that violated human rights including experimentation on patients and the American population without their knowledge.
Last year, it was revealed that mainstream science had caught up with the black project world (CIA) and had successfully weakened or strengthened particular memories from the brain or outright deleted inherited memories from mice, Activist Post reported.
There was a series of CIA mind control programs including BLUEBIRD, ARTICHOKE, MKULTRA, MKSEARCH and MKNAOMI during the ’50s to ’90s. The CIA sought to blank-slate test subjects wiping memories through drugs, electric shock, high-pitched sound and other torture techniques.
The Project Bluebird/Artichoke document below was kept hidden and under wraps and distracted from other subprojects in MKULTRA through Operation Dormouse for a reason; just read the documents it’s literally the CIA suggesting to create mind-controlled slaves that can covertly commit murder in the 1950s-’60s.
Although, many suspect that this project involved the South American plant derivative, scopolamine, a dangerous substance known as the “zombie drug.” Documents released only a few weeks ago in the JFK files suggest that the CIA was using electromagnetic weaponry to accomplish this goal. How? Well, it started out with using electrodes on a subject’s brain, and I suspect it evolved into tapping into the brain’s own natural frequency over time as the Army documents details on Voice To Skull technology decades later.
In the mid-1950s, neurophysiologist Carl Wilhelm Sem-Jacobsen built his own EEG lab at Gaustad psychiatric hospital in Norway with copious funding from the Rockefeller, Ford, and other “charitable” foundations. He soon took on multiple U.S. government contracts from the Air Force, Navy, and NASA for research using electrodes implanted in the brains of psych patients to carry out what many have said was unethical research.
These experiments melded over time and were continued under the auspices of a Project MKUltra branch and evolved to what was known as Project Artichoke.
Our government performed various unethical experiments on thousands of Americans for decades on the record exposed by the Church Committee. But before MKULTRA in 1947 the Navy and OSI conducted the first known post-war mind control program, Project Chatter, which continued the drug experiments of the Nazis.
Project Chatter was a highly classified Navy program to search for a truth drug that would get its victim to speak fast. They tested all types of drugs including barbiturates, amphetamines, and heroin. The studies involved “mind control” experiments by hypnosis and narco-hypnosis.
In 1953, Project Chatter was abandoned by the Navy for other projects like the Navy’s project “Perfect Concussion” which was Subproject 54 under MKULTRA. Scientists focused on testing ultrasound signals to create amnesia. In the documents, the Navy sought to create “Sub-aural frequency blasts” which means “below the ear.” Sub-aural frequency would indicate the potential usage of infrasound i.e. sonar.
Around the same time of Project Chatter, another compartmentalized group was running Project Moonstruck which sought to use electronic implants in brain and teeth for tracking, mind and behavior control, conditioning, programming, covert operations through Electronic Stimulation of the Brain, E.S.B. (Auspiciously the documents for Moonstruck are missing, only mere references can be found on sites archiving our history.)
The Army eventually founded Operations Third Chance and Derby Hat which both used LSD; other project names remain unknown though the existence of these programs is unquestionable.
The goals of MKULTRA were to break down human beings both physically and mentally, and modify and control their behavior as well as test chemicals on people for research purposes. These means included but were not limited to, hypnosis, chemical, biological and radioactive exposure. President Bill Clinton was forced to apologize after parts of these programs were revealed to have been continuing after the Church Committee Hearings and they were caught running experiments on Africans under the Tuskegee experiment.
Dr. Ewen Cameron was partially backed by the CIA during project MKULTRA and used electrodes to zap the memories from his unwitting patients’ brains during the 1950s. This method of torture was called “psychic driving.”
After horrendous electric shocks, drugs were given to the test subjects to put them into days of prolonged delirious sleep. Cameron would then subject them to audio tapes he made in which he repeated certain phrases thousands of times with the hope of producing new personalities within them.
A 2012 lawsuit filed by veterans’ groups, against the CIA and the DOD, refers to Cameron’s methods. The suit also states that two researchers, Dr. Louis West and Dr. Jose Delgado, working together under the early CIA MKULTRA subproject 95, utilized two protocols: brain implants (“stimoceivers”) and RHIC-EDOM (Radio Hypnotic Intracerebral Control-Electronic Dissolution of Memory) to program the minds of victims.
Translation: they sought to bury memories, and implant false memories that never happened.
The CIA ultimately found that stress and sleep deprivation can make people more susceptible to false memories as have other researchers.
Although, the new documents are presumed to not be government documents, there are other documents released in 2006 from the U.S. Army Intelligence and Security Command entitled, “Bioeffects of Selected Nonlethal Weapons.”
The document is dated in 1998, over 15 years ago. One of the main topics regards the effects of “radio frequency directed energy.” The document discusses the “incapacitating effect” of “microwave hearing,” exactly like the new document describes.
There is no sound propagated through the air like normal sound. This technology in its crudest form could be used to distract individuals; if refined, it could also be used to communicate with hostages or hostage takers directly by Morse code or other message systems, possibly even by voice communication.
From that document, the technology is able to be tuned into a single person like a radio station.
The phenomenon is tunable in that the characteristic sounds and intensities of those sounds depend on the characteristics of the RF energy as delivered. Because the frequency of the sound heard is dependent on the pulse characteristics of the RF energy, it seems possible that this technology could be developed to the point where words could be transmitted to be heard like the spoken word, except that it could only be heard within a person’s head. In one experiment, communication of the words from one to ten using ‘speech modulated’ microwave energy was successfully demonstrated. Microphones next to the person experiencing the voice could not pick up the sound. Additional development of this would open up a wide range of possibilities.
Further, the paper discusses using this technology to disrupt neural control, which “activates specific forms of behavior such as sexual, aggressive, ingestive activities.”
Besides implanting memories, the military later attempted to create what it deemed Voice To Skull technology.
Voice To Skull is described in the patent as a “hearing system” where “Sound is induced in the head of a person by radiating the head with microwaves in the range of 100 megahertz to 10,000 megahertz that are modulated with a particular waveform.”
Similar psychotronic technology to Voice To Skull that wasn’t directly beaming frequencies into people but rather using radio stations to broadcast a signal outside of the human hearing range was used by the Pentagon, known as Silent Sound Spread Spectrum (SSSS) or S-quad. U.S. Psychological Operations officers tested this technology on Iraqi troops in Kuwait during Operation Desert Storm in 1991.
A news briefing detailed how American troops would take over the Iraqis’ FM stations and broadcast a silent signal underneath the audible programming:
The clandestine station programming consisted of patriotic and religious music and intentionally vague, confusing and contradictory military orders and information to the Iraqi soldiers in the Kuwaiti Theater of Command (KTO). The size and power of enemy forces was always intentionally exaggerated. Surrender was encouraged. According to statements made by captured and deserting Iraqi soldiers, however, the most devastating and demoralizing programming was the first known military use of the new, high tech, type of subliminal messages referred to as Ultra-High-Frequency ‘Silent Sounds’ or ‘Silent Subliminals’. (Newsweek, July 30, 1990, Page 61) Although completely silent to the human ear, the negative voice messages placed on the tapes alongside the audible programming by psyops psychologists were clearly perceived by the subconscious minds of the Iraqi soldiers and the silent messages completely demoralized and instilled a perpetual feeling of fear and hopelessness in their minds.
Then there is the suggestion of using Voice To Skull technology in Afghanistan under the moniker “Voice Of Allah” a few years back under the George Bush administration. That plan also included the broadcasting of a hologram image of what Allah was depicted to have looked like. Further, there was a plan years prior to do the same thing to other Arab nations.
The Gulf War hologram story might be dismissed were it not the case that washingtonpost.com learned that a super secret program was established in 1994 to pursue the very technology for application to PSYOPS. The “Holographic Projector” is described in a classified Air Force document as a system to “project information power from space … for special operations deception missions. (Source: Washington Post)
Steven Corman, writing at the COMOPS journal, described his own encounter with this technology:
At a government workshop some time ago I head someone describe a new tool that was described as the “voice of Allah.” This was said to be a device that would operate at a distance and would deliver a message that only a single person could hear. The story was that it was tested in a conflict situation in Iraq and pointed at one insurgent in a group, who whipped around looking in all directions, and began a heated conversation with his compatriots, who did not hear the message. At the time I greeted this story with some skepticism.
Holosonic Research Labs and American Technology Corporation both have versions of directed sound, which can allow a single person to hear a message that others around don’t hear. Holosonic sells a technology called “Audio Spot Light” while ATC sells the Long Range Acoustic Device. DARPA also has its own sonic projector. Intriguingly, Strategy Page reported that troops used LRAD as a modified Voice of God weapon:
It appears that some of the troops in Iraq are using “spoken” (as opposed to “screeching”) LRAD to mess with enemy fighters. Islamic terrorists tend to be superstitious and, of course, very religious. LRAD can put the “word of God” into their heads. If God, in the form of a voice that only you can hear, tells you to surrender, or run away, what are you gonna do?
CNET once reported on the technology, noting that users don’t hear sound through their ears but instead the sound resonates and reverberates inside the person’s head – except in that case it was used for advertising.
The folks who heard the ad for A & E’s TV show “Paranormal State” emitted from a billboard in New York City’s Greenwich Village must have thought it was pretty weird. As they walked into the targeted area they were exposed to highly focused sound, picked up not by their ears, but by their skulls. The otherwise inaudible sound waves are experienced via bone conduction–the sound resonates inside the passerby’s head.
The use of mind control technologies was predicted as well in the military publication of Strategic Studies Institute of the U.S. Army War College, published in 1994.
There are also other patents – (here, here , here , here and here.)
And, finally, the most important patent entitled: “Thought transmission unit sends modulated electromagnetic wave beams to human receiver to influence thoughts and actions without electronic receiver.”
This is not science fiction. This is, to put it bluntly, mad science driven by insanity. These are declassified black projects or SAPs (special access programs.) Much of what the clear world or civilian population knows about military technology is severely underestimated despite the public nature of certain technologies like the heat ray and sound cannon. If you dig even deeper there is an old reference on the Army’s website for a technology called “Voice To Skull.” (ARMY SITE YANKED WIRED REPORTED) [ARCHIVED COPY OF ARMY PAGE]
Dr. Joseph C. Sharp completed the first successful test of auditory microwave technology which could bypass the ears and beam sound directly into a person’s head at the Walter Reed Army Institute of Research in 1973.
Sharp, strapped inside an isolation chamber, heard “words” beamed at him in a pulsed-microwave audiogram. (An audiogram is a computerized analog of the spoken voice.) ARPA, now DARPA, researcher Robert O. Becker at the time foresaw “obvious applications in covert operations.”
Becker imagined barrages of “voices” driving an enemy insane, and post-hypnotic suggestion radioed to programmed assassin directing the test subject to kill its target. According to Naval Captain Paul Tyler in a 1976 essay, “The Electromagnetic Spectrum in Low-Intensity Conflict,” a “speed-of-light weapons effect” could be achieved with “the passage of approximately 100 milliamperes of directed frequency through the myocardium, leading to cardiac standstill and death.”
In 1975, a neuropsychologist Don R. Justesen, the director of Laboratories of Experimental Neuropsychology at Veterans Administration Hospital in Kansas City, unwittingly leaked National Security Information when he published an article in American Psychologist on the influence of microwaves on living creatures’ behavior. In the article, he quoted the results of an experiment described to him by his colleague, Joseph C. Sharp, who was working on Pandora, a secret project of the American Navy.
By radiating themselves with these ‘voice modulated’ microwaves, Sharp and Grove were readily able to hear, identify, and distinguish among the 9 words. The sounds heard were not unlike those emitted by persons with artificial larynxes (pg. 396).
Dr. Milton Zaret, a leading microwave scientist was later recruited by “Pandora,” a CIA project code-named for the study of radio-frequency-directed brain response he stated,
The CIA inquired whether I thought electromagnetic radiation beamed at the brain from a distance could affect the way a person might act, and if microwaves could be used to facilitate brainwashing or to break down prisoners under investigation.
It’s long been known that microwaves at certain frequencies can produce an auditory effect that sounds like it’s coming from within someone’s head. Then there’s the question of classified microwave work at Brooks Air Force Base which officials have refused to talk about.
In January 2007, Washington Post wrote on the same subject:
In 2002, the Air Force Research Laboratory patented precisely such a technology: using microwaves to send words into someone’s head… Rich Garcia, a spokesman for the research laboratory’s directed energy directorate, declined to discuss that patent or current or related research in the field, citing the lab’s policy not to comment on its microwave work. In response to a Freedom of Information Act request filed for this article, the Air Force released unclassified documents surrounding that 2002 patent — records that note that the patent was based on human experimentation in October 1994 at the Air Force lab, where scientists were able to transmit phrases into the heads of human subjects, albeit with marginal intelligibility. Research appeared to continue at least through 2002. Where this work has gone since is unclear — the research laboratory, citing classification, refused to discuss it or release other materials.
Previous research in electromagnetic weapons has shown that low-frequency waves or beams can affect brain cells, alter psychological states and make it possible to transmit commands directly into someone’s thought process making them think it’s their own thoughts. In fact there is even a patent which suggests doing just that.
In the 1940s George Estabrooks, a Harvard University graduate, Rhodes Scholar and chairman of psychology at Colgate University, Canada, acknowledged conducting extensive hypnosis work on behalf of the CIA, FBI and military intelligence creating Manchurian candidates. He boasted to Science Digest in 1971: “I can hypnotize a man — without his knowledge or consent — into committing treason against the United States.” Estabrook (Bowhart. Operation Mind Control.)
Eight years later, it was reported that a “Man Hallucinates, Says Microwaves Are Murdering Him,” in the March 21, 1979, edition of the Los Angeles Herald Examiner and later [url=https://books.google.com/books?id=UBWAQYm3rPMC&pg=PA375&lpg=PA375&dq=Man+Hallucinates,+Says+Microwaves+Are+Murdering+Him,%E2%80%9D&source=bl&ots=N_bMECCqBl&sig=WQQnb4kaQKxkh6hWI5LxT3PG_jc&hl=en&sa=X&ved=0ahUKEwiwjOj4kMLXAhUF7yYKHVacBFYQ6AEITzAL#v=onepage&q=ManHallucinates%2C Says Microwaves Are Murdering]New Scientist[/url]. That man was electronics engineer Leonard Kille, who founded the Scientific Engineering Institute (SEI) on behalf of the CIA. In July 1968 at South Vietnam’s Bien Hoa Hospital, SEI teams had implanted electrodes in the skulls of Vietcong prisoners of war in experimental attempts to direct the behavior of brain-wired subjects by remote control.
Kille himself was a test subject of the electrodes implanted in his brain. In 1971, a hospital attendant found Kille holding a metal wastebasket over his head in an attempt to “stop the microwaves.” A sympathetic doctor at Boston’s VA hospital, where Kille was transferred, ordered him “a large sheet of aluminum foil so he may fashion a protective helmet for himself.” Not informed that Kille had electrodes implanted his head, the VA doctors diagnosed him as a delusional paranoid individual.
In 1965 The New York Times reported obscure EMR experiments secretly funded by the government under the front-page headline: “Mind Control Coming, Scientist Warns.” University of California psychology professor Dr. David Krech is quoted warning, “EMR research may carry with it even more serious implications than the achievements of the atomic physicists.”
Earlier, a 1963 CIA-issued manual on the study of Radio-Hypnotic Intra-Cerebral Control (RHIC) explained:
When a part of your brain receives a tiny electrical impulse from outside sources, such as vision, hearing, etc., an emotion is produced—anger at the sight of a gang of boys beating an old woman, for example. The same emotions of anger can be created by artificial radio signals sent to your brain by a controller. You could instantly feel the same white-hot anger without any apparent reason.
Richard Helms oversaw military-oriented EMR research into the transmission of strategic subliminal messages into the aggregate minds of enemy populations. In a 1964 memo to the Warren Commission regarding the possibility that Lee Harvey Oswald had been a mind-controlled assassin, Helms outlined the existence of “biological radio communication.” “Cybernetics science of communication and control theory that is concerned with the study of automatic control systems, such as the brain and mechanical-electrical communications,” Helms admitted, “can be used in molding of a child’s character, the inculcation of knowledge and techniques, the amassing of experience, the establishment of social behavior patterns … all functions which can be summarized as control of the growth processes of the individual.”
A subsequent CIA directive, summarized in a brochure on “cybernetic technique” distributed by Mankind Research Unlimited, an EMR study facility in Washington, D.C., detailed the deep state’s development of a “means by which information of modest rate can be fed to humans utilizing other senses than sight or hearing.” According to the brochure, the CIA’s cybernetic technique, “based on Eastern European research,” involved beaming information via radio frequencies to individual human nerve cells. The purpose, the directive stated, was for “the enhancement of a subject’s mental and physical performance.”
“Recently researchers from the University of Washington showed that they could send one person’s thoughts through a computer to control the hand motion of a person sitting half a mile away. The team first demonstrated this brain-to-brain connection was possible back in August 2013. But now the researchers have put the technology through more rigorous testing and are close to making it usable in real-world scenarios,” Live Science reported.
Neuroscientists in France implanted false memories into the brains of sleeping mice in 2015. Using electrodes to directly stimulate and record the activity of nerve cells, they created artificial associative memories that persisted while the animals snoozed and then influenced their behavior when they finally woke up. MIT scientist also achieved the same result using mice in a similar experiment prior in 2013.
Meanwhile, Japanese researchers have developed a trick to implant false visions into people’s brains, altering the way they experience the world and potentially even the way they think.
In 2016, Dailymail reported that scientists had discovered a disturbing trick to plant false experiences into people’s brains.
As Huffington Post reported in 2014, “Mind control is becoming a reality,” in the clear science world, while black project scientists are far ahead of these advances as this article illustrates. Knowing all this information and seeing all the cited times in history that a shooter has heard voices in their head, one has to question if all the shootings were legitimate or if some of them were deep state CIA operations. (See my article: “I HEAR VOICES: MKUltra? A Worrying Trend Of Mass Shooting Suspects Throughout History Before Committing Horrific Murders.“)
With the inadvertent release of suspicious files talking about mind control it seemed like no better time to put this article out. Will the disclosure of this technology allow for the acceptance that it exists rather than constant ridicule with tinfoil hats? This entire article is cited to its teeth — your move CIA.
Electromagnetic Weapons are Being Used to Torture and Subjugate Countless American Citizens…: http://www.biggerthansnowden.com/
Aaron Kesel writes for Activist Post, where this article originally appeared.
Thanks to: http://www.renegadetribune.com
Posted: 21 Apr 2018 03:03 PM PDT
April 20, 2018
By Nicholas West
The emergence of low-cost micro satellites has spawned a global surveillance arms race: the familiar problem-reaction-solution paradigm upon what all other arms races are built. It is a topic that I began covering last year when where I detailed the little-known connection between commercial imagery vendor DigitalGlobe and the also little-known U.S. agency GEOINT, as well as other smaller players contributing to the growing arms race of space-based surveillance. The result would be satellites “the mass of a pair of toasters,” that could collect imagery and automate searches as needed.
The Denver Post revealed that in 2014 it was DigitalGlobe who successfully petitioned the U.S. government in 2014 to remove previous restrictions on the sale of higher-resolution images to non-government buyers thus opening up domestic and international commercial applications for this sensitive data.
As if merely working on ways to create tiny satellites that can collect and store data from every square inch of the the planet isn’t enough, DARPA has been funding a project that literally embraces the web it is creating: SPIDER. Read more about that here.
Amid this frenzy of investment in space-based surveillance that could become the ultimate Big Brother technology, once again arch technocrat Bill Gates has felt compelled to get involved. And the projected billion-dollar program he is backing could become the most comprehensive of the offerings I have come across, including access to streaming HD video in real-time for any location on the planet.
Mail Online reports:
The startup, EarthNow, plans to launch 500 satellites to cover Earth’s atmosphere in ‘Big Brother’ real-time video surveillance.
As well as Gates, SoftBank CEO Masayoshi Son and aerospace giant Airbus are also backing the project.
The price of the project could run to $1 billion (£700m), although the value of the investment by the companies has not been disclosed.
It plans to use an army of orbiting satellites will weigh around 500 pounds (225 kg) each that will have their cameras trained on Earth 24 hours a day.
It will onboard analysis of the imagery, though to what extent isn’t clear.
The “activities” that have been highlighted for this web of planetary surveillance covers the mundane as well as the most contentious such as “tracking illegal fishing, monitoring the weather and tracking natural migrations globally.” This can’t help but evoke ideas of an enhanced form of drone surveillance that is already taking shape in police departments around the country as a form of pre-crime detection for routine infractions; climate change and geoengineering management; and refugee and immigration scenarios both real and contrived. Gizmodo notes a few other possibilities, my emphasis added:
…watching hurricanes and typhoons as they evolve, detecting forest fires the moment they start, watching volcanoes the instant they start to erupt, assisting the media in telling stories from around the world, tracking large whales as they migrate, helping “smart cities” become more efficient, providing on-demand data about crop health, and observing conflict zones around the world.
Naturally, project developers offer platitudes about also offering public access to this real-time data stream from their tablets and smartphones. All so we can better appreciate our precious planet and its inhabitants, of course:
‘We believe the ability to see and understand the Earth live and unfiltered will help all of us better appreciate and ultimately care for our one and only home.’
‘We are excited by the prospect of giving everyone a stunningly beautiful real-time window on your world from space,’ Mr Hannigan said.
‘With EarthNow, we will all become virtual astronauts.’
While it seems that this project is in its conceptual phase and may be a way off from implementation, if ever; with Bill Gates’ backing and the involvement of other well-funded corporations, it indicates a future that is being dreamed of by those who would love nothing more than to turn the planet into a giant Panopticon of surveillance and control.
Nicholas West writes for Activist Post. Support us at Patreon for as little as $1 per month. Follow us on Facebook, Twitter, Steemit, and BitChute. Ready for solutions? Subscribe to our premium newsletter Counter Markets.
Thanks to: https://www.activistpost.com
Posted: 21 Apr 2018 07:05 AM PDT
Federal Agencies and Public Health Experts Refuse to Declare Autism a National Health Crisis
Enough Already: Autism Needs to Be Declared a National Health Crisis
by the World Mercury Project Team
It is both astonishing and insulting that, nearly three decades in, federal agencies and public health experts persist in denying and refusing to tackle our nation’s staggering autism epidemic.
With typical dismissiveness (and a straight face), one group of pediatric researchers recently had the temerity to put the word “epidemic” in quotes while endorsing the charade that the rising prevalence of autism is attributable to broader diagnostic criteria, increased awareness and “the inclusion of milder neurodevelopmental differences bordering on normality.”
The government’s own surveys—as well as parents, school systems and municipal budgets—tell an entirely different story, however.
Autism spectrum disorders (ASDs) began skyrocketing in the late 1980s, concurrent with a massive expansion of the childhood vaccine schedule and a corresponding increase in children’s exposure to neurotoxic vaccine ingredients such as mercury and aluminum.
Using data from the U.S. Office of Special Education Programs, a 2005 study published in Pediatrics reported that autism prevalence went from roughly 1 in 2,850 ten-year-olds born in 1982 (0.035%) to about 1 in 550 ten-year-olds born in 1990 (0.183%).
In the early 2000s, the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) began monitoring ASD prevalence (and changes in prevalence over time) through its Autism and Developmental Disabilities Monitoring (ADDM) Network, an active surveillance system that gathers data from roughly a dozen sites around the U.S. to ascertain ASD prevalence in 8-year-olds. Over the first decade of surveillance, the CDC reported that ASD prevalence rose by 123%.
As the above table illustrates, the ADDM program has one major shortcoming, which is the lag time between data collection, analysis and publication of prevalence data. For example, the data published in 2014 took four years to analyze and captured ASD prevalence for the cohort born 12 years earlier (i.e., children born in 2002 who were eight years old in 2010). CDC did not report the prevalence estimates for children born in 1992 until 2007.
The ADDM program has other acknowledged limitations as well, including:
- Constant changes in the number and location of surveillance sites
- A reliance on educational records that are not consistently available at all surveillance sites (which would tend to underestimate true prevalence)
- Failure to differentiate between ASD subgroups as an indicator of severity (but with differentiation by IQ, with 70 as the cutoff)
For these reasons, some observers believe that data routinely published by the National Center for Health Statistics more accurately represent the true autism picture. The Center’s prevalence data are based on parental reports from the National Health Interview Survey (NHIS).
As of 2014, NHIS data indicated that 1 in 45 children aged 3-17 years had been diagnosed with ASD (2.24%), and by 2016 this number was 1 in 36 (2.76%)—a 23% increase over the two-year period—and a far cry from the 1 in 550 reported from other data sources in 1990.
A health care and education burden
The CDC is due to release its latest ADDM surveillance numbers. Will our federal health agencies continue to downplay the numbers’ significance, as they have done each time the data show a rise in ASD prevalence? Or will they finally sound an alarm and make it a top priority to find out what is causing this epidemic in our children?
At a societal level, ASD imposes a substantial economic burden, especially on the health care and education sectors.
A study by Harvard researchers found that ASD was associated with over $17,000 more in health care and non-health-care costs annually per child. School systems (and thus taxpayers) carry a large portion of this additional financial burden to cover the special education services used by 76% of ASD children versus 7% of children without ASD.
Over the decade from 2005-2015, the number of students with ASD (ages 6-21) rose by 165% nationally.
At the family level, the average lifetime cost of caring for a child with autism (including the cost of lost wages) ranges from an estimated $1.4 to $2.4 million (depending on the level of intellectual disability), representing “a huge hit on families.”
Individuals with ASD also face vastly increased risks of medical comorbidities, including atopic disorders such as allergies and asthma, seizures, gastrointestinal problems, cancer and decreased life expectancy.
A study that compared individuals with autism to the general population found elevated death rates in the ASD group for causes of death such as seizures and accidental drowning or suffocation and noted overall reduced life expectancy “even for persons who are fully ambulatory” and have only “mild” intellectual disability.
An urgent situation
Over the years, many of the CDC’s bulletins about ASD prevalence have placidly reported that “ASDs are more common than was believed previously.”
However, the continued dramatic rise in ASD prevalence and autism’s heavy burden on individuals, families, schools and wider society call for a far greater sense of urgency.
Autism must be recognized as a national crisis.
As of this writing (April 2018), the CDC is due to release its latest ADDM surveillance numbers.
Will our federal health agencies continue to downplay the numbers’ significance, as they have done each time the data show a rise in ASD prevalence? Or will they finally sound an alarm and make it a top priority to find out what is causing this epidemic in our children?
No one—and not least the agencies that are supposed to be looking out for children’s best interests—can afford to be complacent any longer about this unjustifiably neglected public health emergency.
Read the full article at WorldMercuryProject.org.
Thanks to: http://vaccineimpact.com
Posted: 10 May 2018 07:02 AM PDT
The Mind Unleashed
- May 9, 2018
A retired CIA analyst turned antiwar activist was forcibly removed from the Intelligence Committee hearing on Capitol Hill on Wednesday. Ray McGovern, supporter and endorser of the Women’s March on the Pentagon, demanded answers during Gina Haspel’s confirmation hearing but was prevented from receiving them.
Haspel is the acting head of the CIA and has been nominated to replace Mike Pompeo as director of the CIA. Haspel covered up torture when she “carried out an order to destroy videotapes of the waterboarding” that took place at a CIA black site under her watch and has been criticized for it since her nomination.
McGovern, a well known antiwar activist, formerly chaired the National Intelligence Estimates, prepared the President’s Daily Brief under Reagan and McGovern served in the CIA for 27 years. He served in the Vietnam War and was the recipient of the Intelligence Commendation Medal at his retirement, which he returned in 2006 in protest of the CIA’s torture practices.
During the hearing, Haspel promised not to create another torture program but refused to condemn past CIA torture programs. McGovern interrupted questioning relating to “enhanced interrogation techniques” from Sen. Jack Reed of Rhode Island, demanding that she respond specifically to questions regard the CIA black site in Thailand and the torture of suspects that took place there. As a result, Sen. Richard Burr, the head of the committee, ordered Capitol Police to remove McGovern from the hearing.
Capitol Police responded quickly and with force to McGovern’s verbal questioning, proceeding to shove him out the door and throw him to the ground. McGovern could be heard pleading with the officers to not hurt his dislocated shoulder to which the police repeatedly yelled “Stop resisting!”
McGovern managed to yell something about waterboarding as another protestor yelled “Bloody Gina!” and “You are a torturer!” before also being removed by police.
According to another well known CIA whistleblower, John Kiriakou, Haspel was nicknamed “Bloody Gina” by her CIA colleagues. Kiriakou also claims that Haspel willingly look part in torture herself. Kiriakou spent time in prison for exposing the very torture that Haspel was tasked with covering up and, thus far, has been the only person to serve time in relation to the torture engaged in at CIA black sites.
Haspel’s questioning continued after the two protesters were removed, seemingly insisting that no comparisons can be made between terrorists and CIA agents when it comes to who deserves to be tortured.
McGovern has been outspoken in his opposition to Haspel’s nomination in addition to the immorality and ineffectiveness of torture. Only days ago he penned an opinion piece titled “Will a Torturer Become CIA Director?”
In 2003, McGovern created Veteran Intelligence Professionals for Sanity, an outspoken group of former CIA employees who have called out former presidents George W. Bush and Barak Obama as well as current U.S. President Donald Trump.
It would behoove the greater U.S. population to take note of the situation in which a retired CIA analyst, having served his country for nearly 30 years, was forcefully removed from a Senate hearing for simply exposing and demanding answers related to torture engaged in by someone who will likely be tasked with serving America.
Thanks to: https://themindunleashed.com
|Sickening Bastards: The 2018 Met Gala: Because the Industry Loves Blasphemy
Posted: 10 May 2018 06:48 AM PDT
Sickening Bastards: The 2018 Met Gala: Because the Industry Loves Blasphemy
May 9, 2018
The theme of the 2018 Met Gala revolved around Catholic imagery. As a result, dozens of industry stooges paraded around in outfits trivializing, sexualizing and blaspheming Catholic and Christian symbolism.The theme of the 2018 Met Gala was Heavenly Bodies: Fashion and the Catholic Imagination. The title itself – which uses the expression “heavenly bodies” to allude to the sexy celebrities the masses lust for – perfectly encapsulates the philosophy behind this fashion event. It is about using symbolism associated with the holy, the spiritual and the divine and applying it to a fashion show that is about the exact opposite: Opulent materialism, crass sexuality, and desecration of the sacred.
While some media sources timidly criticised the event as being “borderline blasphemous”, other’s just said it:
While one can rationalize and explain away the 2018 Met Gala in all kinds of ways, it remains a clear and blatant display of the entertainment industry’s mindset. The concept of “creativity” is now tightly intertwined with occult elite’s ideology, and “art” is now at the service of dark spiritual deeds. Would this kind of display be accepted if it was “inspired” by any other religion or culture?
Thanks to Lou at: https://talesfromtheloublog.wordpress.com
|Is 5G a Sterilization and Eugenics Program?
Posted: 10 May 2018 06:44 AM PDT
Is 5G a Sterilization and Eugenics Program?
I don’t personally know that Agenda 21 is what Deborah Tavares and many others claim but I will faithfully transmit their message. For years, Tavares has been working to spread the word about what she believes to be various campaigns of stealth genocide associated with the implementation of the UN’s Agenda 21.
Thanks to: https://forbiddenknowledgetv.net
Posted: 10 May 2018 05:50 AM PDT
You may have heard that 72-year-old Joseph James DeAngelo, aka the Golden State Killer, who raped, murdered and burgled hundreds of people the 1970s in an investigation that had long since gone cold was recently tracked down and arrested due to his DNA being linked to that of a distant relative using an open-source genealogy website called GEDmtach.
In other words, even if you have never volunteered your genetics for such services, your DNA is accessible to law enforcement if a relative has done a genetic test – even a very distant relative. Despite these companies’ guarantees of privacy, they are obliged to surrender genetic data when presented with a search warrant or a court order.
Remember, Kids – in the era of Big Data, YOU are the product!
YouTuber, reallygraceful has been making great videos for a few years and this is one of her best so far. This very well-researched and visually-sophisticated piece explores the intersection between 23andMe, the Mountain View, California privately-held personal genomics and biotechnology company that was founded in 2006 by CEO Anne Wojcicki (sister of YouTube CEO, Susan Wojcicki) with seed money from Google Ventures when Anne was still married to Google co-founder Sergey Brin.
Meanwhile, Google Ventures CEO Bill Maris is also the founder of the Google-backed biotechnology company, Calico, which is chiefly concerned with combating aging. Maris is firm in his view that Calico’s research could extend the human lifespan to five hundred years and possibly extinguish death itself.
Immortality is an obsession of many of the same Silicon Valley Tech Overlords who promote the idea that human overpopulation is the world’s leading problem and that the Earth’s resources will be exhausted without population control. This is, of course at odds with the idea of life extension and immortality. If the lifespan of everybody on Earth were extended to 500 years and beyond, the received wisdom tells us that we would eat ourselves out of our planetary house and home.
This is where transhumanism and an emerging world of high tech eugenics collide and reallygraceful does a fantastic job of exploring the legal and existential implications of reproductive rights based the “brainscores” currently being withheld from DNA test customers, the “Designer Baby” patent owned by 23andMe for use in fertility clinics and “ethno-bombs” made from genetically modified microorganisms to target genetic sequences that belong to specific ethnicities.
Back in 1998, Wired Magazine reported that one such weapon was being developed in Israel to target Arab genes and to leave the ethnically Jewish ones unharmed.
While the Genetic Information Nondiscrimination Act of 2008 prohibits some types of genetic discrimination in obtaining health insurance and employment, she notes that last year, members of Congress moved to undo some genetic privacy protections that would enable employers to demand to see their employees’ genetic information.
On the 23andme website, the fine print currently reads: “If you are asked by an insurance company whether you have learned genetic information about health conditions and you do not disclose them…it may be considered fraud on your behalf.”
As current trends in DNA testing continue and tests taken by your relatives may reveal your own predispositions to disease, she wonders if your employer or insurer will drop you after having access to your family’s DNA reports? Will we see a rise in deaths associated with treatable conditions once insurance companies have access to these reports? Will our genetic profiles ever be used against us beyond law enforcement? The answer seems obvious.
The data-processing involved in genetic sequencing is legendary, so who would be better-equipped to crunch the data of billions of genomes than Google, who met with the White House 427 times during the Obama Administration? reallygraceful rightly asks, “How long until 23andme’s biobank is utilized by third parties like the US military to develop genetically-targeted biological weapons? Or is that already taking place?”
She warns that the potential for soft eugenics is beginning to form while designer babies will soon be within reach for average customers and that the responsibility for this is currently in the hands of legislators who receive large donations from the Corporatist lobbyists associated with these technologies.
It is our responsibility to stay on top of this matter to see that this doesn’t get out of hand, unless it’s already too late. For whatever it’s worth, Deborah Tavares of StoptheCrime.net has recently announced that the 5G wireless network currently being rolled out is in fact a sterilization and eugenics program. (To Be Continued…)
Thanks to: https://forbiddenknowledgetv.net
Posted: 10 May 2018 05:36 AM PDT
The Demise of the Slavery
Its been about 10 months now we’ve been dealing with this court case. I don’t know how long it continues, it could be a while. From the pace of the Q stuff last October I predicted this could take 18 months, which wasn’t well received then, but we are in 10 months of this now. So I may not be far off. Heather doesn’t work within time, and she will tell you that, she works with events and their sequence and how to speed that up.
It is clear that politicians are dropping out right and left. There’s no denying that many of the things predicted by Q have happened and are happening. All kinds of dots are beginning to connect for the public but confidence is not high that the corrupted courts will clean it up. Trials, if any, will likely come through military tribunals.
This NXIVM sex slave scandal is tied into a good number of “Cabal” politicians. New York Attornery General Eric Schneiderman has resigned. He championed himself a defender of women yet is being revealed to be just another opportunistic abuser of women. He also canceled the NY investigation into the NXIVM sex slave cult which the Feds found good reason to pursue. NXIVM was based in Albany NY which is the capitol of New York.
A lot of people think human trafficking is limited to sex slaves, pedophilia or cheap Honduran or Asian Indian labor. The old fashioned sort of slavery with chains and punishments does still go on in this planet, in Africa, India and many countries. Slavery did not end with the American Civil War, it just went into a financial form. Abolotionist Salmon P Chase (from which Chase Manhattan gets its name) was the one who started the USA on a debt bond system of financing via the early telegraph systems. The sex slave stuff coming out now (most of it out of Asia with Chinese women) is a debt bondage type of immigration that can never be paid off. Its often mafia or covert operations funding. And who in this country has wanted MORE unfettered immigration? That has not been addressed much in the media. And what group of beings has a long history of debt bondage? Same ones who do it through the banking systems. The NXIVM case is far more important in its implications and to the degree it reaches into so many areas of governmental and industrial corruption. NXIVM was a far more insidious and covert control and blackmail type operation.
Human trafficking goes deeper than sex or house servants, although that is indeed part of it. We have ALL been in a “very elegant slave system” as human slaves to the banking systems. A system of financial bonds, rather than iron shackles.
When you live in a centrally planned economy run by central banks who finance it all with your value, which you are denied access to, can it be described as anything else? You were told you were worthless and must “earn” your living, salvation, and merit. You, every one of you, are all instances in body of the Creator of ALL. PREPAID, PREAUTHORIZED, PREDEPOSITIED. KNOW THAT, FEEL THAT. The bankers put “IN GOD WE TRUST” on our money… the TRUST they were referencing was not confidence, it was a financial trust! The central bankers know very well all value comes from Source!
The bankers don’t want the pedogate stuff revealed, for that was but one control mechanism, as was the cocaine trade and another of other vices. But more than that, they really don’t want you to know what they did with your value.
They were given 5 years to clean up their act. It looked like a year ago they were going to do that, but that was a ruse. Now the Original Depositor ledgers are being closed out. They were warned.
Interesting times ahead for all. But in the end all come out winners.
Many emotions will be felt, don’t attach to judgement, as all this is being exposed to to let it all go. A new world and a new way of being is coming!
Where is slavery when money is not an issue? Where is “marrying up” when a woman has all the resources she needs to raise her children? Where’s the state without dependents for its voting base? Where is theft when there’s no lack? Where is status when your status comes from who you BE and what you CREATE and not bits of paper in your wallet? Where are resource wars when replication of things is common place? Where is hierarchy when all KNOW they are Source in body?
Its been said “money is the root of all evil”, many a preacher has tried to explain that one away…. yet can you see how many things are connected to the perceived lack of money (which is really just energy)?
Thanks to: https://terrancognito.blogspot.com
Posted: 17 Apr 2018 10:16 AM PDT
Elon Musk Says SpaceX Will Try to Land a Rocket with a ‘Giant Party Balloon’
By Tariq Malik, Space.com Managing Editor | April 16, 2018 10:48am ET
Two SpaceX Falcon Heavy boosters make a simultaneous landing after launching the first Falcon Heavy rocket into orbit on Feb. 6, 2018. Elon Musk says SpaceX will soon try to land the upper stage of its workhorse Falcon 9 rocket using a “giant party balloon.”
From anyone else, it would sound ridiculous: Elon Musk says SpaceX is going to try to land a rocket stage with … wait for it … a “giant party balloon.”
Even Musk, SpaceX’s CEO and chief designer, admits it’s a pretty wild idea.
“This is gonna sound crazy, but … SpaceX will try to bring rocket upper stage back from orbital velocity using a giant party balloon … and then land on a bouncy house,” Musk wrote in a series of Twitter posts Sunday (April 15). [6 Fun Facts About SpaceX]
Musk is presumably talking about the upper stage of the two-stage Falcon 9 rocket that serves as the workhorse booster for SpaceX launches. The upper stage is currently the only major component of the rocket that the Hawthorne, California-based aerospace company has not tried to reuse in its pursuit of a fully reusable launch vehicle.
To date, SpaceX has successfully landed Falcon 9 first stages 23 times and re-flown 11 of them. Falcon 9 first stages perform engine maneuvers in space that send them back to Earth, where they can land on an offshore drone ship or landing pads near their launch sites. They use grid-like fins for stability during re-entry, perform engine burns to slow down and carry landing legs that fold out just before touchdown.
The company has also reused two of its uncrewed Dragon cargo ships to deliver NASA cargo to the International Space Station (one of them is in orbit right now) and is actively trying to capture the payload fairings — or nose cones — that shroud and protect satellites and other payloads during launch. In fact, SpaceX will try to recover the payload fairings again today (April 16) when it launches a Falcon 9 carrying NASA’s next exoplanet-hunting space telescope, the Transiting Exoplanet Survey Satellite. You can watch that launch live on Space.com at 6:30 p.m. EDT (2230 GMT) today.
Musk did not reveal a timetable for the “giant party balloon” landing test or details on how it works, but he did say that a sturdy balloon has a good shape to withstand the stresses a rocket stage endures during its supersonic descent back to Earth.
A giant balloon is “great for creating a giant object that retains its shape across all Mach regimes & drops ballistic coefficient by 2 orders of magnitude,” Musk wrote.
Musk also said that SpaceX already brings its Falcon 9 upper stages back to Earth. They are intentionally disposed of in the Pacific Ocean so they don’t become space junk.
“We already do targeted retro burn to a specific point in Pacific [with] no islands or ships, so [the] upper stage doesn’t become a dead satellite,” Musk wrote on Twitter. “Need to retarget closer to shore & position catcher ship like Mr. Steven.”
Mr. Steven is a ship equipped with a net and giant metal arms to catch falling Falcon 9 payload fairings. Musk has called it a “catcher’s mitt” in boat form.
SpaceX’s use of a giant balloon for a rocket won’t be the first time a company or space agency has attempted to use an inflatable system for re-entry. NASA has conducted several experiments using inflatable “flying saucer”-shaped inflatable heat shields for Mars landings. And in 2012, the private spaceflight company Armadillo Aerospace launched an inflatable balloon parachute, or “ballute,” as a part of a re-entry technology test.
Email Tariq Malik at firstname.lastname@example.org or follow him @tariqjmalik. Follow us @Spacedotcom, Facebook and Google+. Original article on Space.com.
Thanks to: https://www.space.com
Posted: 17 Apr 2018 09:14 AM PDT
Arjun WaliaApril 17, 2018
This Is Simply The Truth About Modern Day Science That Continues To Be Ignored
There are three quotes I love to use to illustrate best what I’m trying to get across here,
In the case of medicine, a lot of information has emerged showing just how much corruption really goes on in the industry. The Editors-in-Chiefs of several major medical journals have been quite blunt, with perhaps one of the best examples coming from Dr. Richard Horton, the current Editor-in-Chief of The Lancet, who says:
“The case against science is straightforward: much of the scientific literature, perhaps half, may simply be untrue.”
Dr. Marcia Angell, a physician and longtime Editor-in-Chief of the New England Medical Journal (NEMJ), also considered one of the most prestigious peer-reviewed medical journals in the world, alongside The Lancet, has said that:
“It is simply no longer possible to believe much of the clinical research that is published, or to rely on the judgment of trusted physicians or authoritative medical guidelines. I take no pleasure in this conclusion, which I reached slowly and reluctantly over my two decades as an editor of The New England Journal of Medicine.”
John Ioannidis, an epidemiologist at the Stanford University School of Medicine, published an article titled “Why Most Published Research Findings Are False,” which subsequently became the most widely accessed article in the history of the Public Library of Science (PLoS). (source)
Here is another great quote by Arnold Seymour Relman (1923-2014), Harvard professor of medicine and former Editor-in-Chief of The New England Medical Journal:
“The medical profession is being bought by the pharmaceutical industry, not only in terms of the practice of medicine, but also in terms of teaching and research. The academic institutions of this country are allowing themselves to be the paid agents of the pharmaceutical industry. I think it’s disgraceful.”
Other Examples Of Corruption
In 2016, a group of scientists in 2016 at the CDC named, SPIDER (Scientists Preserving Integrity, Diligence and Ethics), put out a list of complaints in the form of a letter to the CDC’s Chief of Staff, where they say,
“It appears that our mission is being influenced and shaped by outside parties and rogue interests… and Congressional intent for our agency is being circumvented by some of our leaders. What concerns us most, is that it is becoming the norm and not the rare exception.”
Shortly before this, and perhaps even more shockingly, is the whistleblower testimony from a senior CDC scientist, who has authored multiple commonly cited studies that show no link whatsoever between the MMR vaccine and autism. In fact, one of his studies, published in 2004, is the most commonly cited study used to debunk the link between the MMR vaccine and autism.
His name is Dr. William Thompson, and he bravely told the world that it was “the lowest point” in his career that he “went along with that paper.” He said that the authors “didn’t report significant findings” and that he is “completely ashamed” of what he did, that he was “complicit and went along with this, and that he regrets that he has “been part of the problem.” (source)(source)([url=http://legislature.vermont.gov/assets/Documents/2016/WorkGroups/House Health Care/Bills/H.98/Witness Testimony/H.98~Jennifer Stella~William Thompson Statement~5-6-2015.pdf]source[/url])
[url=http://legislature.vermont.gov/assets/Documents/2016/WorkGroups/House Health Care/Bills/H.98/Witness Testimony/H.98~Jennifer Stella~William Thompson Statement~5-6-2015.pdf]Here[/url] is an official statement from Dr. Thompson describing the situation in his own words. This is perhaps the best source of information regrading this matter.
These are a few examples out out of many.
We are living in a time of great transparency, a lot of new information is coming out that’s completely countering what we’ve been told, and some rather ghastly examples of scientific fraud have been made, it’s not just with vaccines.
Information like this, unfortunately, can create a divide among the population, with one side spewing venom at the other, using terms like “anti-vax” or “pro-vax.” At the end of the day, these labels and the way we argue over them doesn’t really solve anything. If all we do is react with emotions when it comes to such important topics, we might as well not even have a conversation about them at all.
All of us have to wake up and realize that nothing is set in stone, and the way we do things here is constantly changing. There is no denying the that fact that corporate/government funded media is severely fraudulent and basically presents one side of the coin.
The media pays absolutely no attention to vaccine research that does not fit the narrative of their owners. Something is seriously wrong here, and there are more than enough opportunities to see it.
The key here is to disseminate information in a peaceful manner, and remember, you still have the choice with regards to the decisions you make about your health, and the health of your child.
Don’t be afraid to think for yourself.
“The main reason we take so many drugs is that drug companies don t sell drugs, they sell lies about drugs. This is what makes drugs so different from anything else in life… Virtually everything we know about drugs is what the companies have chosen to tell us and our doctors… the reason patients trust their medicine is that they extrapolate the trust they have in their doctors into the medicines they prescribe.
The patients don’t realize that, although their doctors may know a lot about diseases and human physiology and psychology, they know very, very little about drugs that’ve been carefully concocted and dressed up by the drug industry… If you don t think the system is out of control, please email me and explain why drugs are the third leading cause of death… If such a hugely lethal epidemic had been caused by a new bacterium or a virus,or even one-hundredth of it, we would have done everything we could to get it under control.”
– Dr. Peter Gotzsche, co-founder of the Cochrane Collaboration
Thanks to: http://www.collective-evolution.com
Posted: 17 Apr 2018 07:44 AM PDT
It is considered one of the cleanest places on the planet however analysis of plastic waste washed up from Lake Geneva has revealed hazardous levels of bromine and cadmium that presents a clear threat to humans and wildlife.
Researchers also detected high concentrations of mercury and lead among the litter.
Switzerland has an international reputation for cleanliness and pristine landscape, but a team of scientists from the University of Geneva and Britain has revealed that the lake is as susceptible to plastic waste problems as the ocean.
But don’t worry folks, help is just around the corner, scientists have improved a naturally occurring enzyme which can digest some of our most commonly polluting plastics, yes, scientists have manipulated a natural enzyme to eat plastic, ‘WHAT COULD GO WRONG?’
Originally discovered at a dump in Japan, the enzyme is produced by a bacterium which “eats” PET, the strong plastic commonly used in bottles, which takes hundreds of years to break down in the environment.
According to the BBC, The modified enzyme, known as PETase, can start breaking down the same material in just a few days.
This could revolutionise the recycling process, allowing plastics to be reused more effectively.
Meanwhile back in Switzerland, the team analysed 3,000 objects, such as toys, pens, cotton swabs, food packaging and fragments of foam and polystyrene that washed up on the shores of the lake. Some 600 waste objects were also x-rayed in the laboratory.
The bromine content of 19 articles was above the European Union limit while dangerous levels of cadmium were found in 57 articles.
Lead was detected in a quarter of all objects, with 65 showing levels above the EU threshold.
Publishing the results in the ‘Frontiers in Environmental Science external link’ journal, researchers said many objects had likely been floating in the water for a long time.
The report’s authors warned that the plastic waste represents a threat to wildlife, either by eating or becoming entangled in objects, or through contamination by toxins.
Thanks to: http://www.thebigwobble.org
Posted: 17 Apr 2018 07:08 AM PDT
It turns out it’s not just smartphone tracking data and online purchases that we have to be concerned about. Google’s desktop web browser, Chrome is also being called into question. Chrome apparently scans users’ hard drives without their knowledge.
Google Chrome for Windows includes what’s called the Chrome Cleanup Tool, which is designed to detect and remove unwanted software, according to Justin Schuh, head of GoogleChrome security, who also said users have to specifically click the Remove button to initiate the cleanup. But if this service is so benign, why wasn’t its purpose and the full extent of its operation explained to users? Google has not yet provided an answer to this.
Chrome is supposedly “just” looking through your files to identify malware that might affect Chrome. It then sends the metadata of the file and the location of where the malware is located on your hard drive, including some system information to Google. Google’s cavalier attitude doesn’t exactly fill one with confidence, given the current climate we live in.
YouTuber Dave Cullen of the Computing Forever channel says the problem is really two-fold: 1) the addiction users have to these ubiquitous free services and 2) the apathetic culture of the tech companies in question, where caring about user privacy isn’t exactly part of their business model, seeing as it as how persona data is the very thing they rely upon to make money.
Thanks to: https://forbiddenknowledgetv.net
|Depopulation Already Unleashed
Posted: 19 Apr 2018 10:19 AM PDT
Depopulation Already Unleashed: Shocking New Research Finds Prenatal Exposure To Endocrine Disruptors Can Impact Male Fertility For Generations
by Ethan Huff; Natural News
The long-term negative effects of endocrine-disrupting chemicals, or EDCs, extend far beyond just the immediate generation exposed to them, new research has found.
Presented at ENDO 2018, the 100th annual meeting of the Endocrine Society, which took place in Chicago earlier this year, data compiled on EDC exposure revealed that pregnant women exposed to chemicals like bisphenol-A (BPA), a hormone-altering chemical commonly used in plastic containers and thermal receipt paper, passes on from one generation to the next.
The researchers looked specifically at the effects of di-(2-ethylhexyl) phthalate (DEHP), which is one of the most widely used EDCs. It’s commonly found in industrial and consumer products, including in polyvinyl chloride (PVC) piping and tubing, cosmetics, medical devices, and children’s plastic toys.
Male mice exposed to this chemical were observed to have significantly lower levels of testosterone in their blood, as well as decreased sperm count in their semen. As a result, these mice lost their fertility at a very young age when they should have still been fertile.
“Most surprisingly, the male mice born to male mice that were exposed to DEHP also exhibited similar reproductive abnormalities – indicating prenatal exposure to DEHP can affect the fertility and reproductive capacity of more than one generation of offspring,” stated Radwa Barakat, B.V.S.C., M.Sc., from the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign’s College of Veterinary Medicine.
“Therefore, DEHP may be a contributing factor to the decreased sperm counts and qualities in modern men compared to previous generations.” [emphasis added]
Support our mission and enhance your own self-reliance: The laboratory-verified Organic Emergency Survival Bucket provides certified organic, high-nutrition storable food for emergency preparedness. Completely free of corn syrup, MSG, GMOs and other food toxins. Ultra-clean solution for years of food security. Learn more at HealthRangerStore.com.
Endocrine-disrupting chemicals are hiding in everything these days. To keep up with the latest news on this covert chemical violence, visit ChemicalViolence.news.
Trace-level exposure to EDCs may actually be WORSE than higher-level exposure
When the DEHP-exposed mice were fully grown, the researchers then paired them up with unexposed female mice to produce a second generation of mice. They then repeated this again to produce a third generation, in both cases evaluating sex hormone levels, sperm concentrations, and sperm motility and movement — a potential sign of infertility — at 15 months.
They found that in the second generation of male mice bred from a DEHP-exposed father and a non-exposed mother, only those mice whose fathers were most exposed to DEHP produced abnormal reproductive results, including lowered testosterone concentration, sperm levels, and sperm motility. Similar damage was present in the third generation of mice as well, including in those descended from grandparent mice that were exposed to lower levels of DEHP.
Oddly enough, the lowest DEHP group of mice actually exhibited the greatest abnormalities, affirming the findings of a 2012 study in which lower-dose exposure to EDCs was found to be more harmful than higher-dose exposure.
So the seemingly tiny amounts of BPA that leach from plastic water bottles, say, are apparently more harmful to the human endocrine system than an onslaught of the stuff might be if one were to bathe in it. This would explain why the minimally-exposed mice in the latest experiments fared worse, in many cases, than excessively-exposed mice.
“Sperm counts among men have dropped substantially over the last few decades, but the reason for such an alarming phenomenon is not known,” added Barakat. “These results suggest that when a mother is exposed to an endocrine disruptor during pregnancy, her son and the son’s future generations may suffer from decreased fertility or hormone insufficiency.”
Researchers from both the National Food Institute and the Technical University of Denmark also affirm this, having discovered back in 2016 that exposure to BPA, and other EDCs, contributes to reduced sperm count, obesity, the growth of breasts in males, and even behavioral changes that are uncharacteristic to the sex of the person exposed to them.
Thanks to: https://www.riseearth.com
|Robert F. Kennedy Jr. Explains The Real Reason The West Is Trying To Destabilize Syria
Posted: 19 Apr 2018 10:17 AM PDT
Robert F. Kennedy Jr. Explains The Real Reason The West Is Trying To Destabilize Syria
RiseEarth 12:28 PM [url=https://www.riseearth.com/search/label/World Truth] World Truth [/url]
by Arjun Walia; Collective Evolution
“The statesmen will invent cheap lies, putting the blame upon the nation that is attacked, and every man will be glad of those conscience-soothing falsities, and will diligently study them, and refuse to examine any refutations of them; and thus he will by and by convince himself the war is just, and will thank God for the better sleep he enjoys after this process of grotesque self-deception.” – Mark Twain
The recent chemical gas attack in Syria has once again lit a fire under the global population, a split is being created. Every single year, the divide as to what’s really happening in Syria gets stronger and stronger. Although division and the constant opposing narrative’s between the mass population only creates more conflict, drama, and confusion, in this case it’s much different, because before it was simply believe what we hear, now, we are learning to question it.
What we have here is a classic case of media giants spewing opposing views. On one hand, we have the western military alliance claiming that a chemical attack occurred in Syria and was done so by the Syrian President, Bashar Al Assad, despite the fact that absolutely no evidence of this being so was presented. This narrative is dished out from intelligence agencies via western mainstream media. Investigations are currently taking place as to what really happened there, as the OPCW chemical weapons inspectors recently arrived inside of Douma to do an inspection, as it would be nice to actually have some real evidence that a chemical weapons attack occurred.
On the other side of the coin, there are a number of journalists, academicians and politicians who’ve voiced their concern that this could be a “false flag” attack. In fact, after the last supposed chemical weapons attack, Russian President Vladimir Putin came out and said that it was a “false” flag and that “more are being prepared in Syria.” Not long ago, a Russian general went on Russian national T.V. letting the citizens know that they had intel of another staged gas attack to occur in Syria. Despite the fact that a large portion of westerners resonate with this viewpoint, it is still greeted with a harsh response in many cases, often deemed as “Russian propaganda.” Obviously, Assad has denied any chemical weapons attack on his own people.
As a side note, when we say staged, we mean just that, with crisis actors being involved. On the other hand, there are also staged real events, where people do lose their lives and are actually victims of weapons attack, that could be the case here in Syria as well.
The Deep State has a long history of labelling foreigners as dictators, sponsoring terrorist activities in those countries and influencing a regime change to suit their own best interests. These are facts that are hard to argue against, and many political and military figures from around the world, including the United States, on-top of uncountable academicians, have all expressed their concern that this is exactly what we’re seeing in Syria right now.
Can you imagine? A power so strong that they have their hands in the creation of terrorist activity, in order to justify the invasion of another country for ulterior motives, while looking like the humanitarian and ‘saviour?’
I don’t want to get into it here, as I recently published an article that goes into a little more detail about the recent chemical attack in Syria, linked below:
Robert F. Kennedy Jr.’s Perspective
I want to focus on long time activist, Robert F. Kennedy Jr., and zero in on his post about the chemical weapons attack that was blamed on Assad, prior to the most recent one.
“America’s unsavoury record of violent interventions in Syria – Obscure to the American people yet well known to Syrians – sowed fertile ground for the violent Islamic Jihadism that now complicates any effective response by our government to address the challenges of ISIS. So long as the American public and policymakers are unaware of this past, further interventions are likely to only compound the crisis. Moreover, our enemies delight in our ignorance.”
Also, I believe it’s important to mention that when the term ‘Islamic State’ or ‘Islamic Jihadism’ is used, it in no way represents any muslim person whatsoever.
This quote highlights one of many examples of how religion is being used by the global elite to basically create chaos, making their intervention a little easier.
Kennedy believes this is another pipeline war, citing the fact that the world’s addiction to oil, when oil is completely unnecessary at this point, is creating social chaos, war, terror, the refugee crisis overseas, and the loss of democracy and civil rights both abroad and at home.
He is no doubt correct, and obviously has knowledge of this type of thing given who he is and what he and his family have experienced inside the realm of geopolitics.
Kennedy states, “we might want to look beyond the convenient explanations of religion and ideology and focus on the more complex rationales of history and oil, which mostly point the finger of blame for terrorism back at the champions of militarism, imperialism and petroleum here on our own shores.”
The truth is, plans to create dramatic political change in multiple countries have been in the works for quite some time.
Titled “Syria: Scenarios of Dramatic Political Change,” this document was written in July of 1986 by the Foreign Subversion and Instability Center, part of the CIA’s Mission Center for Global Issues.
It states its mission to analyze “a number of possible scenarios that could lead to the ouster of President Assad or other dramatic change in Syria.” Though the document is 25 years old, it shows that the U.S. plans to influence and infiltrate Syria to create change that would suit their own interests and dates back well over 30 years.
The document also comes with similar testimony from insiders. One example would be former Four Star General Wesley Clark, who was the Supreme Allied Commander of Europe of NATO from 1997-2000. Clark said, in an interview with Democracy Now, that the U.S. had plans to invade countries in the Middle East, including Syria, for no justified reason at all. He offered the sentiments of some within the American military, that they have a “good military” and that they can “take down governments.” He spoke of a memo that described how the U.S. had “plans to take out seven countries in five years, starting with Iraq, and then Syria, Lebanon, Libya, Somalia, Sudan, and finishing off, Iran” (source).
In Kennedy’s article, he explains how long before the 2003 occupation of Iraq by the United States (which was justified by 9/11), the US government triggered the Sunni uprising which has now become the ‘Islamic State.’ “The CIA had nurtured violent Jihadism as a Cold War weapon and freighted U.S./Syrian relationships with toxic baggage,” explains Kennedy.
“The CIA began its active meddling in Syria in 1949—barely a year after the agency’s creation. Syrian patriots had declared war on the Nazis, expelled their Vichy French colonial rulers and crafted a fragile secularist democracy based on the American model. But in March of 1949, Syria’s democratically elected president, Shukri-al-Kuwaiti, hesitated to approve the Trans Arabian Pipeline, an American project intended to connect the oil fields of Saudi Arabia to the ports of Lebanon via Syria. In his book, Legacy of Ashes, CIA historian Tim Weiner recounts that in retaliation, the CIA engineered a coup, replacing al-Kuwaiti with the CIA’s handpicked dictator, a convicted swindler named Husni al-Za’im. Al-Za’im barely had time to dissolve parliament and approve the American pipeline before his countrymen deposed him, 14 weeks into his regime.”
Syria is one of multiple countries currently standing that has not been completely destroyed and transformed by the United States.
In order for these interventions to occur, the United States and their allies desperately need to justify reasons for intervention to their populace.
The point is, the idea that these gas attacks are false flag events, and the idea that the US has their hand in such attacks to help oust Assad, while at the same time branding him a dictator and a war criminal, is nothing new. It’s not ‘Russian propaganda’ and it’s something that’s been happening for a long time.
The Bigger Picture
We’re obviously going to get nowhere on any subject if human consciousness is continually divided as to what’s really happening. Thankfully, human consciousness is changing, and the conflict that’s been taking place in Syria right now is a great example. If these attacks happened not but 5 years ago, maybe 10, the idea that this was a “false flag” wasn’t even a narrative within the mainstream. At least now we have a large portion of the population addressing questions and concerns that weren’t really addressed in the past. This is a great example of how humanity is waking up, and if we want to stop these problems, we must first identify them, and that’s what’s happening. This means that people are actually doing some critical thinking, and doing some independent research instead of constantly being influenced by the perspective of mainstream media.
This is an encouraging sign.
Thanks to: https://www.riseearth.com
Posted: 14 Apr 2018 01:24 PM PDT
TRUMP Reality Check by Q²: Everyone needs to read this!
By Cosmic Convergence Research Group –
Apr 14, 2018
What’s really going on with the POTUS?
The Trump Reality Check
No one person could ever take on Deep State.
The 2018 midterms will bring a crushing defeat to the Trump administration.
Each of these dismal failures has its roots in the RINO leadership.
Trump is well aware of the political calculus.
UPDATE — April 14, 2018
SOTN Editor’s Note:
Thanks to: http://cosmiconvergence.com
Posted: 15 Apr 2018 07:50 AM PDT
If You Thought Quantum Mechanics Was Weird, Check Out Entangled Time
Where the future influences the past.
14 APR 2018
In the summer of 1935, the physicists Albert Einstein and Erwin Schrödinger engaged in a rich, multifaceted and sometimes fretful correspondence about the implications of the new theory of quantum mechanics.
The focus of their worry was what Schrödinger later dubbed entanglement: the inability to describe two quantum systems or particles independently, after they have interacted.
Until his death, Einstein remained convinced that entanglement showed how quantum mechanics was incomplete. Schrödinger thought that entanglement was the defining feature of the new physics, but this didn’t mean that he accepted it lightly.
“I know of course how the hocus pocus works mathematically,” he wrote to Einstein on 13 July 1935. “But I do not like such a theory.”
Schrödinger’s famous cat, suspended between life and death, first appeared in these letters, a byproduct of the struggle to articulate what bothered the pair.
The problem is that entanglement violates how the world ought to work. Information can’t travel faster than the speed of light, for one.
But in a 1935 paper, Einstein and his co-authors showed how entanglement leads to what’s now called quantum nonlocality, the eerie link that appears to exist between entangled particles.
If two quantum systems meet and then separate, even across a distance of thousands of lightyears, it becomes impossible to measure the features of one system (such as its position, momentum and polarity) without instantly steering the other into a corresponding state.
Up to today, most experiments have tested entanglement over spatial gaps.
The assumption is that the ‘nonlocal’ part of quantum nonlocality refers to the entanglement of properties across space. But what if entanglement also occurs across time? Is there such a thing as temporal nonlocality?
The answer, as it turns out, is yes.
Just when you thought quantum mechanics couldn’t get any weirder, a team of physicists at the Hebrew University of Jerusalem reported in 2013 that they had successfully entangled photons that never coexisted.
Previous experiments involving a technique called ‘entanglement swapping’ had already showed quantum correlations across time, by delaying the measurement of one of the coexisting entangled particles; but Eli Megidish and his collaborators were the first to show entanglement between photons whose lifespans did not overlap at all.
Here’s how they did it.
First, they created an entangled pair of photons, ‘1-2’ (step I in the diagram below). Soon after, they measured the polarisation of photon 1 (a property describing the direction of light’s oscillation) – thus ‘killing’ it (step II).
Photon 2 was sent on a wild goose chase while a new entangled pair, ‘3-4’, was created (step III). Photon 3 was then measured along with the itinerant photon 2 in such a way that the entanglement relation was ‘swapped’ from the old pairs (‘1-2’ and ‘3-4’) onto the new ‘2-3’ combo (step IV).
Some time later (step V), the polarisation of the lone survivor, photon 4, is measured, and the results are compared with those of the long-dead photon 1 (back at step II).
The upshot? The data revealed the existence of quantum correlations between ‘temporally nonlocal’ photons 1 and 4. That is, entanglement can occur across two quantum systems that never coexisted.
What on Earth can this mean? Prima facie, it seems as troubling as saying that the polarity of starlight in the far-distant past – say, greater than twice Earth’s lifetime – nevertheless influenced the polarity of starlight falling through your amateur telescope this winter.
Even more bizarrely: maybe it implies that the measurements carried out by your eye upon starlight falling through your telescope this winter somehow dictated the polarity of photons more than 9 billion years old.
Lest this scenario strike you as too outlandish, Megidish and his colleagues can’t resist speculating on possible and rather spooky interpretations of their results.
Perhaps the measurement of photon 1’s polarisation at step II somehow steers the future polarisation of 4, or the measurement of photon 4’s polarisation at step V somehow rewrites the past polarisation state of photon 1.
In both forward and backward directions, quantum correlations span the causal void between the death of one photon and the birth of the other.
Just a spoonful of relativity helps the spookiness go down, though.
In developing his theory of special relativity, Einstein deposed the concept of simultaneity from its Newtonian pedestal.
As a consequence, simultaneity went from being an absolute property to being a relative one. There is no single timekeeper for the Universe; precisely when something is occurring depends on your precise location relative to what you are observing, known as your frame of reference.
So the key to avoiding strange causal behaviour (steering the future or rewriting the past) in instances of temporal separation is to accept that calling events ‘simultaneous’ carries little metaphysical weight.
It is only a frame-specific property, a choice among many alternative but equally viable ones – a matter of convention, or record-keeping.
The lesson carries over directly to both spatial and temporal quantum nonlocality.
Mysteries regarding entangled pairs of particles amount to disagreements about labelling, brought about by relativity.
Einstein showed that no sequence of events can be metaphysically privileged – can be considered more real – than any other. Only by accepting this insight can one make headway on such quantum puzzles.
The various frames of reference in the Hebrew University experiment (the lab’s frame, photon 1’s frame, photon 4’s frame, and so on) have their own ‘historians’, so to speak.
While these historians will disagree about how things went down, not one of them can claim a corner on truth. A different sequence of events unfolds within each one, according to that spatiotemporal point of view.
Clearly, then, any attempt at assigning frame-specific properties generally, or tying general properties to one particular frame, will cause disputes among the historians.
But here’s the thing: while there might be legitimate disagreement about which properties should be assigned to which particles and when, there shouldn’t be disagreement about the very existence of these properties, particles, and events.
These findings drive yet another wedge between our beloved classical intuitions and the empirical realities of quantum mechanics.
As was true for Schrödinger and his contemporaries, scientific progress is going to involve investigating the limitations of certain metaphysical views.
Schrödinger’s cat, half-alive and half-dead, was created to illustrate how the entanglement of systems leads to macroscopic phenomena that defy our usual understanding of the relations between objects and their properties: an organism such as a cat is either dead or alive. No middle ground there.
Most contemporary philosophical accounts of the relationship between objects and their properties embrace entanglement solely from the perspective of spatial nonlocality.
But there’s still significant work to be done on incorporating temporal nonlocality – not only in object-property discussions, but also in debates over material composition (such as the relation between a lump of clay and the statue it forms), and part-whole relations (such as how a hand relates to a limb, or a limb to a person).
For example, the ‘puzzle’ of how parts fit with an overall whole presumes clear-cut spatial boundaries among underlying components, yet spatial nonlocality cautions against this view. Temporal nonlocality further complicates this picture: how does one describe an entity whose constituent parts are not even coexistent?
Discerning the nature of entanglement might at times be an uncomfortable project. It’s not clear what substantive metaphysics might emerge from scrutiny of fascinating new research by the likes of Megidish and other physicists.
In a letter to Einstein, Schrödinger notes wryly (and deploying an odd metaphor): “One has the feeling that it is precisely the most important statements of the new theory that can really be squeezed into these Spanish boots – but only with difficulty.”
We cannot afford to ignore spatial or temporal nonlocality in future metaphysics: whether or not the boots fit, we’ll have to wear ’em.
Elise Crull is the assistant professor in history and philosophy of science at the City College of New York. She’s co-author of the upcoming book “The ‘Einstein Paradox’: Debates on Nonlocality and Incompleteness in 1935”.
Thanks to: https://www.sciencealert.com
Posted: 15 Apr 2018 05:50 AM PDT
Posted by Jamal S. Shrair on April 14, 2018
According to my understanding, all structures in the Universe, including the largest one, are magnetically ordered and centrally powered. The Milky Way follows this standard cosmic model. The astronomical objects and celestial bodies of our galaxy are connected to each other and ultimately to the extremely powerful magnetic field at its center. This is the reason why stars, star systems and star clusters orbits each other and also around the central magnetic field, which is considered in mainstream physics to be a super-massive black hole. The Sun is also part of this galactic magnetic order and cannot be an exception among at least 100 billion stars. Those stars are not scattered randomly, but they are ordered into different groups that are orbiting each other. Thus, without a doubt, the Sun is a member of star system which orbits a larger star cluster. In fact, calculations and observations show that the solar system is linked to another star system. However, realizing the complete physical reality of our star is the biggest scientific task. The Sun is the cosmological candle that allows us to visualize the whole Universe. But, only when we can light it up on the surface of the Earth, we will be able to visualize the Universe and truly understand the force that powers it.
The true motion of the Sun in the galaxy is not a circular motion, but exactly like the motion of an electron in the hydrogen atom. The electron is not moving on a circular orbit or with a random motion around the proton- as quantum mechanics claims-, but on a helical orbit. It is also oscillating up and down (spiral oscillation) while orbiting the proton. Both, quantum and classical mechanics are wrong about the true path and velocity of subatomic particles in general. Moreover, the position and momentum of the electron in the atom are deterministic, not probabilistic. Recent experiments have shown the electron to be a perfect sphere. That means, the electron occupies a well-defined position in space and has well-defined momentum. Although, the electron is the building block of our current technologies, and one of the most important particles, all its internal properties and some of the external ones are misunderstood. Only its shape has been confirmed with a high degree of certainty. See the results of the experimental research that found the electron to be even more rounded than in the previous experiment that was conducted in the UK a few years earlier.
Order of Magnitude Smaller Limit on the Electric Dipole Moment of the Electron (link)
Note that, the experimental finding which showed the electron to be a perfect sphere is not just a very serious violation of the standard model of particle physics, but a death blow. In general, the model is deeply flawed and should have been discarded a long time ago. Some of the unrealistic concepts of the standard model of particle physics can be read in the following article. THE EMERGING NEW PHYSICS MYTH OF QUARK FUSION ([url=http://gsjournal.net/Science-Journals/Essays Quantum Theory / Particle Physics/Download/7095]link[/url])
It is worth mentioning that the sun was also found in 2012 to be almost a perfect sphere. If the sun would be scaled to the size of a beach ball, its equatorial bulge would be less than the width of a human hair. And, the sun remains well-rounded even during intense activity. We were totally wrong about the Sun’s shape until yesterday. (link) In 2016 researchers detected more rounded star than the Sun. It is a distant star called Kepler 11145123 (or KIC 11145123). (link) The above finding, about the shape of the Sun, is one of the clearest evidence that shows the real force which rules over the Sun, which is exactly the same one which rules over the electron. At the same time, the finding is a clear contradiction to one of the basic assumptions of the standard solar model. But, it is not the only one. The current model cannot explain any basic features of the Sun as they can be observed.
However, the other infinitely important fact, about the electron is the extremely intense magnetic field at the center of its mass. The strength is comparable to the intensity of the magnetic fields of the so-called neutron stars. This is what prevents it from collapsing into the atomic nucleus. Furthermore, the strength of the magnetic field at the center of mass of the proton is far higher. The values of the magnetic fields of the two particles can easily be calculated. The enormous strength of the two fields is also the reason why they orbit each other at a great distance. If we model the hydrogen atom based on the solar system, where the proton will take the place of the sun and the electron the place of a planet, then rough calculation would show the electron orbiting at a distance of more than10 times the average distance to Pluto.
So, the reason why the electron does not collapse into the proton is because its magnetic field and that of the proton will repel each other at a certain distance. In other words, at a certain point between the two particles, the strength of their magnetic fields will be equal to each other and they will repel each other as a result. The electron at that point no longer advances towards the proton, the attractive state of its magnetic field will change to a repulsive state. This is a Universal arrangement and is not only restricted to subatomic particles, but also to all astronomical objects. The lack of understanding this Universal fact is the cause that led to the invention of quantum mechanics and all the pseudo-physics notions and dark myths. In physical reality, the distribution of matter in the Universe is highly ordered and exclusively based on magnetic fields arrangement. More important, one can see that there are no missing matter or energy in the Universe when the exclusive role of magnetic fields are taking into account. The issues mentioned above, and all the deep flaws within the standard models will be presented in a comprehensive research paper.
The Universal Model of the Magnetic Structure of Matter, explains all phenomena and interactions at any scale and state of matter, and without the need for any hypothesis of invisible matter, energy or holes.
Nevertheless, in an identical manner to the electron, the Sun is also spiraling up and down while rotating around the galactic core with companion system of stars. The cycle of spiraling up and down takes thousands of years to be completed, not millions. It is the transformation cycle of our entire solar system including the sun itself. See the images below. The images are only an approximation. The real motion of the Sun is helical in nature and influenced by the magnetic fields of other stars.
There is a well known observed fact-although, current physics does not acknowledge it- that many galactic events impact the magnetic fields of the sun and its planets. The impact of the energetic events, especially those that take place close to the galactic center increase as the sun rises up. But still, the impacts of those events are negligible, unless they are huge energetic events, such as an extremely intense gamma-ray burst. See the Observed Influence of Gamma-Ray Bursts on Earth’s Magnetic Field (link)
Moreover, according to my understanding and contrary to the standard solar model the Sun is powered externally. I believe there are sufficient data from the beginning of the space age that show an externally powered sun. See my research paper that was published last year. The external energy supply to the sun is overwhelmingly obvious and has recently been detected by space probes. (link)
Like all stars, the sun is powered externally and its energetic behavior and magnetic properties depend on its location in the galaxy. The radiant energy of the Sun is determined by the state of its internal and external magnetic fields. Keeping in mind that the two fields are correlated and working in coordination. As the Sun spirals up and down in the galaxy, the intensity of its magnetic field fluctuates greatly. When it spirals up to its highest point above the galactic plane, the intensity of its magnetic field reaches its ultimate strength and the exact opposite is true when it reaches its lowest point below it. See the figure below:
To complete one cycle of going above-and-below the galactic plane, it takes the sun thousands of years, but the exact duration of the cycle is unknown due to different interactions and variable factors. Some of them are local in the sun’s neighborhood while others are galactic ones. It is a well known and indisputable fact that the rate and intensity of cosmic rays which reach the solar system depend exclusively on the state of the Heliosphere. But, in spite of the fact, the strength of the Heliosphere increases as the sun spiraling up, the number and intensity of high energy particles that penetrate this magnetic bubble increases even more. This is due to the reason that the Interstellar Medium (ISM) Surrounding the Sun gets denser and denser as the Sun rises up. And, when it reaches its highest point in the galaxy, it will be surrounded by the highest possible dense region. At that point, the rate of cosmic rays in the solar system would reach its optimum level.
Different studies and observations, in the last two decades from well known institutes, prove beyond doubt, the physical truth about our star illustrated in the above diagram. In the late 1990s, Alexey N. Dmitriev, who is a professor of geology and member of the Siberian department of Russian Academy of Science, pointed out in his research that the plasma density on the edge of the solar system started to increase in the middle of the 20th century. According to his study the plasma density was around 10 astronomical units in the early 1960s, but by the middle of the 1990s it became 100 astronomical units. This is a massive increase in the overall brightness of the energy at the edge of the solar system. That means the solar system as whole has moved into a region in space where the Sun itself became highly charged. This is a fact, and it is obvious from the brightness of the Sun and the saturation of the interplanetary space. The speed of solar emissions in the interplanetary region is becoming faster and faster. Furthermore, and more important, the brightness of the Sun itself has increased. A research study, published in 2004 and carried out by Swiss and German scientists, showed that the Sun is burning more brightly than at any time during the past 1 000 years. Dr. Sami Solanki, the director of the renowned Max Planck Institute for Solar System Research in Gottingen, Germany, who led the research, said: “The Sun has been at its strongest over the past 60 years and may now be affecting global temperatures.”The Sun is in a changed state. It is brighter than it was a few hundred years ago and this brightening started relatively recently – in the last 100 to 150 years.” When this observed fact was acknowledged by those honest scientists, Die-hard conservatives and defenders of the standard solar dogma became completely silent and the mass media ignored it altogether. On the other hand, the blind followers, of the dogmatic science debunked it as usual. (link)
However, very recently institutional scientists came up with new fiction theory about the Sun. They claimed that it has entered a Local Interstellar Cloud, between 44 000 and 150 000 years ago and is expected to remain within it for another 10 000 to 20 000 years. This is of course a complete nonsense, but the most ridiculous part of this fiction theory is the claim that this cloud has a very low density. Around 0.3 atoms per CC (4.9/cu in), which is a total contradiction to the data of Voyager 2 that was obtained in 2009. Voyager 2, found the magnetic field strength of the local interstellar medium to be very strong. It is the exact opposite of all the expectations of theoretical notions. Very strong magnetic field means that region has a high energy density. According to the Theory of the Magnetic Structure of Matter, the finding of Voyager 2 makes a complete sense. The energy density of the region outside the Heliosphere has to be denser and the density must increase steadily as the distance from the Heliosphere increases. For the technical details about the data obtained by Voyager 2, please see my research paper mentioned previously. The external energy supply to the sun is overwhelmingly obvious and has recently been detected by space probes. (link)
Nonetheless, what has been mentioned above, are not the only observations supporting my arguments and pointing to the fact that the Sun is approaching its highest point above the galactic plane. There is a long list of observations from the last one hundred years (especially in the last three decades). For instance, the magnetic field of the Sun has increased in strength by more than 230% during the 20th century alone. See the following. A Doubling of the Sun’s Coronal Magnetic Field during the Last 100 Years (link) The change in the Sun‘s magnetic field is also obvious from solar cycle activities (solar minimums and solar maximums). Solar physicists are no longer able to explain or predict the timing and duration of solar cycle activities. In the current and previous two solar cycles, they were totally wrong regarding the characteristics, timing and duration of the cycles. The model that was developed from observations of previous cycles, rather than from the standard solar model, is becoming obsolete. The solar system‘s shift into a dense energy region and the increase in the Sun‘s magnetic field is also evident from the changes in the planets and their moons. Recently the atmosphere and brightness of all the planets have changed considerably. With regard to our own planet, in the last two decades, it has gone through a rapid polarity migration accompanied by severe climate change. In addition to, the changes in the weather pattern, there is also a huge increase in geological activity. It is increased by several hundred percent in the 20th century alone. And since the beginning of this century earthquakes have increased dramatically in number and intensity – this is huge increase even compared to the already amplified occurrences of the 20th century.
In fact, not only earthquakes have increased in the past 20 years, but all natural disasters in general, like super cyclones, intense hurricanes, tornadoes and flooding. Records of snowstorms, heat waves, hurricanes, cyclones and floods have been broken every year in the last two decades and continue to do so, with each year surpassing the year before. The main cause for the rise in geological activity, natural disasters and climate change in general is the rapid increase of the energy at the Earth‘s core, which seems to be approaching its optimum level. This increase of energy is also speeding up the magnetic reversal process. All kinds of geological activities depend on the movement of tectonic plates and these movements are linked to the process of magnetic reversal. In other words, volcanic eruptions, earthquakes, changes in sea level, seafloor spreading and mountain growth would all be sped up whenever the process of magnetic reversal increases. The question, one might ask, is the reason for the energy increase inside the Earth? It is because of the increase in magnetic radiations (solar-cosmic radiations). And the reason for the increase of magnetic radiations is the changing position of our star or more accurately, the continuous rise of our star above the galactic plane. The optimum rate of magnetic radiation will be obtained when the Sun reaches the highest point in the galaxy. Our solar system is part of a dynamic and changing cosmos. Our star is misunderstood, not only with regard to the process responsible for generating its radiated energy, but also with regard to its motion and relation with other stars. In fact, all the unsolved problems of celestial mechanics can be solved, if the true motion of the Sun and its planets can be recognized. So, if one visualizes a bicycle wheel in motion where the Sun is the center (hub) of the wheel and the Earth is the circular outer part (rim), then the helical motion of the Earth and all the planets can be understood. More important, the real cause for the changing of the seasons cannot be understood unless the Earth’s helical orbit around the Sun is taking into consideration.
Our textbooks show Earth‘s orbit as a near-circular ellipse, but this view does not take into account that the Sun is also moving and based on my understanding, around a star system which is orbiting massive star cluster. (link) Thus, we have to realize that the motion of the Sun and the planets is more complex than what is currently taught in our educational institutions. In addition to that, there is no consideration of the motion of our galaxy with the Local Group, which in itself is in motion. Thus, without a doubt, the Sun is not a single system that only orbits the galactic core. It is worth mentioning some cosmology and astronomical facts that would give clues for the above statement. Most of these facts have been observed only during the space age and mostly in the last three decades. First of all, there is no way that we can know the exact number of stars in the Milky Way. The estimation varies widely. The most common opinions estimate that there are 100 billion stars in the Milky Way on the low-end and 400 billion on the high end. Some of those stars are hotter and brighter than our Sun, while others are cooler and fainter. Within a distance of a few hundred light-years from the Sun, where star motions can be accurately observed, one can see that stars do not move independently. Despite this fact, current astrophysics claims that stars move independently and orbit in the general gravity of our galaxy with nearly circular paths. In reality, all stars rotate around themselves, and also rotate in groups around the galactic center, with different periods. But, not only stars rotate around a central axis, perpendicular to the galactic plane, but also all forms of matter. Since all structures and forms of matter are connected with one another it is quite obvious to observe the solar system orbiting the center of the galaxy. But the rotation of the Sun around another star, or group of stars, cannot be observed, because those stars are in motion as well. Additionally, the path of the Sun cannot be distinguished from the solar system since the system is carrying the observer through the cycle of sunrise and sunset, obscuring the motion of the Sun against the background of stars. It is therefore important to note that the Sun‘s motion relative to its local stellar region should not be confused with its movement around the center of the galaxy. In fact, the distribution of stars is identical to the distribution of galaxies. Observations show that galaxies are not distributed randomly but are structured in groups, just like stars. Galaxies do not exist without other galaxies nearby and some of them are in close pairs or in small groups. But, the majority of them are found in large clusters or “super large cluster” that contains thousands of galaxies. Our Galaxy is a part of the local group of galaxies called the Local Group. The two biggest galaxies in this local group are ours (the Milky Way) and Andromeda. The Magellanic Clouds are companions to our galaxy. The Milky Way revolves around the center of the Local Group. And the Local Group orbits some point within the Virgo Supercluster. The Local Group is one of many groups of galaxies called a “galaxy cluster”, and it is also part of a larger group called the “Local Super-cluster” which consists of many smaller galaxy clusters. Quasars which are the brightest objects in the Universe also tend to assemble in huge groups that make one of the largest known structures in the Universe. It is called Large Quasar Group (LQG). Astronomers have been observing LQGs for the last 50 years and they have found some to be more than 600 million light-years in size. The record-breaking LQG was spotted by an international team of astronomers, led by academics from the University of Central Lancashire (UCLan) using the Sloan Digital Sky Survey. At the beginning of 2013 the astronomers spotted an enormous group composed of 73 quasars, spanning about 1.6 billion light-years in most directions! At its widest point it measures about 4 billion light-years across, or 1200 Megaparsecs (Mpc) and is the largest structure seen in the cosmos to date. In comparison, our Milky Way galaxy is separated from its nearest neighbour, the Andromeda galaxy, by about 2.5 million light-years or 0.75 Megaparsecs (Mpc). Clusters of galaxies can be 2-3 Mpc across, while LQGs in general can be 200 Mpc or more. The newly discovered LQG has an average dimension of 500 Mpc, but due to its elongated shape it is 1200 Mpc at its extremes, or 1600 times the distance between the Milky Way and Andromeda. According to the assumptions of the cosmological principle and the modern theory of cosmology, structures larger than about 1.2 billion light years (370Mpc) should not and cannot exist. The Cosmological principle assumes that the Universe, when viewed at a sufficiently large scale, looks the same (essentially homogenous) no matter where you are observing it from.
Roger Clowes from UCLan’s Jeremiah Horrocks Institute said: “While it is difficult to fathom the scale of this LQG, we can say quite definitely it is the largest structure ever seen in the entire universe. This is hugely exciting – not least because it runs counter to our current understanding of the scale of the universe. Even traveling at the speed of light, it would take 4 billion years to cross. This is significant not just because of its size but also because it challenges the Cosmological Principle, which has been widely accepted since the time of Einstein. Our team has been looking at similar cases which add further weight to this challenge and we will be continuing to investigate these fascinating phenomena.” The details of this discovery and the full study of the international team were published March.11, 2013 in the Monthly Notices of the Royal Astronomical Society. The whole paper can be read at the link below. A structure in the early Universe at z ∼ 1.3 that exceeds the homogeneity scale of the R-W concordance cosmology (link). But, the above structure held the record for only a short period of time. In the same year, 2013 it was superseded by the so-called Hercules-Corona Borealis Great Wall at 10 billion light-years. It is considered now, to be the largest known formation in the Universe, exceeding the size of the prior Huge-LQG by about two times.
It is important to emphasize, however, that these record distances mentioned above are based on the current understanding of the redshift. Yet, the redshift is not an indicator of distance. Late Halton Arp is certainly correct in saying that the recessional velocity is not the only thing that can produce a redshift. His observations and arguments are absolutely outstanding. Without extended elaboration, he exposed entirely the deep flaws in the standard cosmological model which is associated with all the fundamental theories of cosmology, including the notion of expanding Universe. But, in spite of the fact, his observations and arguments are accurate and revolutionaries, the great Halton Arp did not provide the real reasons for the redshifts.
There are astronomical observations that mainstream scientists cannot deny, since hey cannot come up with theoretical notions to manipulate them. Some of these facts have already been mentioned. Namely, that all galaxy group, clusters of galaxies and even large structures including the largest structure ever seen in the visible Universe are made up of sub-structures that are orbiting one another. Moreover, all these kinds of cosmological structures are ruled from their center of masses. In fact, not only galaxies and larger structures are orbiting each other, but also the stars. They orbit each other in different ways, like in close pairs, wide pairs, in star systems and in star clusters. Most of the light we see in the night sky is actually the result of close pairs of stars that are orbiting each other. Yet, in spite of all these observations, current physics is assuming that our sun is a unique exception to these commonly observed structures in the Universe.
Nothing could be further from the truth. Many observations show that the Sun is also moving on a defined orbit around a companion system of stars. In fact, all the current unsolved problems of celestial mechanics regarding the solar system can be solved with a helical solar system linked with another star system. And there would be no need to introduce the concept of wobbling in the Earth’s axis. There is an astrophysical phenomenon which ancient astronomers had observed for thousands of years; the shift of the night sky as the Earth orbits around the Sun. If one takes a fixed point in time and observes the sky on that day every year, one finds that the sky slowly shifts backwards with each passing year. This shift is equivalent to around 50.29 arc seconds per year (or one degree for every 71.5-72 years). This slow and small change does not have an impact on the changing of the seasons on a short timescale, but on a long timescale (thousands of years) it is the cause of the seasonal shifts throughout Earth‘s history. This well-known phenomenon is called the precession of the equinoxes. It takes between 25 800 – 26 000 years to complete a full cycle. The completion of one cycle is known as the great year. The change in Earth‘s rotational angle is what transformed the Green Sahara into what is now the largest desert on the planet. The Sahara was once fertile grassland and different researches have shown that the eastern region of the Sahara desert, particularly the area near Lake Yoa in Chad, dried up slowly and progressively since the mid-Holocene period – gradually over the last six thousand years. Around 8 000 years ago, the Earth‘s orbit was slightly different from the current orbit. The inclination of the orbit changed from around 24.1° to the present-day 23.5°. During that period Earth had its closest approach to the Sun in the northern hemisphere in the month of August. According to present day physics, the reason behind the precession of the equinoxes is the result of the wobbly motion of the Earth‘s axis. In other words, it is due to the gravitational tidal forces that are exerted on the Earth by the Moon and the Sun. This theory which was initially formulated by Sir Isaac Newton, contradicts not only its own gravitational principle, but also a certain number of astronomical observations. To begin with, if the above concept was correct, then we would lose a little time on a daily basis and this would cause deviations in astronomical data. But no such shifts have ever been found in the calculations of eclipses or planetary transits. Walter Cruttenden, a researcher of the so-called binary star systems stated in his paper that none of the planets or objects within the solar system seems to follow the precession with respect to Earth. The only objects that follow the precession movement are those outside of our solar system.
The current theory is outdated. It was formulated centuries ago during the time when astrophysicists were thinking that the Sun is fixed in space. So, how can the observed phenomenon of the precession of the equinox be correct, since it is based only on the movement of the Earth? Besides that, physicists had no idea at that time that dwarf stars exits and could exert an influence on the motion of our star or nearby stars. Thus, one can understand why the current theory cannot provide true scientific explanation to the well known solar system anomalies. For instance, why the big four planets or what is known as the Jovian planets have most of the angular momentum, in spite of the fact the Sun has the biggest mass? (Caroll and Ostlie 1996)
Also, the sheer edge problem (Allen et al. 2001), cannot be explained by the current model that assumes the Sun to be at the center of an isolated system. The other issue is connected with sidereal time and solar time. Why the time difference between a sidereal day and solar day is considered to be the result of the curvature of the Earth’s orbit around the Sun? While the difference between a sidereal year and solar year is due to the precession? The other observed anomaly is the Comet paths. “Why are many comet paths concentrated in a non-random pattern?” (Matese et al. 1999) The other important observation that exposes the current theory is the acceleration of precession. The annual precession rate over the last one 120 years has increased. What is causing it to increase? There are other issues that are well-addressed by the Binary Research Institute. See their website.
All these issues mentioned above have some kinds of theoretical solutions that are based on assumptions and hypotheses that have nothing to do with the physical reality of our solar system. The precession of the equinoxes is simply observational evidence that show the helical motion of our star around another star or group of stars with a mass much larger than its own. In fact not only the solar system as a whole travels on a helical orbit, but also all the planets move on a helical path around the Sun itself. The orbital circumference of each planet is much shorter than its helical length. On the other hand, the length of each planet‘s helical orbit is slightly longer than the length of the Sun‘s axis of travel. The radial velocities do not represent the real velocities of the planets. The velocities of the planets are much higher than the current values and the difference between the velocity of the planet nearest the sun and the planet farthest away is very small. The planets of the solar system can be best understood as charged particles moving under the influence of different but coordinated magnetic fields. The degree of inclination of the orbit of each planet depends on the strength of its magnetic field and the level of influence of the Sun‘s magnetic field on it. The further the planet is from the Sun, the smaller is the influence of the Sun‘s magnetic field. Furthermore, our star is definitely a part of star system, which is a subsystem of an open star cluster. Along with a number of other stars such as Aldebaran (the Arabic name for ―The Follower‖), the Sun seems to be linked with a star system which is a subsystem of the Pleiades star cluster. Those subsystems of stars are orbiting one another and at the same time linked with the Pleiades star cluster. The Sun, of course, cannot orbit the Pleiades directly, since they are more than 400-440 light-years away in the Taurus Constellation. But, it orbits a much closer star system, or group of stars with a smaller mass than the Pleiades star cluster.
The Pleiades are the brightest and one of the nearest star clusters to Earth. The intensity of their magnetic fields must be thousands of times stronger than that of the Sun. In my opinion, there are two basic reasons why the Pleiades have very strong magnetic fields. The first reason is that the main stars of the Pleiades – except Maia – rotate very fast. Alcyone (the brightest star of the Pleiades) has a radius almost ten times that of the Sun and completes one rotation in about two days. The other reason is their luminosity, which is more than 2 400 times the Sun. Luminosity is the amount of magnetic energy a celestial body radiates per unit of time. As it can be seen in the figure below, the brighter Pleiades are surrounded by a delicate web of nebulosity. That of course has nothing to do with the formation process, as was previously thought (it was formerly assumed that the dust was left over from the formation period of the cluster).
The dust is simply the result of the interstellar medium (ISM) that the Pleiades are presently passing through. The image below shows the Pleiades nebulosity to be quite blue. The reason is not just that the stars illuminating the dust are bluish – the grains of dust tend to be smaller than the wavelength of light and therefore scatter mostly blue light. This process is similar to Rayleigh scattering. It can also be seen that the dust is not uniformly distributed, but is concentrated mainly in layers along the line of sight to the cluster. In other words, the nebulosity is streaked in long filaments, almost like cirrus clouds. Some of the filaments appear only a few arc seconds in width while many are arc minutes long. The intensity of the magnetic field is the reason for aligning the dust.
There is an argument, however, that can be used against the notion of our star being a subpart of the Pleiades star cluster. It is believed that the Pleiades are mainly a cluster of young stars and for this reason, the Sun cannot be part of this system since it is much older. But, this argument cannot be considered as a scientific argument. The estimated age of the Universe as a whole is the outcome of the theory which is the “Mother of all physics myths”. The age of our Galaxy – the place where the Pleiades and the Sun are located – departs by a huge factor from the estimated age of the Universe. For over seventy years radio astronomers searched for the so-called supernova remnants and found only 200 – 250 of them, instead of 200 000 000 – 250 000 000 that should be present in the Milky Way, if the Big Bang theory is correct. There are of course, other observations that contradict the estimated age of the Universe, but they will not be included in this article. In addition to the above, the current stellar models cannot really measure the age of a star, even the nearest stars. The age can only be estimated by using model-dependent or empirical analysis. There is no single method or law which is valid for a broad range of star types. As it has been mentioned already, the current theory assumes that, Stars have to be formed from a giant molecular cloud, because very large mass is required, much larger than the mass of a single star. A typical mass for the gravitational instability is about a million solar masses. After the instability, the molecular cloud starts to fragment into smaller parts, which are the star clusters, and then those star clusters break further into smaller parts which are the stars. The theory states that there are two basic types of clusters, globular and open clusters. The globular ones are supposed to be globule-shaped balls of hundreds of thousands of stars packed into a relatively small area. Those stars are present around spherical regions surrounding the galaxy and they are supposed to be very old, between 12 to 13 billion years. On the other hand, open star clusters are located in the spiral arms of the galaxy and they are supposed to be very young stars, the youngest ones are just several million years old. On the other hand, globular clusters are considered to be very tightly bound by gravity, while the open clusters are weakly or loosely gravitationally bound. But, our star is not even considered to be part of a weakly bound open star cluster. It is wandering away in the galaxy on its own. Moreover, the age of the Sun is believed to be 4.6 billion years making it far older than all the stars of the nearby star clusters and also, the nearest star group, the so-called moving group (Big Dipper). There is an obvious fact that clearly contradicts the estimated age of the Sun. Like all stars, the Sun is supposed to be formed from a cloud of interstellar gas by the process of the gravitational collapse, and its magnetic field is a remnant of the ancient field acquired by at the time of its formation. But, there is no way that the current magnetic field of the Sun, which is the strongest magnetic field compared to any other body in the solar system, can be a remnant of an ancient magnetic field. If this is the case then the primordial surface field must have diffused back out into space in just a few million years. In other words, the vestigial magnetic field should have been carried off by the solar wind and by the ejected plasma (Coronal Mass Ejections). See my previous article. The origin and mechanism of the Sun’s magnetic field still an unsolved mystery using the current model. (link)
The formation theories of astronomical and celestial objects are based on the fundamental theory of gravity-dominated cosmos. If one examines this theory in details, one can detect the large number of contradictions and the pseudo-physics notions that are present in it. More and more mainstream astrophysicists have acknowledged that the existing theories of star and galaxy formation are wrong. These acknowledgments are based on many astronomical data using new and more powerful telescopes which enable observations at greater depth into the Universe.
Read the following papers:
Open problems in star formation by Ralf Klessen, Zentrum für Astronomie der Universität Heidelberg Institut für Theoretische Astrophysik (link)
Models of star and galaxy cluster formation incorrect. (link)
New understanding of the origin of galaxies advanced. The Hebrew University of Jerusalem (link)
And not only the theories of star and galaxy formations, are based on pseudo physics notions, but also the planet formation theory. Planet formation theory debunked (link)
I have been fighting aggressively for over a decade and I will continue to fight even if the world’s top theoretical physicists lined up against me. The fight is for the physics truth of our star, which makes our life possible. And I understand that my battle and struggle are harder than the battle and struggles of Galileo when he declared that the Earth rotates around the Sun, not vice versa. The reason is due to different factors. The economic, political and social interests in current solar physics theory are so enormous. But there should not be an economic interest, the prestige of individual scientist or even an interest of a nation that can be higher and more important than the scientific truth about our star. The correct physics of the Sun is not only the cornerstone for understanding our own planet and its history but also, for understanding the Universe as a whole. In addition to that, the most ideal energy source can only be produced if we can truly understand how the Sun generates its radiant energy.
The physics truth that I am fighting for can be confirmed in most plasma physics laboratories in all developed countries. The confirmation and the experimental results of my proposed solar model would make it abundantly clear to all physicists and engineers, that this model is the correct one to follow for the production of fusion power on a large scale. This source of energy is exactly what we need to advance on all fronts; socially, economically and politically. In addition, it is a practical solution to protect our planet from the dangerous of pollution created by the fossil fuel. More importantly, the confirmation of the real physics of the Sun would restore cosmology and theoretical physics in general to its rightful place, after more than a century of mathematical fiction and pseudo-physics myths.
Thermonuclear reactions that are supposed to take place at the core of the Sun are a very complicated pseudo physics myth and any fusion research based on this notion can never lead to fusion power – no matter what type of facilities would be built. All fusion research centers around the world (including ITER: https://www.iter.org/ – currently under construction), are following an elegant mathematical idea that does not represent the physical reality of our star. The thermonuclear reaction is a quasi-fusion reaction that can never be sustained and reach the final stage. The type of fusion reaction that takes place in the Sun is completely different than the hypothetically thermonuclear fusion. Moreover, it is easy to replicate.
I am in a permanent disbelief, how can physicists still accept the current solar model, in spite of overwhelming evidence that have been accumulating for decades? A fraction of the collected data should already have been sufficient to convince even the most conservative scientist. Theoretical physicists in the second half of the last century were concentrating on the Neutrino issue (the so-called missing Neutrino) and they believe that now the problem has been solved. But, in fact, it is not solved. The Solar Neutrino Problem Has Not Been Solved https://cirworld.com/index.php/jap/article/view/5950 Even if one assumes for the sake of argument, that the problem has been solved, our observations and calculations of the sun still contradict the notion of a thermonuclear fusion.
Nonetheless, one can understand why fusion researchers do not question the validity of the theory of thermonuclear fusion. First of all, if this process does not take place in the core of the Sun, then the building blocks of all theories of cosmology and astrophysics – including the Big Bang – would be wrong. At the same time, theoretical physicists would not have an alternative solar model to replace the current one. So, one can understand that theoretical physics would be turned upside-down if the current solar model turned out to be wrong. In this regard, I have to quote the great astronomer, late Halton Arp, who once said: “After all, to get the whole Universe totally wrong in the face of clear evidence for over 75 years merits monumental embarrassment and should induce a modicum of humility.” -What has Science come to?- Journal of Scientific Exploration, (Vol. 14, No. 3).
I am absolutely certain there is an alternative model which is not only the correct one for replicating the energy production of the Sun, but also the one that explains all the features of the Sun consistently and without any contradiction. It would additionally explain all features of the Sun that are considered mysteries under the current model. Furthermore, and more important, I can provide a practical fusion model with blueprint showing how to induce sustainable fusion reaction, not quasi fusion reactions, like the thermonuclear ones. This type of fusion reaction is exactly like the one that takes place in the Sun. The proposed model can be confirmed with small scale laboratory devices.
The increasing need for energy is the greatest threat facing our world from a social, economic, political and environmental point of view. In the next three decades, the population of the world will be close to 10 billion and the need for energy will be a question of survival for many nations. At the present time, we are witnessing a rise of geopolitical tension among superpower nations over fossil fuel resources and developing countries are not benefiting from these natural resources while they are paying dearly for the global conflict. The situation could change and lead to direct confrontation among powerful countries. Oil, the commodity that could lead to nuclear war, has and continues to have a devastating impact on the ecological and environmental conditions of our planet. I am talking, of course, about the impact of pollution and not the issue of climate change; I believe the cause of global warming and climate change is not due to human activity, but rather due to our changing Sun. At a fundamental level, the reasons for the confusion about the cause of climate change, global warming and the failure to produce fusion power are the same.
Featured image credit: Jamal Shrair, PhD
Thanks to: https://watchers.news
Posted: 14 Apr 2018 06:29 PM PDT
by Harry Pettit; Mailonline
New Esa movie shows thousands of tiny fluctuations in Earth’s magnetic signals
The European Space Agency used three satellites to build the digital map
It is the most detailed ever rendering of the signals created by the lithosphere
The map is being used to understand more about Earth’s geological history
Earth’s magnetic field has been mapped from space in stunning new detail.
A new movie shows thousands of tiny fluctuations in Earth’s magnetic signals created by ocean tides and our planet’s rigid outer layer, known as its ‘lithosphere’.
The European Space Agency used three satellites to build the map, which it says is the most detailed ever rendering of magnetic fluctuations across Earth’s crust.
The magnetic field is a layer of charge that surrounds our planet and deflects charged particles fired from the sun known as ‘solar wind’.
Without this protective layer, these particles would likely strip away the Ozone layer, our only line of defence against harmful UV radiation.
The map, which is being used to understand more about Earth’s geological history, is thanks to four years of measurements from the agency’s Swarm satellites.
Imagery from the spacecraft was combined with historical data from a previous German spacecraft called Champ and observations from ships and aircraft.
Project scientist Dr Erwan Thebault from the University of Nantes in France said: ‘This is the highest resolution model of the lithospheric magnetic field ever produced.
‘With a scale of 250 kilometres [155 miles], we can see structures in the crust like never before.
‘And, we have gained even finer detail in some parts of the crust, such as beneath Australia, where measurements from aircraft have mapped at resolution of 50 km [30 miles].
‘This combined use of satellite and near-surface measurements gives us a new understanding of the crust beneath our feet, and will be of enormous value to science.’
WHAT ARE THE EUROPEAN SPACE AGENCY’S SWARM SATELLITES?
The European Space Agency uses its trio of ‘Swarm’ satellites to study Earth’s magnetic field.
Although invisible, the magnetic field and electric currents in and around Earth generate complex forces that have a huge impact on everyday life.
The field can be thought of as a huge bubble, protecting us from cosmic radiation and charged particles that bombard Earth in solar winds.
However, it is in a permanent state of flux.
Magnetic north wanders, and every few hundred thousand years the polarity flips so that a compass would point south instead of north.
Moreover, the strength of the magnetic field is constantly changing – and is currently showing signs of significant weakening.
Launched in November 2013, Swarm measures the magnetic signals that stem from Earth’s core, mantle, crust and oceans.
Each of the three identical satellites is loaded with sensors that constantly measure the magnetic field’s strength, magnitude and direction.
The mapping project is a remarkable achievement because the fluctuations in Earth’s magnetic field captured are incredibly small.
‘It’s a really tiny magnetic field. It’s about 2-2.5 nanotesla at satellite altitude, which is about 20,000 times weaker than the Earth’s global magnetic field,’ Professor Nils Olsen, from the Technical University of Denmark, told BBC News.
Professor Olsen was speaking at the European Geosciences Union General Assembly (EGU) in Vienna, Austria, where a batch of new Swarm results have been released.
WHAT IS EARTH’S MAGNETIC FIELD AND HOW DOES IT PROTECT US?
Earth’s magnetic field is a layer of electrical charge that surrounds our planet.
The field protects life on our planet because it deflects charged particles fired from the sun known as ‘solar wind’.
Without this protective layer, these particles would likely strip away the Ozone layer, our only line of defence against harmful UV radiation.
Scientists believe the Earth’s core is responsible for creating its magnetic field.
As molten iron in the Earth’s outer core escapes it creates convection currents.
These currents generate electric currents which create the magnetic field in a natural process known as a geodynamo.
The trio of orbiting probes was launched in 2013 with the goal of understanding more about Earth’s magnetic behaviour.
Each of the three identical satellites is loaded with sensors that constantly measure the magnetic field’s strength, magnitude and direction.
Most of Earth’s magnetic field is generated deep within the outer core by an ocean of superheated molten iron.
But other components also contribute to the overall signal, such as that coming from the oceans.
A small fraction of the magnetic field comes from magnetised rocks in the upper lithosphere, which includes Earth’s rigid crust and upper mantle.
This lithospheric magnetic field is very weak and therefore difficult to detect from space.
As new ocean crust is created through erupting underwater volcanoes, iron-rich minerals are fired out in the upwelling magma.
These minerals are oriented to magnetic north at the time of eruption and solidified as the magma cools.
Since magnetic poles flip back and forth over time, this solidified magma forms alternating ‘stripes’ on the seafloor, providing a record of Earth’s magnetic history.
These magnetic imprints on the ocean floor can be used as a sort of time machine, allowing past field changes to be reconstructed and showing the movement of tectonic plates from hundreds of million years ago until the present day.
‘Magnetic fields are one of the keys to understand the sub-surface of the planet, in combination with other pieces of information such as gravity and seismic measurements,’ said Dr Rune Floberghagen, Esa’s Swarm mission manager.
‘In the end this will allow us to determine the best ever model of the upper layers of the planet. This is the very clear, sworn ambition of the Swarm mission.’
Thanks to: https://www.riseearth.com
|EXPOSED: All the Queen’s Agents and Corporations that Control the World
Posted: 20 Apr 2018 02:23 PM PDT
EXPOSED: All the Queen’s Agents and Corporations that Control the World
We may not realize it, but we are still subjects of the British Monarchy. American history books and classes indoctrinated (propaganda) us into believing we had won the American Revolution. But we didn’t. We are still subjects of Queen Elizabeth.
The history books were written by the victors and their big publishing houses. And it was much easier to control the new colonies by letting them think they had won their independence, while the British Crown carefully laid their tentacles throughout America, tentacles that grew longer and stronger with every passing year.
We aren’t the America we think we are. That’s the big red pill. Most of us on planet Earth are still under the Queen’s rule.
To get started with the real history of who runs planet Earth, we suggest that you listen to this conversation between Betsy and Thomas. They will explain the big picture. Then you will be ready to read the report that follows.
Lizzie Owns it All
The Queen’s Prerogative
English law prohibits questioning the Monarchy about their personal holdings and business.
The Queen is a Knight of Malta
The Sovereign Military Order of Malta (SMOM) took control of the power and wealth of the Poor Fellow-Soldiers of Christ and of the Temple of Solomon from within the Roman system. The SMOM controlled the banking and military power for the Vatican for hundreds of years through the first central bank, the Vatican Bank.
The Knights of Malta are mainly involved in working for and with the Black Nobility (royalty without an active throne), the Vatican, and the various Papal and Royal Orders, especially the Jesuits who are ultimately in control of the Vatican and the Military Order of Malta. The SMOM’s most powerful controlling inner-cores are the Order of the Garter and the Pilgrim Society which are controlled by the Queen.
The Queen’s Offshore Kingdom
James S. Henry, former chief economist at McKinsey & Company, estimates that wealthy individuals have approximately $35 trillion in private financial wealth tucked away in offshore havens with $6.1 trillion in UK dependent states.
The “British” U. S. Federal Reserve
Using the first major corporation in England as their model, the British East India Company, warlord bankers start wars for profit. Slavery and the looting of mines, gold, diamonds, minerals, and land is all in a day’s work for an imperialist. England’s imperialism has worked into the economic and banking practices worldwide and the Queen’s Crown Agents and Agencies have controlled global resources for centuries.
The Queen Loves War Spoils
Now let’s look at the top shareholders of the top military contractors for America, who we call the Corporate or Bankster Warlords to see what connections they might have to the British Crown’s investments.
The Crown’s Money-Making War Machine
Essentially, all the conspiracies about the Queen of England have some merit after following the money back to the warlord bankers who set up the U.S. Federal Reserve. But unlike most conspiracy theories suggest, the Federal Reserve regional banks are not the true culprits. The true culprits are the original investors in the corporations, listed above, who serve the military through all types of wars – physical conflicts, cyberwarfare, and economic terrorism.
British Private Intelligence Agencies
The UK has many private intelligence agencies who are devoted to the collection, analysis, and exploitation of information for a profit. Christopher Steele, the author of the Carter Page Dossier was a former British spy, which shows you the unethical nature of “British spying.” Sixty3, Orbis Business International, Cambridge Analytica, and many other British private intelligence agencies sell propaganda as intelligence. Often these corporations have private contracts with the U. S. military and government and maintain top secret security clearances with the United States. Britain has not shown itself to be “honest spies” as is evidenced in the Iraq “weapons of mass destruction” lies and the current British disinformation coming out of Syria.
Can we really trust intelligence from a country that has provided false intelligence many times? It was British intelligence itself that spied on Trump from the NSA’s headquarters in Fort Mead. “Lie to me once, shame on you. Lie to me twice, shame on me.”
Who Really Owns and Runs the Bank of England?
When the Jesuits were suppressed by the Pope in 1773, they used their covert power over England to have the Rothschild family become guardians over the Jesuit South American stolen wealth instead of depositing it in the Vatican Bank. This action started a banking war between the Vatican and the Jesuits who used the Rothschild family as the anti-Vatican Bank. The Rothschild’s eventually became the guardians of the Jesuit treasury in TheCityofLondon. The Rothschild’s used The Worshipful Company of Mercers to create the Bank of England which now held the Jesuit wealth stolen from South America. The Bank of England’s efforts were focused on taking over TheCityofLondonUK from Vatican control.
If you look at St. John’s Wood where the Order of Malta are based, you will see it is the old haunt of the Knights Templar in England since the time that TheCityofLondonUK became a sovereign Nation. If you look at one of the four of the most powerful Order of Malta headquarters in Rome, you will see that the Aventine Hill is another old Templar haunt which was their original World Headquarters.
Queen Lizzy’s Imperial Control of America
The British Crown and the British East India Company have never left America, and in fact, the Crown Agents still do their business to this very day. They have a death grip on the U. S. economy. From data management, to corporate banking, to the rip-off of American resources of gas, uranium, gold, and every other valuable asset in the United States, American wealth feeds directly into Britain, the Bank of England, TheCityofLondonUK, and ultimately to the British Monarchy – Queen Elizabeth II herself.
The Senior Executive Service hides in plain sight, but operates in a manner that aligns with the imperialistic intents of Serco and the numerous other corporations like British Petroleum, Shell, ICAP, British American Tobacco, SABMiller, American Standard Life, Rio Tinto, and Ixstrata among many others.
The History of Crown Agents
A Crown Agency was an administrative body of the British Empire, distinct from the Civil Service Commission of Britain or the government administration of the national entity in which it operated. These enterprises were overseen from 1833 to 1974 by the Office of the Crown Agents in London, thereafter named the Crown Agents for Overseas Governments and Administration. Crown Agents for Overseas Governments and Administrations Ltd became a private Limited company providing development services in 1996.
Crown Agents International
Crown Agents International (CAI) is an international development company that works with governments, aid agencies, NGOs and companies in nearly 100 countries. Through consultancy, supply chain management and financial services, they help countries grow their economies, strengthen their health systems and improve financial management.
Crown Agents USA Inc.
The following descriptions of the corporation, Crown Agents USA Inc., are taken from their website, found at: http://www.crownagents.com/about-us/our-clients/us-government.
HERE’S HOW MUCH FACEBOOK DONATED TO EVERY LAWMAKER QUESTIONING MARK ZUCKERBERG THIS WEEK
Facebook founder and CEO Mark Zuckerberg is testifying before the House Committee on Energy and Commerce today, fresh off the heels of a grueling five-hour joint session before the Senate Judiciary and Commerce committees yesterday. In total, Zuckerberg will face questions from nearly 100 legislators, and many of those legislators have received thousands of dollars from the company Zuckerberg runs.
Over the last 12 years, Facebook has spent $7 million in campaign contributions. Historically, Facebook has donated slightly more to Democrats than Republicans, but overall, the platform’s political footprint is small in Washington, DC relative to its market cap, which is currently calculated at about $400 billion. That’s not unusual for technology companies: Amazon spent $4 million in campaign contributions over 20 years, and it has a market cap of nearly $700 billion. (Note, however, that Alphabet, Inc., with a market cap just over Amazon’s, appears to be outspending Facebook in DC by an order of magnitude.)
According to data from the Center for Responsive Politics, since 2014, Facebook has contributed a total of $641,685 to the members of Congress that Zuckerberg is facing this week. The top recipients of that money include Sen. Cory Booker (D-NJ), Sen. Kamala Harris (D-CA), and Rep. Anna Eshoo (D-CA).
The amount of money received didn’t necessarily correlate to the hostility of questions asked by the legislators in Zuckerberg’s first hearing. That said, Sen. Orrin Hatch (R-UT) did make a somewhat bizarre pro-Facebook comment, saying, “Some have professed themselves shocked, shocked that companies like Google and Facebook share user data with advertisers. Did any of these individuals stop to ask themselves why Google and Facebook don’t charge for access? Nothing in life is free.” Hatch has taken $15,200 from Facebook since 2014 — the sixth largest amount on the combined committees.
But other senators who have received even larger campaign contributions from Facebook didn’t hold back. Cory Booker, who has received $44,025 from Facebook since 2014 (the largest amount), questioned Zuckerberg on the 2016 ProPublica investigation that showed Facebook allowed advertisers to target by race. Kamala Harris, who took the second largest amount ($30,990) grilled the CEO on why Facebook did not notify users in 2015 that Cambridge Analytica had misused their data, causing Zuckerberg to squirm uncomfortably.
If any senators pulled their punches, it was along party lines, when small-government Republicans like Sen. Roger Wicker (R-MS) or Sen. Dan Sullivan (R-AK) questioned the necessity of additional regulation. At one point Sen. Thom Tillis (R-NC) held up a tablet and pointed at the Facebook “privacy” tab, blaming individuals for not properly reviewing their own settings. Wicker has received $10,000 from Facebook since 2014, Tillis has received $7,500, and Sullivan has received a whopping $2,500.
The campaign contributions from Facebook to all the legislators who posed Mark Zuckerberg questions this week are listed below. The list includes the members of the Senate Judiciary and Commerce committees and House Committee on Energy and Commerce are listed in full below, and dates back to 2014.
|Legislator||Committee||Role||Party||2014 Cycle||2016 Cycle||2018 Cycle||Total 2014-2018|
|Grassley, Chuck (R-IA)||Senate Judiciary||Chairman||R||$1,000||$4,000||$0||$5,000|
|Feinstein, Dianne (D-CA)||Senate Judiciary||Ranking Minority Member||D||$10,000||$1,000||$0||$11,000|
|Thune, John (R-SD)||Senate Commerce||Chairman||R||$3,500||$5,000||$2,000||$10,500|
|Nelson, Bill (D-FL)||Senate Commerce||Ranking Minority Member||D||$2,500||$5,000||$2,500||$10,000|
|Walden, Greg (R-OR)||House Energy & Commerce||Chairman||R||$7,500||$7,000||$5,500||$20,000|
|Pallone, Frank (D-NJ)||House Energy & Commerce||Ranking Minority Member||D||$3,500||$0||$2,500||$6,000|
|SENATOR||PARTY||COMMITTEE||2014 Cycle||2016 Cycle||2018 Cycle||Total 2014-2018|
|Booker, Cory (D-NJ)||D||Judiciary||$42,000||$0||$2,025||$44,025|
|Harris, Kamala (D-CA)||D||Judiciary||N/A||$28,275||$2,715||$30,990|
|Leahy, Patrick (D-VT)||D||Judiciary||$2,500||$13,900||$0||$16,400|
|Klobuchar, Amy (D-MN)||D||Commerce, Judiciary||$2,500||$8,200||$5,200||$15,900|
|Hatch, Orrin (R-UT)||R||Judiciary||$9,200||$4,000||$2,000||$15,200|
|Heller, Dean (R-NV)||R||Commerce||$3,000||$2,500||$8,900||$14,400|
|Blunt, Roy (R-MO)||R||Commerce||$0||$14,100||$0||$14,100|
|Lee, Mike (R-UT)||R||Commerce, Judiciary||$2,500||$11,000||$0||$13,500|
|Blumenthal, Richard (D-CT)||D||Commerce, Judiciary||$6,000||$7,200||$0||$13,200|
|Schatz, Brian (D-HI)||D||Commerce||$2,500||$10,000||$0||$12,500|
|Gardner, Cory (R-CO)||R||Commerce||$0||$4,000||$7,900||$11,900|
|Feinstein, Dianne (D-CA)||D||Judiciary||$2,500||$0||$8,935||$11,435|
|Udall, Tom (D-NM)||D||Commerce||$10,000||$1,000||$0||$11,000|
|Thune, John (R-SD)||R||Commerce||$3,500||$5,000||$2,000||$10,500|
|Nelson, Bill (D-FL)||D||Commerce||$2,500||$5,000||$2,500||$10,000|
|Tester, Jon (D-MT)||D||Commerce||$0||$5,000||$5,000||$10,000|
|Cornyn, John (R-TX)||R||Judiciary||$5,000||$5,000||$0||$10,000|
|Fischer, Deb (R-NE)||R||Commerce||$2,500||$5,000||$2,500||$10,000|
|Wicker, Roger (R-MS)||R||Commerce||$0||$2,500||$7,500||$10,000|
|Cantwell, Maria (D-WA)||D||Commerce||$0||$0||$9,100||$9,100|
|Coons, Christopher (D-DE)||D||Judiciary||$5,000||$2,500||$0||$7,500|
|Flake, Jeff (R-AZ)||R||Judiciary||$5,000||$2,500||$0||$7,500|
|Moran, Jerry (R-KS)||R||Commerce||$2,500||$5,000||$0||$7,500|
|Tillis, Thom (R-NC)||R||Judiciary||$0||$5,000||$2,500||$7,500|
|Johnson, Ron (R-WI)||R||Commerce||$1,000||$5,000||$0||$6,000|
|Hirono, Mazie (D-HI)||D||Judiciary||$0||$0||$5,200||$5,200|
|Peters, Gary (D-MI)||D||Commerce||$0||$5,000||$0||$5,000|
|Grassley, Chuck (R-IA)||R||Judiciary||$1,000||$4,000||$0||$5,000|
|Sasse, Ben (R-NE)||R||Judiciary||$0||$2,500||$2,500||$5,000|
|Baldwin, Tammy (D-WI)||D||Commerce||$0||$0||$3,535||$3,535|
|Graham, Lindsey (R-SC)||R||Judiciary||$3,500||$0||$0||$3,500|
|Whitehouse, Sheldon (D-RI)||D||Judiciary||$0||$2,000||$1,000||$3,000|
|Crapo, Mike (R-ID)||R||Judiciary||$2,500||$0||$0||$2,500|
|Sullivan, Dan (R-AL)||R||Commerce||$0||$0||$2,500||$2,500|
|Young, Todd (R-IN)||R||Commerce||N/A||$0||$2,500||$2,500|
|Capito, Shelley Moore (R-WV)||R||Commerce||$0||$1,000||$1,000||$2,000|
|Duckworth, Tammy (D-IL)||D||Commerce||N/A||$0||$1,000||$1,000|
|Durbin, Dick (D-IL)||D||Judiciary||$0||$0||$0||$0|
|Hassan, Maggie (D-NH)||D||Commerce||$0||$0||$0||$0|
|Markey, Ed (D-MA)||D||Commerce||$0||$0||$0||$0|
|Masto, Catherine Cortez (D-NV)||D||Commerce||$0||$0||$0||$0|
|Cruz, Ted (R-TX)||R||Commerce, Judiciary||$0||$0||$0||$0|
|Inhofe, Jim (R-OK)||R||Commerce||$0||$0||$0||$0|
|Kennedy, John (R-LA)||R||Judiciary||N/A||$0||$0||$0|
HOUSE OF REPRESENTATIVES
|REPRESENTATIVE||PARTY||2014 Cycle||2016 Cycle||2018 Cycle||Total 2014-2018|
|Eshoo, Anna (D-CA)||D||$17,800||$18,100||$3,900||$39,800|
|Walden, Greg (R-OR)||R||$7,500||$7,000||$5,500||$20,000|
|Scalise, Steve (R-LA)||R||$10,000||$7,000||$2,500||$19,500|
|Shimkus, John (R-IL)||R||$4,000||$8,000||$2,000||$14,000|
|Upton, Fred (R-MI)||R||$12,000||$0||$2,000||$14,000|
|Degette, Diana (D-CO)||D||$4,000||$4,000||$1,000||$9,000|
|Guthrie, Brett (R-KY)||R||$3,500||$3,000||$2,500||$9,000|
|Kinzinger, Adam (R-IL)||R||$3,000||$3,000||$2,500||$8,500|
|Welch, Peter (D-VT)||D||$2,500||$4,000||$2,000||$8,500|
|Matsui, Doris (D-CA)||D||$2,000||$4,000||$2,000||$8,000|
|Blackburn, Marsha (R-TN)||R||$4,500||$3,000||$0||$7,500|
|Walters, Mimi (R-CA)||R||$0||$4,500||$3,000||$7,500|
|Olson, Pete (R-TX)||R||$1,000||$4,000||$1,500||$6,500|
|Burgess, Michael (R-TX)||R||$0||$5,000||$1,000||$6,000|
|Long, Billy (R-MO)||R||$1,000||$2,000||$3,000||$6,000|
|Lujan, Ben (D-NM)||D||$2,000||$3,000||$1,000||$6,000|
|Pallone, Frank (D-NJ)||D||$3,500||$0||$2,500||$6,000|
|Butterfield, G.K. (D-NC)||D||$0||$4,500||$1,000||$5,500|
|Latta, Robert (R-OH)||R||$0||$0||$5,000||$5,000|
|Rodgers, Cathy McMorris (R-WA)||R||$1,000||$1,500||$2,000||$4,500|
|Cárdenas, Tony (D-CA)||D||$1,000||$2,000||$1,000||$4,000|
|Clarke, Yvette (D-NY)||D||$0||$3,000||$1,000||$4,000|
|Hudson, Richard (R-NC)||R||$0||$2,500||$1,500||$4,000|
|Kennedy, Joseph (D-MA)||D||$0||$3,000||$1,000||$4,000|
|Ruiz, Raul (D-CA)||D||$2,000||$750||$1,000||$3,750|
|Cramer, Kevin (R-ND)||R||$0||$1,000||$2,000||$3,000|
|Johnson, Bill (R-OH)||R||$1,500||$1,500||$0||$3,000|
|Mcnerney, Jerry (D-CA)||D||$1,000||$1,000||$1,000||$3,000|
|Rush, Bobby (D-IL)||D||$1,000||$2,000||$0||$3,000|
|Schrader, Kurt (D-OR)||D||$0||$2,000||$1,000||$3,000|
|Costello, Ryan (R-PA)||R||$0||$0||$2,750||$2,750|
|Collins, Chris (R-NY)||R||$0||$1,500||$1,000||$2,500|
|Peters, Scott (D-CA)||D||$0||$1,500||$1,000||$2,500|
|Brooks, Susan (R-IN)||R||$0||$2,000||$0||$2,000|
|Bucshon, Larry (R-IN)||R||$0||$2,000||$0||$2,000|
|Doyle, Michael (D-PA)||D||$0||$0||$2,000||$2,000|
|Griffith, Morgan (R-VA)||R||$0||$2,000||$0||$2,000|
|Mullin, Markwayne (R-OK)||R||$0||$500||$1,000||$1,500|
|Bilirakis, Gus (R-FL)||R||$0||$1,000||$0||$1,000|
|Carter, Buddy (R-GA)||R||$0||$1,000||$0||$1,000|
|Dingell, Debbie (D-MI)||D||$0||$0||$1,000||$1,000|
|Duncan, Jeff (R-SC)||R||$0||$0||$1,000||$1,000|
|Flores, Bill (R-TX)||R||$0||$1,000||$0||$1,000|
|Green, Gene (D-TX)||D||$0||$1,000||$0||$1,000|
|Harper, Gregg (R-MS)||R||$0||$0||$1,000||$1,000|
|Sarbanes, John (D-MD)||D||$0||$1,000||$0||$1,000|
|Barton, Joe (R-TX)||R||$0||$0||$0||$0|
|Castor, Kathy (D-FL)||D||$0||$0||$0||$0|
|Engel, Eliot (D-NY)||D||$0||$0||$0||$0|
|Lance, Leonard (R-NJ)||R||$0||$0||$0||$0|
|Loebsack, David (D-IA)||D||$0||$0||$0||$0|
|McKinley, David (R-WV)||R||$0||$0||$0||$0|
|Schakowsky, Janice (D-IL)||D||$0||$0||$0||$0|
|Tonko, Paul (D-NY)||D||$0||$0||$0||$0|
|Walberg, Tim (R-MI)||R||$0||$0||$0||$0|
9 Questions Mark Zuckerberg Strangely Couldn’t Answer During His Senate Hearing
Washington, D.C. – Facebook CEO Mark Zuckerberg looked uneasy as he gave testimony for five hours on Tuesday before 44 U.S. Senators. Wednesday, he appeared before before 55 members of the House of Representative regarding the role of Facebook and to how the company can address consumer data-privacy concerns in the wake of the Facebook/Cambridge Analytica scandal.
The New York Times reports that Zuckerberg has trained for weeks to face the three congressional committees in the two separate hearings on Tuesday and Wednesday, but he was clearly unprepared for a number of questions directed at him by the members on Capitol Hill, some of which required technical expertise and specific figures that the Facebook CEO was unable to provide.
When pressed for an answer, Zuckerberg on Tuesday relied on a number of variations of “If you’d like, I can have my team follow up with you after this,” without ever actually committing to provide a response.
The Business Insider put together a list of things Zuckerberg was unable to answer and agreed to follow up with senators about:
- A list of applications that Facebook has previously banned because data was transferred in violation of Facebook’s terms. Sen. Chuck Grassley
- The number of audits Facebook has conducted to ensure deletion of improperly transferred data, or “anything about the specific past stats, that would be interesting.” Sen. Chuck Grassley
- The number of accounts linked to the Internet Research Agency, a pro-Kremlin propaganda group, that Facebook has taken down. Sen. Dianne Feinstein
- Whether any Facebook employees worked with Cambridge Analytica while the data analytics company was working with Donald Trump’s 2016 presidential campaign. Sen. Maria Cantwell
- Whether the feature for adults using Facebook Messenger on Android to opt into using the app in combination with messaging and allow Facebook to collect data about their calls or texts holds true for minors as well. Sen. Roger W icker
- How Facebook discloses to its users the tracking practices that take place after users log off. Sen. Roger Wicker
- Whether the specific “unverified divisive pages” on Facebook that Leahy displayed during the testimony are groups created by Russians. Sen. Patrick Leahy
- A breakdown by state of the 87 million profiles Facebook estimates to have had data swept up in the Cambridge Analytica scandal. Sens. Amy Klobuchar and Dean Heller (Heller asked for Nevada specifically)
- Whether there’s overlap with the 126 million users who may have seen content shared by Facebook groups associated with the Internet Research Agency and those affected by the Cambridge Analytica scandal. Zuckerberg said that an investigation was underway and that Facebook thinks it’s possible there could be a connection. Sen. Amy Klobuchar
- Whether it’s possible that the data Cambridge Analytica stored is in Russia. Sen. Amy Klobuchar
- An explanation of how Facebook treats data on devices not logged into it. Sen. Roy Blunt
- Whether Facebook’s bug bounty program will address impermissible sharing of information and not just unauthorized access to it. Sen. Jerry Moran
- Why Facebook moved for the dismissal of a discrimination lawsuit against it that argued that its tools allowed advertisers to not target certain groups, including people of color, for some housing and employment opportunities. Sen. Cory Booker
- How long Facebook keeps users’ data after they delete their Facebook or Instagram account and whether that data can sit in backup copies. Sens. Dean Heller and Cory Gardner
- A breakdown of the principles that Facebook will use to guide the development of artificial-intelligence practices, details about those practices, and how they could help users. Sen. Gary Peters
- A list of the firms other than Cambridge Analytica to which Aleksandr Kogan sold the Facebook user data he collected. Zuckerberg identified Eunoia but said there may have been a couple of others. Sen. Tammy Baldwin
- More information about how Facebook is accounting for organizations based outside the US when providing transparency about political ads. Sen. Tammy Baldwin
- Whether the government or federal officials can track what a person’s doing, with or without a warrant, on the social network. Sen. Cory Gardner
In what was almost a foregone conclusion once these hearings were announced, there was a direct push to have Zuckerberg agree to engage in policy conversations surrounding various forms of data-privacy legislation/regulation, including the Honest Ads Act (Klobuchar), the My Data Act (Sen. Richard Blumenthal), and the Consent Act (Sen. Ed Markey), and acknowledging that government regulation of social media is “inevitable.”
A number senators asked Zuckerberg to follow-up, according to Business Insider, asking the Facebook CEO to do the following:
- Submit regulation proposals to prevent a monopoly in the industry (though exactly which industry was unclear). Sen. Lindsey Graham
- Implement a 72-hour rule to notify users of a data breach. Sen. Amy Klobuchar
- Discuss the details of allowing civil-rights organizations to audit the companies dealing in areas of credit and housing. Sen. Cory Booker
- Discuss whether there should be financial penalties when large data providers like Facebook are breached. Sen. Maggie Hassan
- Send a Facebook representative to a meeting of chief executives and senior leaders to discuss the sale of illegal drugs online. Sen. Shelley Moore Capito
- Discuss creating legislation that unequivocally says users own their data and that makes a “stronger affirmative opt-in requirement” for Facebook. Sen. Todd Young
The Congressional record will remain open for 14 days after the hearings, allowing for members of Congress to submit questions in writing, during which time Zuckerberg is able to make corrections to his testimony.
Posted: 10 Apr 2018 09:00 PM PDT
With all the attention paid to Facebook in recent weeks over ‘data breaches’ and privacy violations, even though what happened with Cambridge Analytica is part of their standard business model, it’s easy to forget that there are four other Big Tech corporations collecting just as much – if not more – of our personal info.
|Former GOP House Speaker John Boehner is now a pot dealer
Posted: 10 Apr 2018 09:00 PM PDT
John Boehner’s eyes will be bleary, liquid and reddened for another reason, henceforth: he’s got a job as a marijuana industry spokesman.
|Facebook censorship: the grotesque mainstream solution
Posted: 10 Apr 2018 09:00 PM PDT
The problem with Facebook started a long time ago. They used their money to promote their social media operations, and tons of users jumped on board, believing that conventional rules of free speech applied. That was a mistake.
Posted: 12 Apr 2018 05:32 PM PDT
The following post will be updated frequenctly.
Please visit the original post of Rh Negative Celebrities on Facebook.
In this post I will add a few more here and there. Some are going to be very famous. Others you might have heard of, might have not.
As usual, you are free to add a comment if you have an addition to my list.
Our information is as good as the data we are receiving, so there can be no guarantee that is 100 percent.
Film actor and comedian Dan Ayckroyd is blood type AB negative. He also has webbed feet.
Stephanie Beacham (born 28 February 1947) is an English television, radio, film and theatre actress. She is known for her television roles in the BBC drama Tenko (1981–82), the ITV drama Connie (1985), and for playing Sable Colby in the ABC soap operas The Colbys (1985–87) and Dynasty (1988–89). Her film appearances include Dracula A.D. 1972, (1972), Schizo (1976) and Troop Beverly Hills (1989).
In an interview with The Telegraph, she has stated:
“When I ran out of money and had to sell my blood, it wasn’t good. Luckily my blood group is rhesus negative, so they gave me good money and I was able to get back home. I got about £20, which was enough to catch a city minibus that travelled across Yugoslavia and everywhere else while I read Ernest Hemingway.”
He started out as an intern on The Howard Stern Show. He is still with the show. He has mentioned on the air before that he is O negative and that his girlfriend’s mother is also O negative.
Comedienne Kathy Buckley, pictured here with another rh negative, has mentioned numerous times that she is rh negative.
Legendary crime boss Alphonse Gabriel Capone was blood type O negative.
James Earl Carter Jr. was the 39th President of the United States from 1977 to 1981. Jimmy Carter has donated gallons of blood in his lifetime — he even donated while serving in the White House. Carter has A negative blood.
Fidel Castro was blood type A negative.
Kurt Cobaine was O negative.
Johnny Depp’s blood type is B negative.
Leonardo DiCaprio, another world famous actor, is blood type B negative as well.
Clint Eastwood, one of the most respected actors and film directors of all times, is rh negative.
Her mother was Irish actress Maureen O’Sullivan. Her father, John Farrow, was from Australia. Her blood type is B negative.
Oasis’ Liam Gallagher is blood type O negative.
Liam’s brother Noel is also blood type O negative.
He will always be remembered as one of the two murder victims of the 1994 killing which spawned the “Trial of the Century” in which O.J. Simpson, ex-husband of his friend and other victim Nicole Brown Simpson, stood trial. Nicole’s ex-husband, O. J. Simpson, was acquitted of their murders but was later found liable for the deaths in a civil trial. Within the court proceedings it was revealed that his blood type was O negative.
The “Police Academy” series has put him on the map. His blood type is B negative.
Woodstock legend Jimi Hendrix was blood type O negative.
Jim Henson, legendary creator of “The Muppets” was also blood type O negative.
Singer of Simply Red, recently referred to himself on his Twitter account as Celtic, Basque, Ashkenazi with rhesus negative blood and fire.
Rock legend Mick Jagger is blood type AB negative.
Jenna Jameson has recently informed me that her blood type is A negative.
Legendary performer Janis Joplin was also blood type O negative.
Her name is Kerli Kõiv. She goes by Kerli and is a singer from Estonia. On her Twitter account she has previously mentioned that she is rhesus negative.
John Lennon, another legendary musician who died much too young, was also blood type O negative.
Daisy Lowe, daughter of Gavin Rossdale, is blood type O negative as her father.
In her book, “Coal Miner’s Daughter”, she [url=https://books.google.co.za/books?id=HbIgGj1dMZUC&pg=PA61&lpg=PA61&dq=loretta+lynn+rhesus+negative&source=bl&ots=vP6lOcYMz9&sig=woOGzELG5LLKYcFb6A1v42dWICg&hl=en&sa=X&ved=0ahUKEwjamo71ivbTAhWoLsAKHS6sCOUQ6AEIJTAA#v=onepage&q=loretta lynn rhesus]mentions being rh negative and finding out during her pregnancy[/url].
Robert Nesta Marley (left, with Mick Jagger and Peter Tosh) was a Jamaican music legend of British, African and Syrian Jewish descent. He died at the early age of 36. His blood type was B negative.
In a December 2002 interview, Heather Mills mentioned that she had been “previously identified as having an O rhesus negative blood type, when in fact she was A rhesus negative”.
Norma Jeane Mortenson, better known as film legend Marilyn Monroe, was blood type AB negative.
Jim Morrison, short-lived singer from “The Doors” was blood type O negative.
Jack Nicholson is yet another world famous actor whose blood type is B negative.
Now ex-President Barack Obama is blood type AB negative.
John Michael “Ozzy” Osbourne is blood type O negative. His mtDNA haplogroup is T2.
On one of his shows, television innovator Regis Philbin has mentioned that his blood type is O negative and that he is of Basque ancestry.
Suzi Quatro, once called the female version of Elvis and a frequent guest on “Happy Days”, is blood type AB negative.
More here on Facebook: Rhesus Negative Celebrities
Soccer superstar Cristiano Ronaldo is O negative and a regular blood donor.
Gavin Rossdale, lead singer of Bush and coach on ITV’s The Voice UK, is blood type O negative.
Haile Selassie I
Haile Selassie I, born Tafari Makonnen Woldemikael and seen here with Queen Elizabeth II from a 1954 visit to England, was the last emperor of Ethiopia from the “House of Solomon” which many believe made him a direct descendant of legendary King Solomon and the Queen of Sheba. The Rastafarian movement was based on and born with him taking the thrown (“ras” is Amharic for “head”, as in “head of state” and Tafari was his birth name). He died in 1975 at the age of 83 which now many believe was actually a murder by strangulation. His blood type was B negative.
The world knows her name. And now we know her blood type: A negative.
Petrus Thomas Ratajczyk, professionally known as Peter Steele, was the lead singer of the gothic metal group Type O Negative. O negative was also his blood type. He passed at the age of 48 in 2010, but remains a cult figure to his fans to this day. His ancestry was Russian, Polish, Norwegian, Scottish and Irish.
Sharon recently “came out” as being “one of us”.
Yes, you can go through the court documents to find out that he is blood type A negative.
After a terrible car accident leaving her in a 6 week coma in 2001, O negative Supermodel Niki Taylor met the 15 O negative blood donors she received blood from and became a regular blood donor herself.